PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP INC
S-1/A, 1999-03-11
BEVERAGES
Previous: COPELCO CAPITAL FUNDING LLC 99-1, S-1/A, 1999-03-11
Next: FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE SEC CORP CON MOR PAS THR CER SR 1993-5, 15-15D, 1999-03-11



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 11, 1999
    
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-70291
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
 
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
               DELAWARE                                  2086                                 13-4038356
   (State or other jurisdiction of           (Primary Standard Industrial                  (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)           Classification Code Number)                Identification Number)
</TABLE>
 
                                 ONE PEPSI WAY
                                SOMERS, NY 10589
                                 (914) 767-6000
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------
                               PAMELA C. MCGUIRE
              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
                                 ONE PEPSI WAY
                                SOMERS, NY 10589
                                 (914) 767-7982
                           --------------------------
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
     WINTHROP B. CONRAD, JR.                LAWRENCE F. DICKIE                  MATTHEW J. MALLOW
      DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL                   PEPSICO, INC.               SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER
       450 LEXINGTON AVENUE               700 ANDERSON HILL ROAD                    & FLOM LLP
     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017            PURCHASE, NEW YORK 10577                919 THIRD AVENUE
          (212) 450-4890                      (914) 253-2950              NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022-3897
                                                                                  (212) 735-3000
</TABLE>
    
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / / ________
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ________
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ________
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
 
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AMOUNT          PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
    TITLE OF CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE              TO BE           OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE        REGISTRATION FEE
                REGISTERED                      REGISTERED(1)        PER SHARE(2)     OFFERING PRICE (2)         (3)
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share      115,000,000 shares          $26            $2,990,000,000         $831,220
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes shares of common stock which the underwriters have the option to
    purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
    
 
   
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in
    accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
(3) $278,000 previously paid.
    
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MARCH 11, 1999
    
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities
in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
PROSPECTUS                                                                            [LOGO]
</TABLE>
 
   
                               100,000,000 SHARES
    
 
                                   [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 --------------
 
    This is The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc.'s initial public offering of common
stock.
 
   
    We expect the public offering price to be between $23 and $26 per share.
Currently, no public market exists for the common stock. After pricing of the
offering, we expect that the common stock will trade on The New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "PBG."
    
 
   
    INVESTING IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN THE
"RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
 
                               -----------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PER SHARE    TOTAL
                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>
Public Offering Price........................................  $          $
Underwriting Discount........................................  $          $
Proceeds, before expenses, to The Pepsi Bottling Group,
  Inc........................................................  $          $
</TABLE>
 
   
    The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 15,000,000 shares of
common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount,
within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.
    
 
    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
 
    Merrill Lynch & Co. is acting as book-running lead manager for the offering.
Merrill Lynch & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as joint
lead managers. The shares of common stock will be ready for delivery in New
York, New York on or about             , 1999.
 
                               ------------------
 
                              JOINT LEAD MANAGERS
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                   MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                                  -----------
 
 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
 
    CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
 
        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
              LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
                   NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
 
                      SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
 
                         SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN & CO., INC.
 
                             SCHRODER & CO. INC.
                                  ------------
 
               The date of this prospectus is             , 1999.
<PAGE>
       [PHOTOGRAPHS OF PBG'S OPERATIONS AND PRODUCTS TO BE INCLUDED HERE]
 
                  [MAP OF PBG TERRITORIES TO BE INCLUDED HERE]
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   PAGE
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Summary.......................................................................................           5
Risk Factors..................................................................................          11
Forward-Looking Statements....................................................................          18
Rationale for the Separation of PBG from PepsiCo..............................................          19
Use of Proceeds...............................................................................          20
Dividend Policy...............................................................................          20
Capitalization................................................................................          21
Selected Combined Financial and Operating Data................................................          22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition.........          24
Business of PBG...............................................................................          37
Management....................................................................................          51
Relationship with PepsiCo and Certain Transactions............................................          60
Principal Stockholder.........................................................................          66
Description of Capital Stock..................................................................          67
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...............................................................          70
Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock.........          71
Underwriting..................................................................................          74
Legal Matters.................................................................................          78
Experts.......................................................................................          78
Additional Information........................................................................          78
Index to Financial Statements.................................................................         F-1
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.............................................         P-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    In this prospectus, "PBG," "we," "us" and "our" each refers to The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc. and, where appropriate, to our principal operating
subsidiary, Bottling Group, LLC, which we refer to as "Bottling LLC."
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
                      [This Page Intentionally Left Blank]
    
 
   
                                       4
    
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
You should read the entire prospectus carefully.
 
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
    The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. is the world's largest manufacturer, seller
and distributor of carbonated and non-carbonated Pepsi-Cola beverages. Our sales
of Pepsi-Cola beverages account for 55% of the Pepsi-Cola beverages sold in the
United States and Canada and 32% worldwide. We have the exclusive right to
manufacture, sell and distribute Pepsi-Cola beverages in all or a portion of 41
states, the District of Columbia, eight Canadian provinces, Spain, Greece and
Russia. Approximately 92% of our volume is sold in the United States and Canada.
 
    The brands we sell are some of the best recognized trademarks in the world
and include PEPSI-COLA, DIET PEPSI, MOUNTAIN DEW, LIPTON BRISK, LIPTON'S ICED
TEA, 7UP outside the U.S., PEPSI MAX, PEPSI ONE, SLICE, MUG, AQUAFINA, STARBUCKS
FRAPPUCCINO and MIRINDA, which we bottle under licenses from PepsiCo or PepsiCo
joint ventures. In some of our territories, we also have the right to
manufacture, sell and distribute soft drink products of other companies,
including DR PEPPER and 7UP in the U.S. During the period from 1993 through
1998, the volume of Pepsi-Cola beverages sold in our U.S. territories grew at a
compound annual rate of approximately 5%, using a standard measure of cases
containing the equivalent of 24 eight-ounce bottles.
 
    In the U.S. in 1998, the Pepsi-Cola beverages we sell had a 31% share of the
carbonated soft drink market as compared to the brands of The Coca-Cola Company,
which had a 45% share. However, excluding fountain sales, where the consumer
typically does not have a choice due to exclusive agreements, the market share
difference narrowed significantly, with Pepsi-Cola beverages having 26% and
Coca-Cola brands having 28%, according to our estimates. In convenience and gas
stores, where retail pricing, packaging and presentation are generally similar
among brands, and therefore consumers are free to choose based on brand
preference and taste, Pepsi-Cola beverages had the leading share, with 41%, as
compared to 36% for Coca-Cola brands.
 
    We have an extensive distribution system through which we deliver our
products directly to stores without using wholesalers as middlemen. Our U.S. and
Canadian distribution system utilizes approximately 7,000 trucks and covers over
7,400 routes. Working seven days a week, our sales force sells and delivers over
100 million eight-ounce servings per day. Our products are produced in 72
manufacturing facilities worldwide.
 
    Our management team has substantial experience in the soft drink bottling
business and a proven operating record with respect to manufacturing operations,
sales, distribution and financial management. For example, Craig Weatherup, our
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has over 24 years of experience in the
beverage industry and our 11 field operations managers have an average of nearly
15 years of experience in the beverage business.
 
                RATIONALE FOR THE SEPARATION OF PBG FROM PEPSICO
 
    We were organized in November 1998 to effect the separation of most of
PepsiCo's company-owned bottling business from its brand ownership. As an
independent entity, we believe we will benefit from a sharper definition of our
role and be able to execute our business strategy more effectively on a local
market level. The most significant advantages of the separation include:
 
    - We will be free to focus more closely on sales and service in our
      territories.
 
    - We will be able to shift our performance emphasis to growth in operating
      cash flow.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    - We will have incentives for management and employees based upon our
      results.
 
    - We will have a capital structure and financial policies that are more
      appropriate for a bottling company, allowing us to make better capital
      allocation and investment decisions.
 
    After the offering, our business interests will continue to be aligned with
those of PepsiCo, which shares our objective of increasing availability and
consumption of Pepsi-Cola beverages. We plan to work closely with PepsiCo and
expect to benefit from this relationship in a number of ways including:
 
    - We will have the benefit of PepsiCo's worldwide marketing expertise and
      advertising programs.
 
    - We expect that PepsiCo will continue to provide us with significant
      marketing support and funding.
 
    - Under a shared services agreement, we will have the benefit of PepsiCo's
      scale and efficiencies in the procurement of raw materials, transaction
      processing such as accounts payable and credit and collection and other
      corporate services.
 
    - We believe we benefit from lower interest rates resulting from our
      relationship with PepsiCo, including PepsiCo's guarantee of $2.3 billion
      of debt of our principal operating subsidiary, Bottling LLC.
 
    - We expect that PepsiCo will help us identify and acquire other independent
      PepsiCo bottlers principally in the United States and Canada.
 
                    THE LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
 
   
    Liquid refreshment beverage annual retail sales in 1997 were more than $73
billion in the United States and Canada, including carbonated soft drink
products, as well as non-carbonated beverages sold in bottles and cans, such as
waters, shelf-stable juices and juice drinks, sports drinks and tea and coffee
drinks.
    
 
    We believe that the following are the significant trends in the industry:
 
    - Liquid refreshment beverage sales have grown at a 6% average annual rate
      in recent years and we expect that this growth will continue.
 
    - Changes in lifestyle have resulted in increased demand for convenient
      ready-to-drink beverages instead of drinks prepared at home.
 
    - The bottling industry is consolidating to achieve the scale necessary to
      remain competitive and to better serve large regional and national
      accounts which are also consolidating.
 
    - International opportunities will arise as per capita consumption levels of
      carbonated soft drinks outside the United States grow.
 
                         STRATEGY TO ACHIEVE OUR GOALS
 
    We have designed our strategy to enable us to achieve our goals of growing
our cash flow, earning a return on our investments in excess of our cost of
capital and increasing our market share. Our strengths include our broad
portfolio of global brands, our extensive distribution system, our scale in
operations and purchasing and our experienced management team. We intend to use
these strengths to capitalize on the key trends in the beverage industry
outlined above. In addition, our strategy focuses on improving our competitive
position in areas where we have lagged our largest competitor in recent years.
These areas are: the amount of investment in the cold drink business; the pace
of consolidation
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
of the bottling system in the United States and Canada; and improvement in
market share outside the United States and Canada. The key elements of our
strategy include:
 
    - We intend to invest significantly in placements of vending machines and
      coolers to increase cold drink availability in the marketplace.
 
    - We expect to play a key role in the consolidation of PepsiCo's U.S. and
      Canadian bottling system.
 
    - We are undertaking a number of initiatives to reduce costs by improving
      productivity and becoming more efficient in our operations.
 
    - We intend to grow our business with key retail customers by improving our
      retail presence with them--on the shelf, on display and in the
      cooler--while remaining price competitive.
 
    - We intend to increase penetration of established brands such as MOUNTAIN
      DEW and new brands such as PEPSI ONE and AQUAFINA.
 
    - Internationally, low per capita consumption levels present opportunities
      for volume growth. We intend to implement distribution and marketing
      initiatives to take advantage of these opportunities.
 
    - We intend to improve our results in Russia, where infrastructure
      investments and the recent economic crisis have resulted in losses.
 
                      PEPSICO'S OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN PBG
 
   
    Following the offering, if the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option, PepsiCo will own 35.4% of our outstanding common stock
and 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, together representing 43.5% of
the voting power of all classes of our voting stock. PepsiCo will also own 7.1%
of the equity of Bottling LLC, our principal operating subsidiary, giving
PepsiCo economic ownership of 40.0% of our combined operations. We anticipate
that PepsiCo's voting power of all classes of our voting stock will be 40.1% and
its economic ownership of our combined operations will be 37.1% if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. We have been advised
by PepsiCo that it has no present intention of disposing of any of the shares of
our capital stock that it will own after the offering.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
    Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus
does not take into account the possible issuance of up to 15,000,000 additional
shares of common stock which the underwriters have the option to purchase solely
to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option in full, 170,000,000 shares of capital stock will be outstanding after
the offering.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common stock offered.........................  100,000,000 shares
 
Capital stock to be outstanding after the
offering:
 
  Common stock...............................  154,912,000 shares
 
  Class B common stock.......................  88,000 shares
                                               ---------------------------------------------
 
    Total....................................  155,000,000 shares
 
Over-allotment option........................  15,000,000 shares of common stock
 
Use of proceeds..............................  We estimate that the net proceeds from the
                                               offering will be approximately $2.3 billion
                                               based upon an offering price at the mid-point
                                               of the range set forth on the cover page of
                                               this prospectus. We intend to use all of
                                               these net proceeds to repay indebtedness.
 
Dividend policy..............................  We intend to declare and pay quarterly cash
                                               dividends of $0.02 per share, depending on
                                               our financial results and action by our board
                                               of directors. We expect the first dividend to
                                               be payable with respect to the second quarter
                                               of 1999.
 
Voting rights:
 
  Common stock...............................  One vote per share
 
  Class B common stock.......................  250 votes per share
 
Other common stock provisions................  Apart from the different voting rights, the
                                               holders of common stock and Class B common
                                               stock generally have identical rights. See
                                               "Description of Capital Stock."
 
Risk factors.................................  See "Risk Factors" and the other information
                                               included in this prospectus for a discussion
                                               of factors you should carefully consider
                                               before deciding to invest in shares of the
                                               common stock.
 
Proposed NYSE symbol.........................  "PBG"
</TABLE>
    
 
    Our principal executive offices are located at One Pepsi Way, Somers, New
York 10589 and our telephone number is (914) 767-6000.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
   
    The following table presents summary financial and operating data of PBG.
You should read this along with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
of Operations and Financial Condition," the Combined Financial Statements, the
unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the accompanying
notes and the definition of EBITDA contained in the section entitled "Selected
Combined Financial and Operating Data."
    
 
    The summary pro forma statement of operations data gives effect to the
following as if they had actually occurred on the first day of our 1998 fiscal
year:
 
    - The offering;
 
    - The 1998 acquisitions of Pepsi-Cola Allied Bottlers, Inc., Gray Beverage
      Inc. and Pepsi International Bottlers, LLC;
 
    - The expected 1999 acquisitions of certain U.S. and Russian territories
      from Whitman Corporation;
 
    - The change in interest expense on $3.3 billion of debt expected to be
      outstanding after giving effect to the offering; and
 
   
    - PepsiCo's 7.1% minority interest in Bottling LLC.
    
 
    The summary pro forma combined balance sheet data gives effect to the
following as if such transactions actually occurred on December 26, 1998:
 
    - The offering;
 
    - The $3.3 billion of debt expected to be outstanding after the offering;
      and
 
    - The expected 1999 acquisitions of certain U.S. and Russian territories
      from Whitman Corporation.
 
   
    Pro forma earnings per share is based upon an assumed 155 million shares of
capital stock outstanding after the offering.
    
 
    The Statement of Operations Data set forth below includes unusual items and
events that affect comparability with other years:
 
    - 1994 consisted of 53 weeks. The fifty-third week increased 1994 net sales
      by $68 million, income before income taxes by $3 million, and net income
      by $2 million.
 
   
    - 1994 also reflects the cumulative effect of accounting changes arising
      from Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 112, "Employers
      Accounting for Postemployment Benefits," and changing to a preferable
      method for calculating pension plan assets. The adoption of SFAS 112
      reduced income before income taxes by $28 million and net income by $17
      million, while the pension change increased income before income taxes by
      $9 million and net income by $6 million.
    
 
    - 1998 reflects unusual impairment and other charges, as well as an income
      tax benefit arising from resolving a disputed claim with the Internal
      Revenue Service. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
      Operations and Financial Condition" and Note 3 to the Combined Financial
      Statements for more information on the 1998 items.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    DEC. 31    DEC. 30    DEC. 28    DEC. 27    DEC. 26
                                                                     1994       1995       1996       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER CASE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales......................................................  $   5,950  $   6,393  $   6,603  $   6,592  $   7,041
  Cost of sales..................................................      3,432      3,771      3,844      3,832      4,181
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit...................................................      2,518      2,622      2,759      2,760      2,860
  Selling, delivery and administrative expenses..................      2,221      2,273      2,392      2,425      2,583
  Unusual impairment and other charges...........................         --         --         --         --        222
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income...............................................        297        349        367        335         55
  Interest expense, net..........................................        231        239        225        222        221
  Foreign currency loss (gain)...................................          3         --          4         (2)        26
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, cumulative effect of
    accounting changes and minority interest.....................         63        110        138        115       (192)
  Income tax expense (benefit)...................................         46         71         89         56        (46)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
    and minority interest........................................         17         39         49         59       (146)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes........................        (11)        --         --         --         --
  Minority interest..............................................         --         --         --         --         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss)..............................................  $       6  $      39  $      49  $      59  $    (146)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
  Pro forma loss per share.......................................                                              $   (0.94)
  Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding..................                                                    155
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA.........................................................  $     681  $     767  $     792  $     774  $     721
  Cash provided by operations....................................        484        431        451        548        625
  Cash used for investments......................................       (310)      (355)      (376)      (564)    (1,046)
  Cash provided by (used for) financing..........................       (160)       (66)       (66)        63        370
  Capital expenditures...........................................       (432)      (358)      (418)      (472)      (507)
 
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales per case.............................................  $    6.57  $    6.92  $    6.97  $    6.74  $    6.70
  Cost of sales per case.........................................       3.79       4.08       4.06       3.92       3.98
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Total assets...................................................  $   6,847  $   7,082  $   7,052  $   7,188  $   7,322
  Long-term debt:
    Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.........................      3,300      3,300      3,300      3,300      3,300
    Due to third parties.........................................        135        131        127         96         61
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total long-term debt.......................................      3,435      3,431      3,427      3,396      3,361
  Advances from PepsiCo..........................................      1,265      1,251      1,162      1,403      1,605
  Minority interest..............................................         --         --         --         --         --
  Accumulated comprehensive loss.................................       (112)       (66)      (102)      (184)      (238)
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).................................       (112)       (66)      (102)      (184)      (238)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                     DEC. 26
                                                                      1998
                                                                   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales......................................................   $   7,323
  Cost of sales..................................................       4,341
                                                                   -----------
  Gross profit...................................................       2,982
  Selling, delivery and administrative expenses..................       2,686
  Unusual impairment and other charges...........................         222
                                                                   -----------
  Operating income...............................................          74
  Interest expense, net..........................................         201
  Foreign currency loss (gain)...................................          27
                                                                   -----------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, cumulative effect of
    accounting changes and minority interest.....................        (154)
  Income tax expense (benefit)...................................         (31)
                                                                   -----------
  Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
    and minority interest........................................        (123)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes........................          --
  Minority interest..............................................           3
                                                                   -----------
  Net income (loss)..............................................   $    (120)
                                                                   -----------
                                                                   -----------
  Pro forma loss per share.......................................   $   (0.77)
  Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding..................         155
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA.........................................................
  Cash provided by operations....................................
  Cash used for investments......................................
  Cash provided by (used for) financing..........................
  Capital expenditures...........................................
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales per case.............................................   $    6.76
  Cost of sales per case.........................................        4.01
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Total assets...................................................   $   7,489
  Long-term debt:
    Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.........................          --
    Due to third parties.........................................       3,300
                                                                   -----------
      Total long-term debt.......................................       3,300
  Advances from PepsiCo..........................................          --
  Minority interest..............................................         181
  Accumulated comprehensive loss.................................        (238)
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).................................       1,517
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Investing in our common stock will provide you with an equity ownership
interest in PBG. As a stockholder of PBG, you may be exposed to risks inherent
in our business. The performance of your shares will reflect the performance of
our business relative to, among other things, competition, industry conditions
and general economic and market conditions. The value of your investment may
increase or decrease and could result in a loss. You should carefully consider
the following factors as well as other information contained in this prospectus
before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY IN THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE CARBONATED
  SOFT DRINK MARKET AND NON-CARBONATED BEVERAGE MARKET.
 
    The carbonated soft drink market and non-carbonated beverage market are both
highly competitive. We compete primarily on the basis of advertising to create
brand awareness, price and price promotions, retail space management, customer
service, consumer points of access, new products, packaging innovation and
distribution methods. Competition in our various markets could cause us to
reduce pricing, increase capital and other expenditures or lose market share,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial
results. Our competitors in these markets include bottlers and distributors of
nationally advertised and marketed products, bottlers and distributors of
regionally advertised and marketed products, as well as bottlers of private
label soft drinks sold in chain stores. Our most significant competitors in
these markets are Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and other Coca-Cola bottlers.
 
   
BECAUSE WE DEPEND UPON PEPSICO TO PROVIDE US WITH CONCENTRATE, FUNDING AND
  VARIOUS SERVICES, CHANGES IN OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH PEPSICO COULD REDUCE OUR
  OPERATING INCOME.
    
 
    In early 1999, we entered into the master bottling agreement with PepsiCo
for cola products in the United States as well as agreements with PepsiCo
relating to non-cola products and fountain syrup in the United States and
similar agreements relating to Pepsi-Cola beverages in Canada, Spain, Greece and
Russia. Those agreements provide that we must purchase all of our concentrate
for such beverages at prices and on other terms which are set by PepsiCo in its
sole discretion. Any concentrate price increases could materially affect our
financial results. Prices under the Pepsi beverage agreements may increase
materially and we may not be able to pass on any increased costs to our
customers.
 
   
    PepsiCo has also traditionally provided marketing support and funding to its
bottling operations. PepsiCo does not have to continue to provide support under
the Pepsi beverage agreements and any support provided to us by PepsiCo will be
at PepsiCo's discretion. Decreases in marketing support and funding levels could
materially affect our operating income.
    
 
    In addition, PepsiCo is a 50% owner of the joint ventures that license
LIPTON BRISK, LIPTON'S ICED TEA and STARBUCKS FRAPPUCCINO to us. The joint
ventures also have the right to increase concentrate pricing. The joint ventures
are not obligated to continue to provide marketing support and funding to us
under their bottling agreements with us.
 
    We also have to submit our annual marketing, advertising, management and
financial plans each year to PepsiCo for its review and approval. If we fail to
submit these plans, or if we fail to carry them out in all material respects,
PepsiCo can terminate the Pepsi beverage agreements. If the Pepsi beverage
agreements are terminated for this or for any other reason, it would have a
material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
    Under a shared services agreement, after the offering we will continue to
obtain various services from PepsiCo. These services include obtaining raw
materials, transaction processing services including accounts payable and credit
and collection, various tax and treasury services and information technology
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
maintenance and systems development. If the shared services agreement is
terminated, we will have to obtain such services on our own. We may not be able
to replace these services in a timely manner or on terms, including cost, that
are as favorable as those we received from PepsiCo. We also sublease our
headquarters from PepsiCo. The agreements with PepsiCo were negotiated in the
context of our separation from PepsiCo and are not the result of arm's-length
negotiations between independent parties. For more information about these
arrangements, see "Relationship with PepsiCo and Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
PEPSICO WILL HAVE UP TO APPROXIMATELY 43.5% OF THE COMBINED VOTING POWER OF ALL
  OF OUR CLASSES OF OUR VOTING STOCK AND WILL BE ABLE TO SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECT
  THE OUTCOME OF STOCKHOLDER VOTING.
    
 
WE MAY HAVE POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH PEPSICO BECAUSE OF OUR PAST AND
  ONGOING RELATIONSHIPS WHICH COULD RESULT IN PEPSICO'S OBJECTIVES BEING FAVORED
  OVER OUR OBJECTIVES.
 
    These conflicts could arise over:
 
    - the nature, quality and pricing of services or products provided to us by
      PepsiCo or by us to PepsiCo;
 
    - potential acquisitions of bottling territories and/or assets from PepsiCo
      or other independent PepsiCo bottlers;
 
    - the divestment of parts of our bottling operations;
 
    - the payment of dividends by us; or
 
    - balancing the objectives of increasing sales volume of Pepsi-Cola
      beverages and maintaining or increasing our profitability.
 
    We also have obligations to other brand owners which may compete with our
obligations to PepsiCo.
 
TWO OF OUR DIRECTORS MAY HAVE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST BECAUSE THEY ARE ALSO
  PEPSICO DIRECTORS OR OFFICERS.
 
    Two of our directors are also directors or officers of PepsiCo, a situation
which may create conflicts of interest. Our certificate of incorporation permits
PepsiCo to engage in the same or similar activities as we do. Our certificate
also provides that PepsiCo does not have to tell us about a corporate
opportunity, may pursue that opportunity or acquire it for itself, or may direct
that opportunity to another person without liability to us or our stockholders.
 
OUR FOREIGN OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC RISKS AND
  MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.
 
    In the past two years, approximately 16% of our net sales came from Canada,
Spain, Greece and Russia. Social, economic and political conditions in these
international markets may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows
and financial condition. The overall risks to our international businesses
include changes in foreign governmental policies, and other political or
economic developments. These developments may lead to new product pricing, tax
or other policies and monetary fluctuations which may adversely impact our
business. In addition, our results of operations and the value of our foreign
assets are affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
    Our operations in Russia have resulted in significant losses. These losses
have largely been due to significant investments to fund start-up manufacturing
and distribution costs. Recent economic turmoil in Russia had a further adverse
effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during
our 1998 fourth fiscal quarter. Net sales in Russia are denominated in rubles,
which in
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
   
August 1998 experienced significant devaluation against the U.S. dollar. In
addition, the current Russian economic crisis has caused a significant drop in
demand, resulting in lower net sales and increased operating losses.
    
 
    For the foreseeable future, we expect that our Russian operations will incur
losses and require significant amounts of cash to fund operations. In the fourth
quarter of 1998, we recorded a charge of $212 million comprised of an asset
impairment charge of $194 million and costs to restructure our operations of $18
million. For more information about our Russian operations, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition."
 
    Recent events in Russia also may expose our operations to increased risks as
a result of political instability, higher taxes, cancellation of contracts or
currency shortages and controls.
 
   
BAD WEATHER IN OUR PEAK SEASON COULD RESULT IN LOWER SALES.
    
 
    Our peak season is the warm summer months beginning with Memorial Day and
ending with Labor Day. Bad weather conditions during our peak selling season
could adversely affect operating income and cash flow and could therefore have a
disproportionate impact on our results for the full year. More than 90% of our
operating income is typically earned during the second and third quarters and we
typically report a net loss in the first and fourth quarters. Over 75% of cash
flow from operations is typically generated in the third and fourth quarters.
 
OUR SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS COULD LIMIT OUR GROWTH AND OUR ABILITY TO RESPOND
  TO CHANGING CONDITIONS.
 
    We have incurred substantial indebtedness. Our level of indebtedness could
have important consequences to our stockholders such as:
 
    - limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our
      business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to
      pay interest;
 
    - limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our growth
      strategy, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements
      or other purposes; and
 
    - limiting our ability to react to changing market conditions, changes in
      our industry and economic downturns.
 
    After giving effect to the offering and the application of the net proceeds,
at December 26, 1998 we would have had $3.3 billion of indebtedness outstanding.
Our historical financial statements reflect an allocation of PepsiCo's interest
expense based upon the indebtedness expected to be outstanding after giving
effect to the application of proceeds from the offering. We may incur additional
indebtedness in the future to finance acquisitions, capital expenditures,
working capital and for other purposes.
 
   
OUR AGREEMENTS WITH PEPSICO RESTRICT OUR SOURCES OF SUPPLY FOR SOME RAW
  MATERIALS WHICH COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS.
    
 
   
    We generally purchase our raw materials, other than concentrates, from
multiple suppliers. With respect to the soft drink products of PepsiCo, all
authorized containers, closures, cases, cartons and other packages and labels
may be purchased only from manufacturers approved by PepsiCo. This may restrict
our ability to obtain raw materials. Expenditures for concentrates and packaging
constitute approximately 43% and 47%, respectively, of our total raw material
costs.
    
 
   
    The supply or cost of specific materials could be adversely affected by
price changes, strikes, weather conditions, governmental controls or other
factors. Any sustained interruption in the supply of these raw materials or any
significant increase in their price could have a material adverse effect on our
business and financial results.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
   
SUCCESS OF OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY MAY BE LIMITED BY GEOGRAPHICAL RESTRICTIONS
  ON ACQUISITIONS, BY OUR ABILITY TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
  INTO OURS AND BY THE REQUIREMENT THAT WE OBTAIN PEPSICO'S APPROVAL OF ANY
  ACQUISITION OF AN INDEPENDENT PEPSICO BOTTLER.
    
 
    We intend to grow in part through the acquisition of bottling assets and
territories from PepsiCo's independent bottlers. This strategy will involve
reviewing and potentially reorganizing acquired business operations, corporate
infrastructure and systems and financial controls. The success of our
acquisition strategy may be limited because of unforeseen expenses,
difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the
expansion of our operations through acquisitions. We may not be able to acquire
or manage profitably additional businesses or to integrate successfully any
acquired businesses into our business without substantial costs, delays or other
operational or financial difficulties. In addition, we may be required to incur
additional debt or issue equity to pay for future acquisitions.
 
    We must obtain PepsiCo's approval to acquire any independent PepsiCo
bottler. Under the master bottling agreement, PepsiCo has agreed not to withhold
approval for any acquisition within a specific area--currently representing
approximately 14% of PepsiCo's U.S. bottling system in terms of volume-- if we
have successfully negotiated the acquisition and, in PepsiCo's reasonable
judgment, satisfactorily performed our obligations under the master bottling
agreement. We have agreed not to acquire or attempt to acquire any independent
PepsiCo bottler outside of that specific area without PepsiCo's prior written
approval.
 
   
AFTER THE OFFERING, PEPSICO WILL NO LONGER CONTINUE TO FUND OUR SUBSTANTIAL
  CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN REPLACEMENT FUNDING ON
  SIMILAR TERMS OR IN THE AMOUNTS WE EXPECT TO REQUIRE, WHICH COULD CAUSE US TO
  REDUCE OUR PLANNED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND COULD RESULT IN A MATERIAL ADVERSE
  EFFECT ON OUR GROWTH PROSPECTS AND THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
    
 
    We will require substantial capital expenditures to implement our business
strategy. If we do not have sufficient funds or if we are unable to obtain
financing in the amounts desired or on acceptable terms, we may have to reduce
our planned capital expenditures which could have a material adverse effect on
our growth prospects and the market price of our common stock. In the past, our
capital needs, including those for working capital, have been satisfied by
PepsiCo as part of its overall capital plan. Following our separation from
PepsiCo, PepsiCo will no longer be required to provide financing for our
operations. It may not be possible to obtain financing with interest rates or on
terms that are as favorable as those historically enjoyed by PepsiCo.
 
   
WE HAVE NEVER OPERATED AS A STAND-ALONE COMPANY AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
  SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR STRATEGY WITHOUT PEPSICO'S SUPPORT.
    
 
    Before November 1998, we were fully integrated with PepsiCo and we depended
upon PepsiCo for various services and for the financing of our activities. In
anticipation of our establishment as a stand-alone entity, in late 1998, we made
significant organizational and strategic changes which are intended to promote
future growth. We cannot assure you that such changes will have the intended
effect or that we will be successful in implementing our strategy as a
stand-alone entity.
 
OUR HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION MAY NOT BE REPRESENTATIVE OF OUR RESULTS AS
  A SEPARATE COMPANY.
 
    The historical financial information we have included in this prospectus may
not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows
would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods
presented or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows
will be in the future. This is because PepsiCo did not account for us as, and we
were not operated as, a single stand-alone business for the periods presented.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    For more information about the carve-out of our financial statements from
the financial statements of PepsiCo, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Results of Operations and Financial Condition."
 
   
OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON KEY MEMBERS OF OUR MANAGEMENT, THE LOSS OF WHOM COULD
  DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS.
    
 
    Our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of key management
employees. The loss of the services of those key personnel could have a material
adverse effect on our business and financial results. Key management employees
are not parties to employment agreements with us.
 
    The implementation of our strategic plan will depend on our ongoing ability
to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Because of competition for
qualified personnel, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the
personnel we require. See "Business of PBG--Employees of PBG" and "Management"
for more information about our key personnel.
 
   
IF OUR YEAR 2000 PROGRAM IS NOT SUCCESSFUL, THE HIGH VOLUME TRANSACTION
  PROCESSING SYSTEMS ON WHICH WE DEPEND MAY BE DISRUPTED.
    
 
    Our business could be adversely affected by information technology issues
related to the Year 2000. Many existing computer programs were designed and
developed without considering the upcoming change in the century, which could
lead to the failure of computer applications or create erroneous results by or
at the Year 2000. The Year 2000 issue is a broad business issue, whose impact
extends beyond traditional computer hardware and software to possible failure of
automated plant systems and instrumentation, as well as to third parties with
whom we do business.
 
   
    We have implemented a Year 2000 program and we believe we have allocated
adequate resources for this purpose. Our most significant exposure arises from
our dependence on high volume transaction processing systems, particularly for
production scheduling, inventory cost accounting, purchasing, customer billing
and collection, and payroll. We cannot assure you that any corrective actions to
these applications will be completed on time. The ability of third parties with
whom we do business to address adequately their Year 2000 issues is outside our
control. Our failure or the failure of such third parties to address adequately
their respective Year 2000 issues may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Year
2000" for a detailed discussion of the status of our Year 2000 program.
    
 
WE MAY INCUR MATERIAL LOSSES AND COSTS AS A RESULT OF PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS
  THAT MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST US OR ANY PRODUCT RECALLS WE HAVE TO MAKE.
 
   
    We may be liable if the consumption of any of our products causes injury,
illness or death. We also may be required to recall some of our products if they
become contaminated or are damaged or mislabeled. A significant product
liability judgment against us or a widespread product recall could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
    
 
   
THE GOVERNMENT MAY ADOPT REGULATIONS THAT COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS OR OUR
  LIABILITIES.
    
 
    Our operations and properties are subject to regulation by various federal,
state and local government entities and agencies as well as foreign government
entities. We cannot assure you that we have been or will at all times be in
compliance with all regulatory requirements or that we will not incur material
costs or liabilities in connection with regulatory requirements.
 
    As a producer of food products, we are subject to production, packaging,
quality, labeling and distribution standards in each of the countries where we
have operations, including, in the United
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
   
States, those of the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The operations of our
production and distribution facilities are subject to various federal, state and
local environmental laws and workplace regulations. These laws and regulations
include, in the United States, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the
Unfair Labor Standards Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and laws
relating to the maintenance of fuel storage tanks. Compliance with, or any
violation of, current and future laws or regulations could require material
expenditures by us or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
    
 
WE ARE A HOLDING COMPANY AND WILL DEPEND ON DISTRIBUTIONS FROM OUR PRINCIPAL
  OPERATING SUBSIDIARY, BOTTLING LLC, TO ENABLE US TO MEET OUR FINANCIAL
  OBLIGATIONS.
 
   
    We are primarily a holding company with limited direct operations and
limited assets other than our 92.9% interest in Bottling LLC. We will be
dependent on distributions from Bottling LLC to pay dividends to our
stockholders and to meet our obligations, including the payment of principal and
interest on our indebtedness.
    
 
   
    The determination of the amount of distributions, if any, to be paid to us
by Bottling LLC will depend upon the terms of Bottling LLC's indebtedness, as
well as Bottling LLC's financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and
future business prospects. We will receive 92.9% of any distribution made by
Bottling LLC based on our 92.9% ownership interest and PepsiCo will receive the
remaining 7.1% of any such distribution.
    
 
   
    At December 26, 1998, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the
offering, Bottling LLC would have had $2.3 billion of indebtedness. Any right of
ours to participate in the assets of Bottling LLC upon any liquidation or
reorganization of Bottling LLC will be subject to the prior claims of Bottling
LLC's creditors, including trade creditors and holders of indebtedness, except
to the extent that we are a creditor of Bottling LLC.
    
 
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY AFTER THE OFFERING AND YOU COULD
  LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT AS A RESULT.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. We do
not know how the common stock will trade in the future. The initial public
offering price will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters
and us. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public
offering price due to a number of factors, including:
 
    - actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
    - changes in expectations as to our future financial performance or changes
      in financial estimates of securities analysts; and
 
    - the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies.
 
    In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility
that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular
companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the
trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating
performance.
 
   
PEPSICO'S APPROXIMATELY 43.5% VOTING POWER AND ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE PEPSI
  BEVERAGE AGREEMENTS COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A CHANGE IN CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY.
    
 
    In addition to its voting rights, PepsiCo will have the right to terminate
the Pepsi beverage agreements upon the occurrence of certain events, including
any disposition of any voting securities of any bottler subsidiary without the
consent of PepsiCo, the assignment or transfer of the Pepsi beverage
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
agreements or the acquisition of any contract, option, conversion privilege or
other right to acquire, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more
than 15% of any class or series of our voting securities by a person or
affiliated group, without the consent of PepsiCo.
 
PROVISIONS IN OUR CORPORATE DOCUMENTS COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A CHANGE IN CONTROL
  OF OUR COMPANY.
 
    Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain several provisions which
may be deemed to have anti-takeover effects and may discourage, delay or prevent
a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest. These
provisions include the requirement that:
 
    - the number of directors shall be no more than 15; and
 
    - with respect to annual stockholders' meetings, stockholders must comply
      with the timing and procedural requirements of the federal proxy rules in
      order for a stockholder proposal to be included in our proxy statement.
 
    Our board of directors has the authority to authorize the issuance of
preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, and may
adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our capital
stock.
 
A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF OUR SHARES WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR SALE IN THE PUBLIC
  MARKET AFTER THE OFFERING AND SALES OF THOSE SHARES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
  STOCK PRICE.
 
   
    Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock into the public
market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
materially and adversely affect our stock price or could impair our ability to
obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. After the offering, we
will have outstanding 154,912,000 shares of common stock. Of these shares, the
shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased
by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144.
    
 
    We have entered into a registration rights agreement with PepsiCo which
enables PepsiCo to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by
PepsiCo and to include those shares in registrations of common stock made by us
in the future.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about
future events. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated
in these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are
affected by risks, uncertainties and assumptions about PBG, including, among
other things:
 
    - our anticipated growth strategies;
 
    - competition in the beverage industry;
 
    - our continuing relationship with PepsiCo;
 
    - anticipated trends in the beverage industry;
 
    - social, political and economic situations in foreign countries where we
      have operations;
 
    - our ability to continue to control costs; and
 
    - the risks described above in "Risk Factors."
 
    We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking
events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide
you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or
inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the
underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any
jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that
the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the
front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results
of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                RATIONALE FOR THE SEPARATION OF PBG FROM PEPSICO
 
    We were organized in November 1998 to effect the separation of most of
PepsiCo's company-owned bottling business from its brand ownership. As an
independent entity, we believe we will benefit from a sharper definition of our
role and be able to execute our business strategy more effectively on a local
market level. The most significant advantages of the separation include:
 
    - FOCUS ON SALES AND SERVICE IN OUR TERRITORIES. We will be free to focus
      more closely on sales and service in our territories. Prior to separation,
      we assisted PepsiCo in managing its relationships with independent PepsiCo
      bottlers, including the coordination of regional and national marketing
      initiatives. This responsibility has now been assumed by PepsiCo.
 
    - SHIFT IN PERFORMANCE MEASURES. We will be able to shift our performance
      emphasis to growth in operating cash flow. We believe this shift in
      emphasis is appropriate given our higher levels of indebtedness and
      significant non-cash depreciation and amortization charges resulting from
      our capital investments and acquisitions. We intend to generate sufficient
      cash flow to fund an aggressive investment program in vending machines,
      coolers and other revenue generating assets.
 
    - TARGETED INCENTIVES FOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES. Our performance will now
      be measurable and rewardable based upon the results we achieve. Our equity
      securities will provide a basis for management and employee incentives
      that are directly related to our performance.
 
    - CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL POLICIES APPROPRIATE FOR A BOTTLING
      COMPANY. As a separate entity, we will have a capital structure and
      financial policies that are more appropriate for a bottling company,
      allowing us to make better capital allocation and investment decisions. In
      addition, our equity securities will provide an additional form of
      consideration for possible future acquisitions and financings.
 
    After the offering, our business interests will continue to be aligned with
those of PepsiCo, which shares our objective of increasing availability and
consumption of Pepsi-Cola beverages. We plan to work closely with PepsiCo and
expect to benefit from this relationship in a number of ways including:
 
    - MARKETING SUPPORT AND FUNDING. We will have the benefit of PepsiCo's
      worldwide marketing expertise and advertising programs and we expect that
      PepsiCo will continue to provide us with significant marketing support and
      funding. This support covers a variety of initiatives, including consumer
      marketing programs, trade incentives, capital equipment investment and
      shared media expense.
 
    - SHARED SERVICES. Under the terms of a shared services agreement, we will
      have the benefit of PepsiCo's scale and efficiencies in certain areas such
      as the procurement of raw materials, transaction processing such as
      accounts payable and credit and collection, certain tax and treasury
      services and information technology maintenance and systems development.
 
    - CREDIT ENHANCEMENT. We believe we benefit from lower interest rates
      resulting from PepsiCo's guarantee of $2.3 billion of debt of our
      principal operating subsidiary, Bottling LLC. In addition, our association
      with PepsiCo is viewed favorably by rating agencies.
 
    - ACQUISITIONS. We expect that PepsiCo will help us identify and acquire
      other independent PepsiCo bottlers principally in the United States and
      Canada.
 
   
    Bottling LLC is a limited liability company which was formed in January 1999
and 92.9% of its equity is owned by us. Bottling LLC owns substantially all of
the property, plant and equipment used in our operations. PepsiCo is the
guarantor of $2.3 billion aggregate principal amount of Bottling LLC's
indebtedness. Use of a limited liability company rather than a corporation is
advantageous to us and PepsiCo. It allows PepsiCo, which holds a minority
interest in Bottling LLC, to take into account its allocable share of Bottling
LLC's income without imposition of a second level of tax. The limited liability
company structure also provides an attractive acquisition platform since
prospective sellers of bottling operations may prefer to receive a minority
limited liability company interest for those operations, rather than a minority
interest in a corporation.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our
common stock in the offering, after deducting estimated offering and transaction
expenses of $32 million and underwriting discounts and commissions, will be
approximately $2.3 billion, at an assumed initial public offering price of
$24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we
estimate that the net proceeds we will receive will be $2.7 billion.
    
 
   
    All of the net proceeds of this offering together, if necessary, with
available cash will be used to repay $2.5 billion of short-term indebtedness.
This short-term indebtedness bears interest at a rate of 5.25% and matures on
March 6, 2000. The short-term indebtedness to be repaid was incurred by us:
    
 
   
    - to repay $2.4 billion of pre-existing obligations due to PepsiCo; and
    
 
   
    - to pay $100 million of the purchase price of bottling businesses to be
      acquired by PBG which are reflected in the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
      Combined Financial Statements and the accompanying notes included
      elsewhere in this prospectus.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
    Our board of directors expects to declare and pay quarterly cash dividends
of $0.02 per share, commencing with a dividend payable with respect to the
second quarter of 1999. The declaration of dividends by us and the amount of
those dividends will, however, be determined by our board of directors and will
depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board.
    
 
    We are a newly formed corporation and as such have never declared or paid
any cash dividends on our capital stock.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth our actual capitalization as of December 26,
1998 as adjusted to reflect:
 
   
    - $1.0 billion of debt that PBG incurred on March 8, 1999 through a sale of
      notes.
    
 
    - $2.3 billion of debt that Bottling LLC incurred on February 9, 1999
      through a sale of notes. PepsiCo has unconditionally guaranteed this
      indebtedness which we expect to remain outstanding after the offering.
 
   
The table is further adjusted to reflect the offering and the application of the
estimated net proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds." The table does not
include the impact of expected 1999 acquisitions of some U.S. and Russian
territories for an aggregate purchase price of $137 million. These acquisitions
are reflected in the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should
read the table in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements, the
unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the accompanying
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       AS OF DECEMBER 26, 1998
                                                                                 -----------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                                                         AS FURTHER
                                                                                  ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED   ADJUSTED
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>          <C>
Short-term borrowings..........................................................  $     112   $   2,500    $      --
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
Long-term debt:
  Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.........................................      3,300          --           --
  Due to third parties.........................................................         61          --           --
  PBG debt.....................................................................         --       1,000        1,000
  Bottling LLC debt............................................................         --       2,300        2,300
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
    Total long-term debt.......................................................      3,361       3,300        3,300
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Advances from PepsiCo..........................................................      1,605        (682)          --
 
Minority interest..............................................................         --          --          181
 
Stockholders' equity:
 
  Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 20.0 million shares authorized; no
    shares issued or outstanding as adjusted and as further adjusted...........         --          --           --
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 300.0 million shares
    authorized; 154.9 million shares issued and outstanding as further
    adjusted...................................................................         --          --            2
  Class B common stock, par value $.01 per share; 100,000 shares authorized;
    88,000 shares issued and outstanding as further adjusted...................         --          --           --
  Additional paid-in capital...................................................         --          --        1,635
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss.........................................       (238)       (238)        (238)
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit).....................................       (238)       (238)       1,399
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
          Total capitalization.................................................  $   4,840   $   4,880    $   4,880
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                 SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
    The following table presents selected financial and operating data of PBG.
It should be read along with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition," the Combined Financial Statements, the
unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the accompanying
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial information for the
fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998 has been derived from, and is qualified
completely by reference to, our Combined Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
    The summary pro forma data set forth below is derived from the unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements give
effect to the 1998 acquisitions of Pepsi-Cola Allied Bottlers, Inc., Gray
Beverage Inc. and Pepsi International Bottlers, LLC and the expected 1999
acquisition of certain U.S. and Russian territories from Whitman Corporation, as
well as the offering and related transactions. These transactions have been
recorded as if they had actually occurred on the first day of our 1998 fiscal
year with respect to pro forma statement of operations data and, except to the
extent that a transaction occurred earlier, on December 26, 1998 with respect to
pro forma balance sheet data. The pro forma data does not necessarily represent
what our financial position or results of operations would have been had such
transactions been completed on such dates nor does it give effect to any events
other than those discussed in the notes to the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Financial Statements. The pro forma data also does not project our
financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any
future period.
 
   
    Pro forma earnings per share is based upon an assumed 155 million shares of
capital stock outstanding after the offering.
    
 
    The Statement of Operations Data set forth below includes unusual items and
events that affect comparability with other years:
 
    - 1994 consisted of 53 weeks. The fifty-third week increased 1994 net sales
      by $68 million, income before income taxes by $3 million and net income by
      $2 million.
 
   
    - 1994 also reflects the cumulative effect of accounting changes arising
      from SFAS 112, "Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits," and
      changing to a preferable method for calculating pension plan assets. The
      adoption of SFAS 112 reduced income before income taxes by $28 million and
      net income by $17 million, while the pension change increased income
      before income taxes by $9 million and net income by $6 million.
    
 
    - 1998 reflects unusual impairment and other charges, as well as an income
      tax benefit arising from resolving a disputed claim with the Internal
      Revenue Service.
 
   
    EBITDA is computed as operating income plus the sum of depreciation and
amortization expense and, for 1998, the non-cash portion of the unusual
impairment referred to above. We have included information concerning EBITDA as
we believe that it is useful to an investor in evaluating PBG because this
measure is widely used in the bottling industry to evaluate a company's
operating performance. EBITDA is not required under GAAP, and should not be
considered an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance
required by GAAP, and should be read along with the Combined Statements of Cash
Flows contained in the Combined Financial Statements. EBITDA should also not be
used as a measure of liquidity or cash flows under GAAP. In addition, PBG's
EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    DEC. 31    DEC. 30    DEC. 28    DEC. 27    DEC. 26
                                                                     1994       1995       1996       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND PER CASE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales......................................................  $   5,950  $   6,393  $   6,603  $   6,592  $   7,041
  Cost of sales..................................................      3,432      3,771      3,844      3,832      4,181
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit...................................................      2,518      2,622      2,759      2,760      2,860
  Selling, delivery and administrative expenses..................      2,221      2,273      2,392      2,425      2,583
  Unusual impairment and other charges...........................         --         --         --         --        222
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income...............................................        297        349        367        335         55
  Interest expense, net..........................................        231        239        225        222        221
  Foreign currency loss (gain)...................................          3         --          4         (2)        26
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, cumulative effect of
    accounting changes and minority interest.....................         63        110        138        115       (192)
  Income tax expense (benefit)...................................         46         71         89         56        (46)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
    and minority interest........................................         17         39         49         59       (146)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes........................        (11)        --         --         --         --
  Minority interest..............................................         --         --         --         --         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss)..............................................  $       6  $      39  $      49  $      59  $    (146)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
  Pro forma loss per share.......................................                                              $   (0.94)
  Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding..................                                                    155
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA.........................................................  $     681  $     767  $     792  $     774  $     721
  Cash provided by operations....................................        484        431        451        548        625
  Cash used for investments......................................       (310)      (355)      (376)      (564)    (1,046)
  Cash provided by (used for) financing..........................       (160)       (66)       (66)        63        370
  Capital expenditures...........................................       (432)      (358)      (418)      (472)      (507)
 
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales per case.............................................  $    6.57  $    6.92  $    6.97  $    6.74  $    6.70
  Cost of sales per case.........................................       3.79       4.08       4.06       3.92       3.98
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Total assets...................................................  $   6,847  $   7,082  $   7,052  $   7,188  $   7,322
  Long-term debt:
    Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.........................      3,300      3,300      3,300      3,300      3,300
    Due to third parties.........................................        135        131        127         96         61
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total long-term debt.......................................      3,435      3,431      3,427      3,396      3,361
  Advances from PepsiCo..........................................      1,265      1,251      1,162      1,403      1,605
  Minority interest..............................................         --         --         --         --         --
  Accumulated comprehensive loss.................................       (112)       (66)      (102)      (184)      (238)
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).................................       (112)       (66)      (102)      (184)      (238)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                     DEC. 26
                                                                      1998
                                                                   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales......................................................   $   7,323
  Cost of sales..................................................       4,341
                                                                   -----------
  Gross profit...................................................       2,982
  Selling, delivery and administrative expenses..................       2,686
  Unusual impairment and other charges...........................         222
                                                                   -----------
  Operating income...............................................          74
  Interest expense, net..........................................         201
  Foreign currency loss (gain)...................................          27
                                                                   -----------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, cumulative effect of
    accounting changes and minority interest.....................        (154)
  Income tax expense (benefit)...................................         (31)
                                                                   -----------
  Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
    and minority interest........................................        (123)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes........................          --
  Minority interest..............................................           3
                                                                   -----------
  Net income (loss)..............................................   $    (120)
                                                                   -----------
                                                                   -----------
  Pro forma loss per share.......................................   $   (0.77)
  Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding..................         155
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA.........................................................
  Cash provided by operations....................................
  Cash used for investments......................................
  Cash provided by (used for) financing..........................
  Capital expenditures...........................................
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales per case.............................................   $    6.76
  Cost of sales per case.........................................        4.01
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Total assets...................................................   $   7,489
  Long-term debt:
    Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.........................          --
    Due to third parties.........................................       3,300
                                                                   -----------
      Total long-term debt.......................................       3,300
  Advances from PepsiCo..........................................          --
  Minority interest..............................................         181
  Accumulated comprehensive loss.................................        (238)
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).................................       1,517
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
GENERAL
 
    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Our Combined Financial Statements and the
accompanying notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, reflect the
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of the business
transferred to us from PepsiCo. Our Combined Financial Statements have been
carved-out from the financial statements of PepsiCo using the historical results
of operations and assets and liabilities of such business. Certain costs have
been reflected in the Combined Financial Statements which are not necessarily
indicative of the costs that we would have incurred had we operated as an
independent, stand-alone entity for all periods presented. Such costs include
allocated PepsiCo corporate overhead, an allocation of PepsiCo interest expense
and income taxes.
 
   
    - Corporate overhead related to PepsiCo's corporate administrative functions
      has been allocated to us based on a specific identification of PepsiCo's
      administrative costs relating to the bottling operations and, to the
      extent that such identification was not practicable, based upon the
      percentage of our sales to PepsiCo's consolidated net sales. These
      allocated costs of $42 million in 1996 and 1997 and $40 million in 1998,
      have been included in selling, delivery and administrative expenses in the
      Combined Statements of Operations. We believe that such allocation
      methodology is reasonable. In addition, PBG expects to change from a non-
      compensatory broad-based stock option program to an alternative program.
      While this alternative program has not been finalized or approved by the
      board of directors, management anticipates that the new plan could cost up
      to an additional $12 million per year.
    
 
   
    - Interest expense included in the Combined Financial Statements reflects an
      allocation of PepsiCo's interest costs based upon debt expected to be
      outstanding after the offering and application of the proceeds from the
      offering. Because PBG was not a stand-alone entity and did not
      historically have its own debt, we believe that PepsiCo's weighted average
      borrowing rate is the best approximation of the interest actually paid on
      the debt allocated to PBG. For information regarding interest rates we
      expect to pay on the third party debt we anticipate to be outstanding at
      the offering date, see the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
      Financial Statements.
    
 
    - Income tax expense has been reflected in the Combined Financial Statements
      as if we had actually filed a separate income tax return. In the Combined
      Financial Statements, our effective tax rate differs from the 35% U.S.
      federal statutory rate. This is primarily due to state and local income
      taxes and the amortization of goodwill which is not deductible for U.S.
      income tax purposes. In addition, in 1998 we settled a disputed claim with
      the Internal Revenue Service regarding the deductibility of the
      amortization of acquired franchise rights. Also in 1998, our effective tax
      rate increased due to the Russia impairment and other charges for which we
      have not recognized a tax benefit. In the future, our effective tax rate
      will depend on our structure and tax strategies as a separate, independent
      company.
 
    Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December and generally consists
of 52 weeks, though occasionally our fiscal years will consist of 53 weeks. This
last occurred in 1994 and will next occur in 2000. Fiscal years 1996, 1997 and
1998 consisted of 52 weeks. Each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year
consists of 12 weeks and the fourth quarter consists of 16 or 17 weeks.
 
   
    We recognize sales when we deliver our products to customers. Any discounts
are recognized at the same time as a reduction of sales. Our sales terms do not
allow a right of return unless the product freshness date expires, in which case
we will typically replace the product.
    
 
    Cost of sales is comprised of raw materials, which include concentrates,
sweeteners, carbon dioxide and other ingredients; packaging, which is primarily
cans and plastic bottles; and other direct costs,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
including labor and manufacturing overhead. Expenditures for concentrate and
packaging constitute our largest individual raw material costs, representing
approximately 43% and 47%, respectively, of our total raw material costs. We
depend primarily on PepsiCo for our concentrates and we purchase our other raw
materials from multiple suppliers.
 
    Selling, delivery and administrative expenses include labor and benefit
costs, depreciation of facilities and equipment and advertising and marketing
expenses. These expenses also include significant non-cash charges for
amortization of franchise rights, goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
   
    BOTTLER INCENTIVES.  PepsiCo and other brand owners, at their sole
discretion, provide us with various forms of marketing support. This marketing
support is intended to cover a variety of programs and initiatives, including
direct marketplace support, capital equipment funding and shared media and
advertising support. Direct marketplace support is primarily funding by PepsiCo
and other brand owners of sales discounts and similar programs and is recorded
as an adjustment to net sales. Capital equipment funding is designed to support
the purchase and placement of marketing equipment and is recorded within
selling, delivery and administrative expenses. Shared media and advertising
support is recorded as a reduction to advertising and marketing expense within
selling, delivery and administrative expenses.
    
 
   
    The total amount of bottler incentives received from PepsiCo and other brand
owners in the form of marketing support amounted to $421 million, $463 million,
and $536 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Of these amounts, $238
million, $235 million, and $247 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998 were recorded in
net sales, and the remainder was recorded in selling, delivery and
administrative expenses. The amount of our bottler incentives received from
PepsiCo was more than 90% of our bottler incentives in each of the three years,
with the balance received from the other brand owners. We negotiate the level of
funding with PepsiCo and other brand owners as part of our annual planning
process.
    
 
   
    In February 1999 PepsiCo announced an increase of approximately 5% in the
U.S. price of its concentrate. The cost of this price increase will be offset in
substantial part with increases in the 1999 level of marketing support and
funding from PepsiCo. We spent $1,013 million, $1,077 million and $1,222 million
on concentrate in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
    Because of economic conditions in Russia, PepsiCo has stated its intention
to provide approximately $35 million of funding for our Russian operations in
1999. This amount is based on our current operating plan for Russia and may
change if conditions change in Russia. PepsiCo may also provide comparable
levels of funding in subsequent years. PepsiCo has contributed $37 million, $39
million and $61 million in funding for Russia in each of the years 1996, 1997
and 1998, respectively.
    
 
    While we expect that PepsiCo and other brand owners will continue to provide
us with significant marketing support and funding, they have no obligation to
continue to provide funding at current levels.
 
   
    EFFECT OF SEASONALITY.  Our business is seasonal. You should read the risk
factor entitled "Bad weather in our peak season could result in lower sales"
contained in "Risk Factors" for an explanation of the effects and risks of the
seasonality of our business.
    
 
   
    RECENT ACQUISITIONS.  In 1998 and 1999, we made several acquisitions which
increased our ownership of the PepsiCo system in the U.S. from approximately 51%
to 53% and in Canada from approximately 64% to 78%. In 1998, we acquired the
remaining interest in our Russian joint venture. The unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Statement of Operations reflect these transactions as though
they had been made on the first day of fiscal 1998.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    VARIABILITY OF RESULTS IN INTERNATIONAL MARKETS.  Operating results in our
international markets vary considerably based on economic and industry
development. In Spain and Greece, which contribute approximately 7% of net sales
and 8% of volume and provide positive cash flow, there is low inflation,
economic stability and a carbonated soft drink industry that has been in
existence for some time.
 
   
    In recent years, we have invested in Russia to build infrastructure and to
fund start-up manufacturing and distribution costs. Approximately 1% of our net
sales in fiscal 1997 and 2% in 1998 were attributable to our operations in
Russia. During such periods, operating losses, before the 1998 unusual charges,
amounted to $48 million and $80 million, respectively. Cash requirements for
investing activities and to fund operations were $71 million and $156 million in
1997 and 1998, respectively. Cash for investing activities was used to build our
existing infrastructure and fund our purchase of a 25% interest in a Russian
bottler in 1997, and our purchase of the remaining interest in that bottler in
1998.
    
 
    The economic turmoil in Russia which accompanied the August 1998 devaluation
of the ruble had an adverse impact on our operations. Consequently in our fourth
quarter we experienced a significant drop in demand, resulting in lower net
sales and increased operating losses. Additionally, since net sales in Russia
are denominated in rubles, while a substantial portion of our costs and expenses
are denominated in U.S. dollars, operating margins were further eroded. In
response to these conditions, we have reduced our cost structure primarily
through closing facilities, renegotiating manufacturing contracts and reducing
the number of employees. We have also evaluated the resulting impairment of our
long-lived assets, triggered by the reduction in utilization of assets caused by
the lower demand, the adverse change in the business climate and the expected
continuation of operating losses and cash deficits in that market. This has
resulted in a fourth quarter charge of $212 million comprised of an asset
impairment charge of $194 million and costs to restructure our operations of $18
million. The impairment charge reduced the net book value of the assets to their
estimated fair market value, based on values paid for similar assets in that
marketplace. In 1999, the reduction in depreciation and amortization expense as
a result of the asset impairment charge will be $18 million.
 
    For the foreseeable future, we anticipate that our Russian operations will
incur losses and require significant amounts of cash to fund operations.
However, capital requirements will be minimal because our existing
infrastructure is adequate for current operations. We plan to review our Russian
operations on a regular basis and to consider changes in our distribution
systems and other operations as circumstances dictate.
 
IMPACT OF EARLY VESTING OF PEPSICO OPTIONS
 
   
    Prior to the offering, substantially all non-vested PepsiCo stock options
held by PBG employees will vest on a date determined by PepsiCo. As a result,
PBG will incur a non-cash compensation charge equal to the difference between
the market price of PepsiCo capital stock and the exercise price of these
options at that vesting date. Based on a PepsiCo capital stock price per share
of $39.50, on February 23, 1999 the pre-tax and after-tax compensation charge
would have been $70 million. Each $1.00 increase in the market price of PepsiCo
capital stock would increase the pre-tax and after-tax compensation charge by
approximately $12 million.
    
 
USE OF EBITDA
 
    As a separate entity, we will have a capital structure and financial
policies that are more appropriate for a bottling company, allowing us to make
better capital allocation and investment decisions. We will be able to shift our
performance emphasis to growth in EBITDA. We believe this shift in emphasis is
appropriate given our higher levels of indebtedness and significant non-cash
depreciation and amortization charges resulting from our capital investments and
acquisitions. Our discretionary use of funds depicted by EBITDA may be limited
by working capital, debt service, tax payment and capital expenditure
requirements, and by restrictions related to legal requirements,
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
commitments and uncertainties. You should refer to the section entitled
"Selected Combined Financial and Operating Data" for a definition of EBITDA.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows should be read along with the Combined
Financial Statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus.
 
    The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, Combined Statements
of Operations data as a percentage of net sales.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                     -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                       1996       1997       1998
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
Net sales..........................................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales......................................................................       58.2       58.1       59.4
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.......................................................................       41.8       41.9       40.6
Selling, delivery and administrative expenses......................................       36.2       36.8       36.7
Unusual impairment and other charges...............................................         --         --        3.1
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income...................................................................        5.6%       5.1%       0.8%
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The table below sets forth volume growth by brand for the periods indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       % GROWTH           % GROWTH
                                                                     1997 VS. 1996      1998 VS. 1997
                                                                   -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                <C>                <C>
PEPSI-COLA Trademark.............................................              0%                 4%
MOUNTAIN DEW.....................................................             11                  8
LIPTON BRISK.....................................................             17                 17
MUG..............................................................             10                 19
AQUAFINA.........................................................             85                 63
</TABLE>
    
 
FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS                                                         1997       1998      $ CHANGE     % CHANGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
REPORTED
Net sales...............................................................  $   6,592  $   7,041   $     449          6.8%
Operating income........................................................        335         55        (280)       (83.6)
EBITDA..................................................................        774        721         (53)        (6.8)
 
ONGOING*
Net sales...............................................................  $   6,592  $   7,041   $     449          6.8%
Operating income........................................................        335        277         (58)       (17.3)
EBITDA..................................................................        774        721         (53)        (6.8)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*   Operating income excludes $222 million of unusual impairment and other
    charges in 1998. See Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
    The table below sets forth volume and net sales growth by specified
geographic region, excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign currency
fluctuations.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 CONTRIBUTION
                                                                                  CONTRIBUTION         NET         TO TOTAL
                                                                     VOLUME         TO TOTAL          SALES        NET SALES
                                                                     GROWTH       VOLUME GROWTH      GROWTH         GROWTH
                                                                   -----------  -----------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>
U.S. and Canada..................................................           5%             89%              5%            91%
Spain............................................................           6               8               7              9
Greece...........................................................           2               0               7              2
Russia...........................................................          21               3             (11)            (2)
                                                                           --                              --
                                                                                          ---                            ---
  Total..........................................................           5%            100%              5%           100%
                                                                                          ---                            ---
                                                                                          ---                            ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Worldwide case volume, based upon physical cases sold regardless of the
volume contained in these cases, grew 7% with our combined U.S. and Canadian
markets increasing 6% and international increasing 18%. Excluding the impact of
acquisitions, volume increased 5% in our combined U.S. and Canadian markets and
6% in our international markets. Volume growth was led by cola products which
were up 4%, and MOUNTAIN DEW which increased by 8%. Expanded distribution
increased AQUAFINA volume by 63%. The U.S. introduction of PEPSI ONE in the
fourth quarter of 1998 contributed one percentage point of growth. International
volume growth was led by Russia up 21% excluding the impact of acquisitions, and
Spain up 6%.
    
 
    Worldwide net sales growth of 6.8% was fueled by strong volume gains and
acquisitions of bottlers in the U.S., Canada and Russia. Volume gains
contributed five percentage points of net sales growth. Unfavorable foreign
currency fluctuations in Canada, Spain and Greece reduced net sales growth by
one percentage point, while bottler acquisitions contributed three percentage
points to net sales growth. Pricing was essentially flat in 1998 as compared to
1997 as a greater percentage of higher priced "single-serve" packages sold was
offset by lower "take-home" package pricing in the combined U.S. and Canadian
markets and promotional pricing relating to the U.S. introduction of PEPSI ONE
in the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
    Ongoing operating income declined $58 million or 17.3% compared to 1997.
Higher raw material costs in the U.S. and Canada, increases in selling and
delivery expenses associated with significant investments in cold drink
equipment consisting primarily of vending machines and coolers, and higher
losses in Russia more than offset strong worldwide volume growth.
 
    - Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased from 58.1% in 1997 to
      59.4% in 1998. This increase was primarily a result of margin declines in
      the take-home market and increases in concentrate costs. A greater
      percentage of sales in the higher margin cold drink channel was
      insufficient to offset those margin declines.
 
   
    - Selling, delivery and administrative expenses increased $158 million or
      6.5% in 1998. Selling and delivery expenses grew at a rate faster than
      volume while our other administrative costs grew less than 1% in 1998. Our
      costs associated with selling and delivery grew faster than volume largely
      because we continued our program of heavy investment in vending machines
      and coolers, consistent with our long-term strategy to increase our
      presence in the cold drink segment of the industry in the U.S. and Canada.
      Spending on vending machines and coolers at customer locations in the
      combined U.S. and Canadian markets was approximately 13% higher in 1998 as
      compared to 1997, driving increases in the costs associated with placing,
      depreciating and servicing these assets.
    
 
   
    - Operating losses in Russia were $80 million in 1998 compared to $48
      million in 1997. Volume increased 21% over 1997. Net sales, however,
      declined 11% in U.S. dollars due to the devaluation and the reduction in
      pricing resulting from the economic downturn. Our operating
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
      margins were further adversely affected since a substantial portion of our
      expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. In addition, in February 1998 we
      acquired the remaining 75% interest in a Russian bottling joint venture
      that held the Pepsi franchise for part of that country. Our 1998 results
      reflect the full consolidation of this operation. Over 30% of our
      operating losses were the result of the additional 75% interest in this
      Russian bottling joint venture.
    
 
    In the fourth quarter of 1998, we recorded $222 million of charges relating
to the following:
 
    - A charge of $212 million for asset impairment of $194 million and other
      charges of $18 million related to our Russian operations.
 
    - A charge of $10 million for employee related costs, mainly relocation and
      severance, resulting from the separation of Pepsi-Cola bottling and
      concentrate organizations to more effectively service retail customers in
      light of the expected conversion of PBG to public ownership.
 
    EBITDA declined $53 million or 6.8% in 1998 compared to 1997. This decline
in EBITDA was lower than the decline in ongoing operating income due primarily
to a significant increase in depreciation expense resulting from our investments
in cold drink equipment, a non-cash expense not included in EBITDA.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE GAINS/LOSSES
 
    Foreign currency exchange losses increased $28 million from a gain of $2
million in 1997 to a loss of $26 million in 1998. The devaluation of the Russian
ruble in 1998 drove $21 million of this increase.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE, NET
 
    Interest expense decreased $1 million in 1998 compared to 1997, reflecting
higher interest income in Spain offset by an increase in PepsiCo's average
borrowing rate from 6.2% to 6.4%.
 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
    Our effective tax rate in 1998 was a benefit of 24.0% compared to an expense
of 48.7% in 1997. In 1998, we settled a dispute with the Internal Revenue
Service regarding the deductibility of the amortization of acquired franchise
rights resulting in a $46 million tax benefit in the fourth quarter. Also in
1998, our effective tax rate was increased due to the Russia impairment and
other unusual charges for which we did not recognize a tax benefit. Excluding
these items, our effective tax rate in 1998 would have been an expense of 0.9%,
on income before income taxes of $20 million, driven by an increase in the mix
of international income taxed at lower rates.
 
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS                                                         1996       1997      $ CHANGE      % CHANGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Net sales...............................................................  $   6,603  $   6,592   $     (11)         (0.2)%
Operating income........................................................        367        335         (32)         (8.7)
EBITDA..................................................................        792        774         (18)         (2.3)
</TABLE>
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
    The table set forth below shows volume and net sales growth by specified
geographic region, excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign currency
fluctuations.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  CONTRIBUTION          NET        CONTRIBUTION
                                                                     VOLUME         TO TOTAL           SALES         TO TOTAL
                                                                     GROWTH       VOLUME GROWTH       GROWTH          GROWTH
                                                                   -----------  -----------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
U.S. and Canada..................................................           4%            111%               2%            116%
Spain............................................................          (2)             (5)              (2)             (9)
Greece...........................................................          (4)             (2)              (4)             (4)
Russia...........................................................         (18)             (4)              (4)             (3)
                                                                           --                                -
                                                                                          ---                              ---
  Total..........................................................           4%            100%               2%            100%
                                                                                          ---                              ---
                                                                                          ---                              ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Worldwide case volume, based upon physical cases sold regardless of the
volume contained in the cases, grew 3% reflecting 4% growth in our combined U.S.
and Canadian markets offset by an 8% decline in our international markets.
Excluding the impact of divestitures, volume grew 4%, the growth was driven by
11% volume growth in MOUNTAIN DEW, a 17% increase in LIPTON BRISK and a 10%
increase in MUG. In addition, expanded distribution drove AQUAFINA volume up
85%, while the growth of cola products was flat. Our international volume,
excluding our St. Petersburg, Russia operations which we sold in 1997, was 4%
lower than in the prior year, led by Russia which was down 18% and Spain which
was down 2%.
    
 
   
    Worldwide net sales in 1997 declined by 0.2% compared to 1996. Volume gains
contributed four percentage points of net sales growth. Pricing declines
resulting from the competitive pricing environment in the U.S. and Canada offset
volume growth by approximately two percentage points. In addition, the combined
effect of unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations, primarily in Spain, and the
sale of our St. Petersburg, Russia operations also reduced net sales growth by
two percentage points.
    
 
    Operating income in 1997 declined $32 million or 8.7% as compared to 1996.
Results were impacted by significant competitive pricing pressures in our U.S.
and Canadian markets and lower international volumes. These items more than
offset the positive U.S. and Canadian volume growth and lower raw material costs
in the majority of our markets.
 
    - Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales improved from 58.2% in 1996 to
      58.1% in 1997. Significant declines in aluminum, plastic bottles and
      sweetener costs in 1997 were greater than the effect of the decline in
      pricing on net sales.
 
    - Selling, delivery and administrative expenses increased $33 million or
      1.4% in 1997, somewhat slower than volume growth. Beginning in 1997, we
      began a multi-year investment in vending machines and coolers to increase
      our U.S. and Canadian presence in the cold drink channel. However,
      financial support received from PepsiCo for this initiative more than
      offset the incremental costs for placement and servicing of this
      equipment.
 
    EBITDA in 1997 declined $18 million or 2.3% as compared to 1996. This
decline was lower than the decline in operating income due to increases in
depreciation expense associated with our cold drink investment strategy.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE GAINS/LOSSES
 
    Foreign currency exchange losses decreased $6 million from a loss of $4
million in 1996 to a gain of $2 million in 1997 driven primarily by favorable
exchange rate movements in Spain.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE, NET
 
    In 1997, net interest expense decreased $3 million or 1.3% due primarily to
external debt reductions in our international markets.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
    Our effective tax rate in 1997 was 48.7% compared to 64.5% in 1996. The
change was due primarily to no longer accruing for a disputed claim with the
Internal Revenue Service regarding deductibility of the amortization of acquired
franchise rights because we made substantial progress towards a satisfactory
resolution of the dispute. The other significant factor was a change in the tax
structure of some of our international operations, which enabled us to recognize
a tax benefit on operating losses.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    LIQUIDITY PRIOR TO AND UPON OUR SEPARATION FROM PEPSICO AND THE OFFERING
 
    Our capital investments and acquisitions have been financed by cash flow
from operations and advances from PepsiCo. Under PepsiCo's centralized cash
management system, PepsiCo deposited sufficient cash in our bank accounts to
meet our daily obligations, and withdrew excess funds from those accounts. These
transactions are included in advances from PepsiCo in the Combined Balance
Sheets and Combined Statements of Cash Flows.
 
    FINANCING TRANSACTIONS
 
    On February 9, 1999, Bottling LLC issued $1 billion of 5 3/8% Senior Notes
due 2004 and $1.3 billion of 5 5/8% Senior Notes due 2009. These Bottling LLC
Notes are irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior, unsecured
basis by PepsiCo. The net proceeds from the sale of the Bottling LLC Notes were
distributed by Bottling LLC to a subsidiary of PepsiCo.
 
   
    On February 25, 1999, PepsiCo sold $750 million of its Series A Senior Notes
due 2000. PepsiCo's obligations under the Series A notes were assumed by us and
became our unsecured senior obligation.
    
 
   
    On March 5, 1999, we issued $2.5 billion of Series B Senior Notes due 2000.
These notes were irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior,
unsecured basis by Bottling LLC. The net proceeds from the sale of the Series B
notes were used to repay our intercompany obligations to PepsiCo and will be
used to pay a portion of the purchase price of bottling businesses to be
acquired by us which are reflected in the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
    
 
   
    On March 8, 1999, we issued $1.0 billion of Senior Notes due 2029. These
notes were irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior, unsecured
basis by Bottling LLC. The net proceeds from the sale of these long-term notes
will be used to repay the Series A notes described above, to repay intercompany
obligations to PepsiCo and to pay a portion of the purchase price of bottling
businesses to be acquired by us which are reflected in the unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the accompanying notes included
elsewhere in the prospectus.
    
 
    We are currently in the process of negotiating a senior bank debt agreement
as well as a commercial paper program, each of which will be guaranteed by
Bottling LLC. We expect the bank debt agreement and the commercial paper program
will provide $500 million of revolving credit capacity and be available for
general corporate purposes, including working capital requirements. We expect
these arrangements to be finalized prior to this offering. The revolving credit
capacity is intended to replace our reliance on PepsiCo's centralized cash
management system.
 
    Upon completion of the initial public offering and after giving effect to
the foregoing financing transactions, we expect that we will have outstanding $1
billion of long-term indebtedness, guaranteed by Bottling LLC, and Bottling LLC
will have outstanding $2.3 billion of long-term indebtedness guaranteed by
PepsiCo.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The debt levels reflected in our historical combined financial statements
are based upon the debt we anticipate to have outstanding upon consummation of
this offering and the application of the net proceeds. However, in the future,
our level of debt will change depending on our liquidity needs and capital
expenditure requirements, as well as our cash flow.
 
    Based upon current and anticipated levels of operations, we believe that our
cash on hand and cash flow from operations, combined with borrowings available
under the proposed bank facility, will be sufficient to enable us to meet our
current and anticipated cash operating requirements, capital expenditures and
working capital needs for the foreseeable future. However, actual capital
requirements may change, particularly as a result of any acquisition which we
may make. Our ability to meet current and anticipated operating requirements
will depend upon our future performance, which, in turn, will be subject to
general economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other
factors, some of which may be beyond our control.
 
    CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
 
    We have incurred and will require capital for ongoing infrastructure,
including investment in developing markets and acquisitions.
 
    - Our business requires substantial infrastructure investments to maintain
      our existing level of operations and to fund investments targeted at
      growing our business. Capital infrastructure expenditures totaled $418
      million, $472 million and $507 million during 1996, 1997 and 1998,
      respectively. We believe that capital infrastructure spending will
      continue to be significant, driven by our increased investment in the cold
      drink channel. We anticipate investing approximately $2 billion in
      infrastructure over the next three years.
 
    - We intend to pursue acquisitions of independent PepsiCo bottlers in the
      U.S. and Canada, particularly in territories contiguous to our own, and
      expect that PepsiCo will help us identify these bottlers. These
      acquisitions will enable us to provide better service to our large retail
      customers as well as to reduce costs through economies of scale. We also
      plan to evaluate international acquisition opportunities as they become
      available.
 
    CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT
 
   
    The cumulative translation adjustment account increased unfavorably by $35
million in 1998 as compared to 1997 due to erosion in the value of the Canadian
dollar against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by a strengthening of the
Spanish peseta. In 1997, the cumulative translation adjustment increased
unfavorably by $82 million as compared to 1996 due primarily to declines in the
value of the Spanish peseta and Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar.
    
 
    Translation gains and losses arising from the re-measurement into U.S.
dollars of the net monetary assets of our Russian operations are reflected as
foreign exchange gains and losses in the Combined Statements of Operations since
Russia is considered a highly inflationary economy for accounting purposes.
 
CASH FLOWS
 
    FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997
 
    Net cash provided by operations in 1998 improved to $625 million from $548
million in 1997 due primarily to the favorable effect of a three year insurance
prepayment to a PepsiCo affiliate in 1997 and our continued focus on working
capital management.
 
    Net cash used for investments was $1,046 million in 1998 compared to $564
million in 1997. In 1998, $546 million was utilized for the acquisition of
bottlers in the U.S., Canada and Russia compared
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
to $3 million in 1997. In addition, we continued to invest heavily in cold drink
equipment in the U.S. and Canada.
 
    The net cash used for investments in 1998 was financed through normal
operating activities, advances from PepsiCo and proceeds from short-term
borrowings. The total net cash provided by financing activities in 1998 was $370
million.
 
    FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
 
    Net cash provided by operations in 1997 increased to $548 million from $451
million in 1996. This improvement was driven by a focus on working capital
management, partially offset by prepayment of insurance to an affiliate of
PepsiCo.
 
    Net cash used for investments was $564 million in 1997, as compared to $376
million in 1996. In 1997, we began an initiative to significantly increase the
amount of cold drink equipment in the combined U.S. and Canadian markets. Also
contributing to this increase were additional investments made in the Russian
joint venture and increased payments for non-current and other assets.
 
    In 1997, we received $161 million in advances from PepsiCo. This financing
was primarily used to repay short and long-term borrowings and make capital
investments. Our remaining capital needs were funded by normal operating
activities.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
    We are exposed to various market risks including commodity prices, interest
rates on our debt and foreign exchange rates.
 
    COMMODITY PRICE RISK
 
    We are subject to market risks with respect to commodities because our
ability to recover increased costs through higher pricing may be limited by the
competitive environment in which we operate.
 
   
    We use futures contracts and options on futures in the normal course of
business to hedge anticipated purchases of certain raw materials used in our
manufacturing operations. There were no outstanding contracts at December 27,
1997. The table below presents information on contracts outstanding at December
26, 1998 for aluminum purchases. All of these contracts mature in 1999.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FUTURES CONTRACTS      OPTIONS
                                                                              ---------------------  -----------
                                                                                    (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                           <C>                    <C>
Volume (thousands of metric tons)...........................................               13                38
Carrying amount.............................................................        $      --         $       1
Fair value amount...........................................................        $      (1)        $       1
Notional amount.............................................................        $      17         $      53
</TABLE>
    
 
    INTEREST RATE RISK
 
    Historically, we have had no material interest rate risk associated with
debt used to finance our operations due to limited third party borrowings.
Subsequent to the offering, we intend to manage our interest rate exposure using
both financial derivative instruments and a mix of fixed and floating interest
rate debt.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE RISK
 
    Operating in international markets involves exposure to movements in
currency exchange rates. Currency exchange rate movements typically also affect
economic growth, inflation, interest rates,
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
government actions and other factors. These changes can cause us to adjust our
financing and operating strategies. The discussion below of changes in currency
exchange rates does not incorporate these other economic factors. For example,
the sensitivity analysis presented in the foreign exchange discussion below does
not take into account the possibility that rates can move in opposite directions
and that gains from one category may or may not be offset by losses from another
category.
 
    Operations outside the U.S. constitute approximately 16% of our net sales.
As currency exchange rates change, translation of the statements of operations
of our international businesses into U.S. dollars affects year-over-year
comparability. We have not hedged translation risks because cash flows from
international operations have generally been reinvested locally, nor
historically have we entered into hedges to minimize the volatility of reported
earnings. We estimate that a 10% change in foreign exchange rates would affect
reported operating income by less than $25 million.
 
    Foreign exchange gains and losses reflect transaction and translation gains
and losses arising from the re-measurement into U.S. dollars of the net monetary
assets of businesses in highly inflationary countries. Russia is considered a
highly inflationary economy for accounting purposes and all foreign exchange
gains and losses are included in the Combined Statements of Operations.
 
    On January 1, 1999, eleven member countries of the European Union
established fixed conversion rates between their existing, or legacy, currencies
and one common currency, the Euro. The Euro trades on currency exchanges and may
be used in business transactions. Conversion to the Euro eliminated currency
exchange rate risk between member countries. Beginning in January 2002, new
Euro-denominated bills and coins will be issued, and legacy currencies will be
withdrawn from circulation.
 
    Spain is one of the member countries that instituted the Euro and we have
established plans to address the issues raised by the Euro currency conversion.
These issues include, among others, the need to adapt computer and financial
systems, business processes and equipment such as vending machines, to
accommodate Euro-denominated transactions and the impact of one common currency
on cross-border pricing. Since financial systems and processes currently
accommodate multiple currencies, we do not expect the system and equipment
conversion costs to be material. Due to numerous uncertainties, we cannot
reasonably estimate the long-term effects one common currency may have on
pricing, costs and the resulting impact, if any, on financial condition or
results of operations.
 
YEAR 2000
 
    Many computerized systems and microprocessors that are embedded in a variety
of products used by us have the potential for operational problems if they lack
the ability to handle the transition to the Year 2000. We have established teams
to identify and correct Year 2000 issues. We have engaged IBM to help set
testing strategy and complete some of the offsite remediation. Information
technology systems with non-compliant code are expected to be modified or
replaced with systems that are Year 2000 compliant. Similar actions are being
taken with respect to systems embedded in manufacturing and other facilities.
The teams are also charged with investigating the Year 2000 readiness of
suppliers, customers and other third parties and with developing contingency
plans where necessary.
 
    Key information technology systems have been inventoried and assessed for
compliance, and detailed plans are in place for required system modifications or
replacements. Remediation and testing activities are well underway with
approximately 81% of the systems already compliant. This percentage is expected
to increase to 95% and 99% by the end of the first and second quarters of 1999,
respectively. Inventories and assessments of systems embedded in manufacturing
and other facilities are in progress and expected to be complete by year-end;
remediation began in the fourth quarter of 1998 with a mid-year 1999 target
completion date. Independent consultants are monitoring progress against
remediation programs and performing tests at certain key locations. In addition,
the progress of the programs is also monitored by senior management and the
boards of directors of PepsiCo and PBG.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    Our most significant exposure arises from our dependence on high volume
transaction processing systems, particularly for production scheduling,
inventory cost accounting, purchasing, customer billing and collection, and
payroll. We anticipate that any corrective actions to these applications will be
completed by the end of the second quarter in 1999.
 
    We have contacted the key suppliers that are critical to our production
processes. There are approximately 150 key suppliers, all of whom responded to
our initial request for information about their remediation plans. We are now in
the process of visiting the 60 suppliers we have identified as presenting the
greatest risk. These suppliers have been selected either because of our
dependence on them or because of concerns regarding their remediation plans. To
date we have not identified any key suppliers who will not be Year 2000
compliant. We will, however, develop contingency plans for the non-compliance of
key suppliers during 1999. We have also contacted significant customers and
PepsiCo joint venture partners who manufacture certain LIPTON and STARBUCKS
products that we sell and have begun to survey their Year 2000 remediation
programs. Risk assessments and contingency plans, where necessary, will be
finalized in the second quarter of 1999.
 
    Costs directly related to Year 2000 issues are estimated to be $56 million,
of which $26 million was spent in 1998 and $7 million in 1997. We have
redeployed approximately 160 employees to support this work as well as engaged
over 100 independent contractors. Approximately one-half of the total estimated
spending represents costs to modify existing systems, which includes the
inventory, assessment, remediation, testing and rollout phases. The remaining
dollars represent spending for the development, testing and rollout of new
systems to replace older, non-compliant applications. This estimate assumes that
we will not incur any costs on behalf of our suppliers, customers or other third
parties. These costs will not necessarily increase our normal level of spending
on information technology due to the deferral of other projects to enable us to
focus on Year 2000 remediation.
 
    Contingency plans for Year 2000 related interruptions are being developed
and will include, but not be limited to, the development of emergency backup and
recovery procedures, remediation of existing systems parallel with installation
of new systems, replacement of electronic applications with manual processes,
identification of alternate suppliers and an increase in raw material and
finished goods inventory levels. All plans are expected to be completed by the
end of the second quarter in 1999.
 
   
    In light of the foregoing, we do not currently anticipate that we will
experience a significant disruption to our business as a result of the Year 2000
issue. Our most likely potential risk is a temporary inability of suppliers to
provide supplies of raw materials or of customers to pay on a timely basis. We
typically experience below average sales volume in January due to the
seasonality of our business. In addition, we are not dependent on any single
supplier location or PBG location for a critical commodity or product.
Consequently we believe that in a worst case scenario any supply disruption can
be minimized by drawing down inventories or increasing production at unaffected
plants with some increase in distribution costs. We are testing electronic
billing and payment systems during 1999 as part of our overall Year 2000
strategy and will work with customers that experience disruptions that might
impact payment to us.
    
 
    Our Year 2000 efforts are ongoing and our overall plan, as well as the
consideration of contingency plans, will continue to evolve as new information
becomes available. While we anticipate no major interruption to our business
activities, there is still uncertainty about the broader scope of the Year 2000
issue as it may affect us and third parties, including our suppliers and
customers. For example, lack of readiness by electrical and water utilities and
other providers of general infrastructure such as rail transportation, could, in
some geographic areas, pose significant impediments to our ability to carry on
normal operations in the areas affected. Accordingly, while we believe our
actions in this regard should have the effect of lessening Year 2000 risks, we
are unable to eliminate such risks or to estimate the ultimate effect of Year
2000 risks on our operating results.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
   
    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities." This statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. It requires that an
entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value.
    
 
   
    We are currently reviewing contracts with suppliers and others in order to
determine whether there are terms in those contracts that represent embedded
derivative instruments that, under SFAS 133, require separate accounting
treatment. We have not yet completed that review. Historically, we did not
utilize foreign currency or interest rate derivative financial instruments
because we had no material interest rate risk due to our limited third party
borrowings and did not hedge our foreign currency translation risk. We may
utilize certain derivative financial instruments subsequent to the offering and,
under SFAS 133, those instruments would be required to be recorded in the
balance sheet at their fair value at the date of adoption. Since our review of
our contracts is not complete and we have not yet made a determination of the
nature and extent of our future use of derivative financial instruments, we are
not yet able to make a determination of the impact of the adoption of SFAS 133
on our financial position and results of operations.
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                                BUSINESS OF PBG
 
    PBG is the world's largest manufacturer, seller and distributor of
Pepsi-Cola beverages, accounting for 55% of the Pepsi-Cola beverages sold in the
United States and Canada and 32% worldwide. Pepsi-Cola beverages sold by us
include PEPSI-COLA, DIET PEPSI, MOUNTAIN DEW, LIPTON BRISK, LIPTON'S ICED TEA,
7UP outside the U.S., PEPSI MAX, PEPSI ONE, SLICE, MUG, AQUAFINA, STARBUCKS
FRAPPUCCINO and MIRINDA. In some of our territories, we also have the right to
manufacture, sell and distribute soft drink products of other companies,
including DR PEPPER and 7UP in the U.S. Approximately 92% of our volume is sold
in the United States and Canada and the remaining 8% is sold in Spain, Greece
and Russia.
 
THE LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
 
    OVERVIEW
 
   
    We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on industry trends in the
liquid refreshment beverage industry. Liquid refreshment beverage annual retail
sales in 1997 were more than $73 billion in the United States and Canada, and
included the carbonated soft drink market, as well as markets for non-carbonated
beverages sold in bottles and cans, such as waters, shelf-stable juices and
juice drinks, sports drinks and tea and coffee drinks. PBG participates in a
number of different markets in the liquid refreshment beverage industry.
    
 
    The following chart sets forth the category mix by volume for the U.S.:
 
     1997 CATEGORY MIX BY VOLUME--U.S. LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SPORTS DRINKS                3%
<S>                                 <C>
Ready-to-drink Tea and Coffee              3%
Bottled Water                             16%
Shelf-stable Juices and Juice
Drinks                                     8%
Carbonated Soft Drinks                    70%
</TABLE>
 
    Source: Beverage World
 
    The owners of beverage brands either manufacture and sell products
themselves or appoint bottlers to sell, distribute and, in some cases,
manufacture these products pursuant to licenses. Brand owners, such as PepsiCo,
generally own both the beverage trademarks and the secret formulas for the
concentrates, which they also manufacture and sell to their licensed bottlers.
Brand owners also develop new products and packaging for use by their bottlers.
Brand owners develop national marketing, promotion and advertising programs to
support their brands and brand image, and lead and coordinate selling efforts
with respect to national fountain, supermarket and mass merchandising accounts.
They also provide local marketing support to their bottlers.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    Bottlers, such as PBG, are generally responsible for manufacturing, selling
and distributing their products under the brand names they license from brand
owners in their exclusive territories. For carbonated soft drink products, the
bottler combines soft drink concentrate with sweeteners and carbonated water and
packages this mixture in bottles or cans. Bottlers may also have licenses to
manufacture syrup for sale to fountain accounts. Under these licenses, bottlers
combine soft drink concentrate with sweeteners to manufacture syrup for delivery
to fountain customers. For non-carbonated beverages, the bottler either
manufactures and packages such products or purchases such products in finished
form and sells them through its distribution system.
 
    The primary distribution channels for the retail sale of products in the
beverage industry are supermarkets, mass merchandisers, vending machines,
convenience and gas stores, fountain, such as restaurants or cafeterias, and
other, which includes small groceries, drug stores and educational institutions.
Channel mix refers to the relative size of the various distribution channels
through which beverage products are sold. The largest channel in the United
States and Canada is supermarkets but the fastest growing channels have been
mass merchandisers, fountain and convenience and gas stores.
 
    The following chart sets forth the carbonated soft drink channel mix by
volume in the U.S.:
 
                  1998 U.S. CARBONATED SOFT DRINK CHANNEL MIX
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           VENDING                11%
<S>                            <C>
Mass Merchandisers                    9%
Supermarkets and Other Retail        44%
Fountain and Restaurants             25%
Convenience and Gas Stores           11%
</TABLE>
 
Source: Beverage Marketing Corporation
 
    Depending upon the size of the bottler and the particular market, a bottler
delivers products through these channels using either a direct delivery system
or a warehouse system. In a direct delivery system, a bottler delivers its
product to a store, stocks the store's shelves and orders additional product
when needed by the store. In a warehouse system, the bottler delivers beverages
to a warehouse, and then the retailer or a third party delivers the product to a
store. In its exclusive territories, each bottler is responsible for selling
products and providing timely service to its existing customers and identifying
and obtaining new customers. Bottlers are also responsible for local advertising
and marketing, as well as the execution in their territories of national and
regional selling programs instituted by brand owners. The bottling business is
capital intensive. Manufacturing operations require specialized high-speed
equipment, and distribution requires extensive placement of cold drink, vending
and fountain equipment as well as investment in trucks and warehouse facilities.
 
   
    There are three soft drink bottling networks in the United States and
Canada:
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
    (1) the PepsiCo system, which includes PBG, Whitman Corporation and other
       independent PepsiCo bottlers;
    
 
   
    (2) the Coca-Cola system, which includes Coca-Cola Enterprises and Coca-Cola
       Bottling Co. Consolidated, as well as other independent Coca-Cola
       bottlers; and
    
 
    (3) the smaller independent bottlers of brands not associated with either
       PepsiCo or Coca-Cola.
 
    TRENDS IN THE LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
 
    We believe that the following are the significant trends in the industry:
 
    -  GROWTH IN BEVERAGE SALES
 
           Liquid refreshment beverage sales have grown in recent years and this
       growth is expected to continue. From 1992 to 1997, average annual case
       sales of liquid refreshment beverages in the U.S. increased 6%, using a
       standard measure of cases containing the equivalent of 24 eight-ounce
       bottles. Carbonated soft drink sales increased 4% and non-carbonated soft
       drink sales increased 20% per annum over the same period. The volume
       contained in each physical case of product may differ because our
       products come in different package sizes.
 
    -  CHANGES IN CONSUMER LIFESTYLE
 
           The emergence of an "on-the-go" lifestyle in developed countries has
       resulted in increased dining out and demand for ready-to-drink beverages
       instead of drinks prepared at home. In addition, consumers are demanding
       packages that are easy to carry, close and reuse and that are available
       at convenient locations. As a result, convenience, packaging and product
       innovation have become important factors in consumers' purchasing
       decisions. To capitalize on this trend, bottlers and brand owners are:
 
       -  making products easier to purchase and more readily available for
          consumption by expanding points of access, especially for cold
          single-serve products;
 
       -  creating innovative packaging; and
 
       -  developing new products.
 
           The market for cold drinks sold for immediate consumption is one of
       the fastest growing segments in the liquid refreshment beverage industry
       in the United States and Canada. Since a key to making a sale is having
       products close at hand, pursuing sales opportunities requires the
       placement of equipment that keeps products cold, including vending
       machines, glass door coolers and fountain dispensers, in a location where
       the consumer is likely to purchase a drink. As a result, bottlers,
       especially PBG and Coca-Cola Enterprises, are investing significant
       capital to increase the number of cold drink vending machines and coolers
       in the marketplace. Locations include restaurants, convenience and gas
       stores, schools and businesses and supermarkets and video stores. From
       1995 through 1997, the number of vending machines in the U.S. marketplace
       increased more than 35%.
 
           Innovations in packaging have also addressed consumers' desire for
       convenience. Over the last 30 years, a variety of new sizes, shapes and
       configurations of packaging has been introduced. For instance, use of the
       20-ounce plastic bottle has become increasingly popular because of its
       larger size and resealable cap, which allows for better portability in a
       single-serve package.
 
           In the past five years, the number of new product introductions in
       the liquid refreshment beverage industry has increased to satisfy
       consumers' desire for a wider choice of flavors and products. New
       products have included bottled teas, waters, juices, new age drinks and
       sports drinks, as well as new carbonated soft drinks. From 1992 to 1997,
       the volume of
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
       non-carbonated beverages in the U.S. has grown more than 80%, from
       approximately 700 million cases to 1.3 billion cases, using a standard
       measure of cases containing the equivalent of 24 eight-ounce bottles.
 
    -  CONSOLIDATION OF BOTTLERS
 
           The bottling industry has experienced significant consolidation in
       recent years. The reasons for this consolidation are the need to generate
       economies of scale and cost savings and the need to better sell to and
       service large regional and national accounts, such as supermarkets,
       restaurants and mass merchandisers, which have themselves been
       consolidating. Consolidation has also been driven by the estate planning
       needs of family-owned independent bottlers and competitive pressures to
       invest in manufacturing, distribution and information systems. We believe
       that these factors will result in continued consolidation of the bottling
       industry.
 
    -  INCREASE IN INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES
 
           Per capita carbonated soft drink beverage consumption varies
       considerably around the world. In 1998, U.S. per capita consumption was
       878 eight-ounce servings. International per capita consumption is
       dramatically lower than in the United States and Canada. However, in many
       international markets consumption is growing rapidly. The following chart
       sets forth 1997 per capita consumption of carbonated soft drinks in
       selected countries:
 
              CARBONATED SOFT DRINK CONSUMPTION PER CAPITA IN 1997
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               COUNTRIES IN WHICH WE OPERATE
<S>        <C>
U.S.                                          859
Mexico                                        495
Canada                                        460
UK                                            336
Greece                                        281
Spain                                         227
Poland                                        141
Russia                                         65
China                                          17
                          8 OZ. SERVINGS PER YEAR
</TABLE>
 
           Generally, in international markets the variety of soft drink
       products is not as broad and the distribution channels are less developed
       than in the United States and Canada. In many markets outside the United
       States and Canada, soft drinks are established products but many
       opportunities for volume growth remain through basic improvements in
       distribution infrastructure, packaging innovation, the introduction of
       cold drink equipment and, in developed countries, modern large store
       merchandising and promotional techniques.
 
           Given the relatively low per capita consumption levels of carbonated
       soft drinks outside the United States and Canada, bottlers in
       international markets are increasingly focused on opportunities to grow
       through expansion of their distribution channels and product and
       packaging innovation. We believe that the greatest potential for volume
       growth lies in several less-developed markets, including Eastern Europe,
       Russia, China and India. In these markets,
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
       bottlers are attempting to take advantage of increases in consumers'
       disposable income, shifts in consumers' tastes to soft drinks and, in
       certain countries, the development of the local economy and its retail
       trade and infrastructure. Significant investments are being made in these
       markets by PepsiCo and others to develop basic infrastructure and build
       brand awareness.
 
STRATEGY TO ACHIEVE OUR GOALS
 
    Our strategy is intended to capitalize on the key trends in the beverage
industry as well as our strengths, which include our broad portfolio of global
brands supported by PepsiCo's marketing programs, an extensive range of
products, an effective distribution system, scale in operations and purchasing
and an experienced management team. In addition, our strategy focuses on
improving our competitive position in areas where we have lagged our largest
competitor in recent years. These areas are: the amount of investment in the
cold drink business; the pace of consolidation of the U.S. and Canadian bottling
system; and the improvement in market share outside the United States and
Canada.
 
    We have designed our strategy to enable us to achieve our goals of growing
EBITDA, earning a return on our investments in excess of our cost of capital and
increasing our market share. The key elements of our strategy include:
 
    -  INCREASE COLD DRINK AVAILABILITY
 
           We intend to continue to invest significantly in placements of
       vending machines and coolers to increase cold drink availability in the
       marketplace. The market for cold drinks sold from vending machines and
       coolers for immediate consumption is one of the fastest growing and most
       profitable segments within the liquid refreshment beverage industry in
       the United States and Canada because of the emergence of an on-the-go
       lifestyle and the consumer's desire for convenience. This market is
       particularly attractive for us because the gross margins for product sold
       through cold drink equipment are significantly higher than those from
       sales of products for consumption at home. In the U.S., beverages sold
       cold constituted approximately 31% of our volume and 43% of our net sales
       in fiscal 1998. Since the key to making the sale is having our products
       close at hand, pursuing this sales opportunity requires the placement of
       equipment that keeps our product cold, including vending machines, glass
       door coolers and fountain dispensers, in a location where consumers live,
       work or play. Because consumers frequently desire to take the product
       with them, we have installed vending machines that can dispense the
       larger single-serve 20-ounce plastic bottles, which can be resealed and
       easily carried. In 1997, we began to increase significantly our placement
       of cold drink equipment, doubling the spending for new pieces of
       equipment placed in the market as compared to the prior year. In 1998, we
       added almost 300 employees in positions designed to service the equipment
       in the market. In 1997 and 1998, we placed approximately 175,000 new
       pieces of equipment into the market. We expect to continue this rapid
       pace of investment over the next several years.
 
    -  PURSUE ACQUISITIONS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA
 
           We expect to play a key role in the consolidation of PepsiCo's United
       States and Canadian bottling system. We intend to pursue acquisitions of
       independent PepsiCo bottlers in the United States and Canada,
       particularly in territories contiguous to our own, and expect that
       PepsiCo will help us identify and acquire these bottlers. For example, in
       1999, we acquired a small bottler in Watertown, New York and we have a
       preliminary understanding to acquire another small bottler in Fairfield,
       Connecticut. In the United States and Canada, we own 55% of the PepsiCo
       bottling system in terms of 1998 case sales using a standard measure of
       cases containing the equivalent of 24 eight-ounce bottles. More than 100
       bottlers own the remaining 45%. Under the Pepsi beverage agreements, we
       may acquire independent PepsiCo
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
       bottlers in a significant portion of the remaining 45% of the United
       States and Canada, subject to PepsiCo's approval. These acquisitions will
       enable us to provide better service to our large retail customers as well
       as to reduce costs through economies of scale.
 
    -  INCREASE PRODUCTIVITY
 
           We are undertaking a number of initiatives to reduce costs by
       improving productivity and becoming more efficient in our operations.
       Over the last two years, in the United States and Canada, we have been
       engaged in a manufacturing and warehousing productivity program designed
       to maximize the capacity and efficiency of our production and warehousing
       labor and assets. As a result of this program, our manufacturing line
       efficiency increased 13%, resulting in lower annual operating costs and
       in capital investment savings. We expect to complete the first phase of
       this program by the end of 1999, and have already begun planning for a
       second phase, which we believe will generate additional labor and asset
       productivity gains by further improving our product supply chain
       management, from buying raw materials to stocking retailers' shelves.
 
    -  EXPAND BUSINESS WITH OUR KEY RETAIL CUSTOMERS
 
           In addition to adding points of access for cold drinks, we intend to
       grow our business with key retail customers. Our principal method will be
       to improve our retail presence through increased promotional frequency
       and in-store product inventory--on the shelf, on display and in the
       cooler--while remaining price competitive. In 1998, we reorganized our
       field sales teams to provide dedicated focus on large retail customers,
       small retail customers and on-premise or cold drink accounts. We believe
       this step will enable us to provide significantly better customer service
       and will stimulate growth.
 
           We believe our "category management" selling technique and "Power of
       One" approach to marketing provide us with a competitive advantage in
       retail chains. Our category management selling approach involves
       recommending to our retailers merchandising strategies and retail space
       allocation policies for a portfolio of beverage categories, as opposed to
       a specific brand. These policies maximize the strength and profitability
       of the entire beverage category for the retailer, not just a particular
       brand. Given the strength of the products we distribute in channels where
       the consumer is free to choose any brand, we believe the category
       management approach aligns our objectives with those of the retailer and
       constitutes a competitive advantage.
 
           In the last two years, we have expanded our joint selling and
       promotional efforts with PepsiCo's snack division, Frito-Lay, a concept
       we call "Power of One." This includes take-home promotional and display
       programs in supermarkets as well as single serve promotions in
       convenience and gas stores, such as combo pricing for a snack and
       beverage. The synergies of soft drinks and salty snacks and Frito-Lay's
       strength in the salty snack category make this combination a competitive
       advantage.
 
    -  CAPITALIZE ON DISTRIBUTION AND BRAND STRENGTHS
 
           We intend to take advantage of opportunities to increase our
       penetration in our exclusive territories and capitalize on the strength
       of PepsiCo's brand portfolio, which are some of the world's best
       recognized trademarks. For instance, MOUNTAIN DEW has been the fastest
       growing major soft drink brand in the U.S. over the last ten years and is
       now the fourth largest carbonated soft drink brand, after Coca-Cola,
       PEPSI-COLA and Diet Coke, sold in the U.S., using a standard measure of
       cases containing the equivalent of 24 eight-ounce bottles. It is larger
       than Sprite and more than twice the size of 7UP. Nevertheless, there
       remain many markets and distribution channels where MOUNTAIN DEW is
       under-represented. In addition, we intend to build upon the initial
       success of PEPSI ONE, our new one calorie cola which was
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
       introduced across the United States in October 1998. Although AQUAFINA
       only reached national distribution in 1998, it is already the number two
       bottled water in convenience and gas stores and number six in
       supermarkets. AQUAFINA presents significant opportunities for sales
       expansion because the bottled water segment is highly fragmented and
       growing rapidly. Our non-carbonated beverage portfolio, in addition to
       AQUAFINA, includes the number one ready-to-drink packaged tea, LIPTON,
       and the only national ready-to-drink coffee beverage, STARBUCKS
       FRAPPUCCINO. Taken together, our broad product portfolio provides an
       advantage in selling to many customers.
 
           In the U.S. in 1998, the Pepsi-Cola beverages we sell had a 31% share
       of the carbonated soft drink market as compared to the brands of
       Coca-Cola, which had a 45% share. However, excluding fountain sales,
       where the consumer typically does not have a choice due to exclusive
       agreements, the market share difference narrowed significantly, with
       Pepsi-Cola beverages having 26% and Coca-Cola brands having 28%,
       according to our estimates. In convenience and gas stores, where retail
       pricing, packaging and presentation are generally similar among brands,
       and therefore consumers are free to choose based on brand preference and
       taste, Pepsi-Cola beverages had the leading share, with 41%, as compared
       to 36% for Coca-Cola brands.
 
    -  GROW OUR INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
 
   
           Internationally, low per capita consumption levels present
       opportunities for volume growth. We will implement distribution and
       marketing initiatives tailored to each of our international markets in
       order to take advantage of these opportunities. We intend to improve our
       operating and financial performance in Spain and Greece. Spain and Greece
       currently have per capita consumption of carbonated soft drinks of about
       230 and 280 eight-ounce servings per year, respectively, less than
       one-third the U.S. per capita consumption. With low inflation, economic
       stability and a well-established carbonated soft drink industry, Spain
       and Greece offer many opportunities with respect to channel development
       and product and package innovation. Since a significant and growing
       portion of the volume is sold through traditional supermarkets and
       over-sized supermarkets, known as hypermarkets, there is opportunity to
       grow sales with modern merchandising and promotional programs focused on
       specific target audiences.
    
 
   
           We intend to improve our results in Russia, where infrastructure
       investments and the recent economic crisis have resulted in losses. In
       Russia, which is the world's seventh most populous nation, per capita
       consumption of carbonated soft drinks is only about 65 eight-ounce
       servings per year, less than 10% of the U.S. per capita consumption. For
       per capita consumption growth to occur in Russia, our products need to be
       affordable for a large part of the population. Accordingly, we have taken
       steps to streamline our Russian operations and control costs in order to
       lower prices. Although the current economic and social situation in
       Russia presents significant challenges, we believe we have the expertise
       to take advantage of the longer-term opportunities Russia presents. We
       also plan to evaluate international acquisition opportunities as they
       become available.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
PBG'S LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE PRODUCTS AND PACKAGING
 
    Our portfolio of beverage products includes some of the best recognized
trademarks in the world. While the majority of our volume is derived from brands
licensed from PepsiCo and PepsiCo joint ventures, we also sell and distribute
brands licensed from others. Our principal beverage brands are set forth below:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   UNITED STATES AND CANADA
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       BRANDS LICENSED
       BRANDS LICENSED                   FROM PEPSICO                  BRANDS LICENSED
         FROM PEPSICO                   JOINT VENTURES                   FROM OTHERS
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
PEPSI-COLA                      LIPTON BRISK                    7UP(2)
DIET PEPSI                      LIPTON'S ICED TEA               DIET 7UP(2)
MOUNTAIN DEW                    STARBUCKS FRAPPUCCINO(2)        DR PEPPER
DIET MOUNTAIN DEW                                               HAWAIIAN PUNCH(2)
CAFFEINE FREE PEPSI                                             SCHWEPPES
CAFFEINE FREE DIET PEPSI                                        OCEAN SPRAY
7UP(1)
7UP LIGHT(1)
PEPSI ONE(2)
PEPSI MAX(3)
WILD CHERRY PEPSI(2)
SLICE(2)
MUG
AQUAFINA
ALL SPORT
 
<CAPTION>
 
            SPAIN                           GREECE                          RUSSIA
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                 BRANDS LICENSED FROM PEPSICO
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
PEPSI-COLA                      PEPSI-COLA                      PEPSI-COLA
PEPSI-COLA LIGHT                PEPSI-COLA LIGHT                7UP
PEPSI MAX                       PEPSI MAX                       7UP LIGHT
7UP                             7UP                             MIRINDA (flavors)
7UP LIGHT                       7UP LIGHT                       KAS (flavors and mixers)
KAS (juices, flavors and        IVI (waters and flavors)
  mixers)
RADICAL FRUIT
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
    (1) The 7UP brand is owned by PepsiCo in Canada and by Cadbury Schweppes in
       the U.S.
 
    (2) U.S. only
 
    (3) Canada only
 
    Pepsi-Cola beverages have an approximately 31% share of the United States
carbonated soft drink market. International market share measurements are less
precise and change rapidly, particularly in developing markets. However,
Pepsi-Cola beverages sold by us occupy a significant market position in their
category in each of our international markets giving us critical mass in these
markets. PEPSI-COLA consistently wins taste tests versus its primary competitor
and has the leading market share in convenience and gas stores. Our three
largest brands in terms of volume are PEPSI-COLA, DIET PEPSI and MOUNTAIN DEW,
which together account for 75% of our volume in the U.S. as shown in the chart
below:
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                            1998 PBG U.S. BRAND MIX
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIET PEPSI    PEPSI      OTHER     MOUNTAIN DEW
<S>         <C>        <C>        <C>
16%               42%        25%             17%
</TABLE>
 
   
    Our beverages are available in different package types, including two liter,
one liter and 20-ounce bottles, and multi-packs of 6, 12, and 24 cans. Syrup is
also sold in larger packages for fountain use. In our international markets,
more than 75% of our volume is sold in cans or in non-returnable plastic
bottles, using a standard measure of cases containing the equivalent of 24
eight-ounce bottles. Cans are the dominant package in the U.S., however, use of
the resealable 20-ounce bottle has grown rapidly in the convenience and gas
store channel where it is now 26% of physical cases sold in bottles and cans.
    
 
PBG'S EXCLUSIVE OPERATING TERRITORIES
 
    We have the exclusive right to manufacture, sell and distribute Pepsi-Cola
beverages in all or a portion of 41 states, the District of Columbia, eight
Canadian provinces, Spain, Greece and Russia.
 
                                     [MAP]
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
    In the U.S., where we bottle about 53% of total Pepsi-Cola beverages sold,
our strongest regions include the northern New England states, the Mid-Atlantic
states, Michigan and certain Southwestern states, as well as parts of northern
and central California. We sold approximately 80% of the volume of all
Pepsi-Cola beverages sold in Canada. Our strongest regions in Canada are Quebec
and the Maritime Provinces, where we have a market share of approximately 40%.
    
 
   
    We focus on growing in local markets because there can be substantial
differences with respect to share position, trade structure, channel mix and
package mix not only between our international and combined U.S. and Canadian
markets but also within the U.S. and Canadian market itself. For example, our
share of the supermarket channel of carbonated soft drink beverages ranges from
a low of 12% in Houston to 48% in Pittsburgh. In most markets, our share ranges
from 25% to 35%.
    
 
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION OF PBG'S LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE PRODUCTS
 
    Our sales and marketing approach varies by region and channel to respond to
the unique local competitive environment. For us, the fastest growing channels
are mass merchandisers, convenience and gas stores and vending. Developing a
sales and marketing plan that manages channel mix and package mix is critical to
our success. The following chart shows the relative importance of our U.S. and
Canadian distribution channels by volume of physical cases:
 
           PBG U.S. AND CANADA 1998 PHYSICAL CASE VOLUME CHANNEL MIX
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPERMARKETS AND OTHER RETAIL     64%
<S>                            <C>
Fountain and Restaurants              6%
Convenience and Gas Stores           12%
Vending                              10%
Mass Merchandisers                    8%
</TABLE>
 
    In the United States and Canada, the channels with larger stores can
accommodate a number of beverage suppliers and, therefore, marketing efforts
tend to focus on increasing the amount of shelf space and the number of displays
in any given outlet. In locations where our products are purchased for immediate
consumption, marketing efforts are aimed not only at securing the account but
also on providing equipment that facilitates the sale of cold product, such as
vending machines, glass door coolers and fountain equipment.
 
    An important aspect of our sales and marketing strategy involves working
closely with PepsiCo to ensure that the mix of new products and packages it is
developing meets the needs of customers in our particular markets. Product
introductions such as PEPSI ONE, a one calorie cola launched in the fourth
quarter of 1998, and AQUAFINA, PepsiCo's water brand, which achieved national
distribution in 1998, further strengthen our portfolio of products. Package mix
is an important consideration in the development of our marketing plans.
Although some packages are more expensive to produce, in certain channels those
packages may have a higher and more stable selling price. For example,
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
packaged product that is sold cold for immediate consumption generally has
better margins than product sold to take home.
 
    On a local level, we market our products with a number of specific programs
and promotions, including sweepstakes, product tie-ins, associations with
entertainment or athletic events, and joint marketing programs with local
retailers. In addition, we have programs with local schools, universities and
businesses through which we support certain programs or pay sponsorship fees in
exchange for vending and fountain rights. We also implement local advertising
campaigns on a cooperative basis with PepsiCo and work with PepsiCo on local
media plans and signage promotions.
 
    In the United States and Canada, we distribute directly to a majority of
customers in our licensed territories through a distribution system without
using warehouse middlemen. Our approximately 10,000 member sales force is key to
our selling efforts because its members interact continually with our customers
to promote and sell our products. The members of our sales force deliver
products on company-owned trucks directly to our retail customers. They then
arrange the product on the shelves, build any displays previously agreed upon
with the retailer and take the next delivery order. To ensure they have selling
incentive, a large part of our route salesmen's compensation is made up of
commissions based on revenues. Although route salesmen are responsible for
selling to their customers, in certain markets and channels we use a pre-sell
system, where we call accounts in advance to determine how much product to
deliver and whether we will provide any additional displays. We are in the
process of expanding this system because it is efficient and cost effective for
many accounts. In our efforts to obtain new accounts we use 700 retail sales
representatives who are responsible for calling on prospective new accounts,
developing relationships, selling accounts and interacting with such accounts on
an ongoing basis.
 
    In the United States and Canada, this direct delivery system is used for all
packaged goods and some fountain accounts. We deliver fountain syrup to local
customers in large containers rather than in packaged form. We have the
exclusive right to sell and deliver fountain syrup to local customers in our
territories. We have 400 managers who are responsible for calling on prospective
fountain accounts, developing relationships, selling accounts and interacting
with accounts on an ongoing basis. We also serve as PepsiCo's exclusive delivery
agent in our territories for PepsiCo national fountain account customers that
request direct delivery. We are also the exclusive equipment service agent for
all of PepsiCo's national account customers in our territories.
 
    We believe our distribution system is highly effective. For example, we
introduced PEPSI ONE in October 1998 and within four weeks achieved more than
80% distribution in the convenience and gas store, mass merchandise and
supermarket channels in our exclusive territories in the United States.
 
    In international markets, we use both our direct distribution system and
third party distributors or wholesalers. In the early stages of market
development, it is more common to use third party distributors. As the market
grows and reaches critical mass, there is generally a move toward direct
distribution systems.
 
    In the less developed international markets, small format retail outlets
play a larger role. However, with the emergence of larger, more sophisticated
retailers in Spain and Greece, the marketing focus is increasingly similar to
that of the United States and Canada.
 
RAW MATERIALS AND PROCESSES USED IN THE MANUFACTURING OF PBG'S PRODUCTS
 
    Expenditures for concentrate and packaging constitute our largest individual
raw material costs, representing approximately 43% and 47%, respectively, of our
total raw material costs.
 
    We buy various soft drink concentrates from PepsiCo and other soft drink
companies whose products we bottle, and mix them in our plants with other
ingredients, including carbon dioxide and sweeteners. Artificial sweeteners are
included in the concentrates we purchase for diet soft drinks. The product is
then bottled in a variety of containers ranging from 12-ounce cans to two liter
plastic bottles to various glass packages, depending on market requirements.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    In addition to concentrates, we purchase sweeteners, glass and plastic
bottles, cans, closures, syrup containers, other packaging materials and carbon
dioxide. We generally purchase our raw materials, other than concentrates, from
multiple suppliers. The Pepsi beverage agreements provide that, with respect to
the soft drink products of PepsiCo, all authorized containers, closures, cases,
cartons and other packages and labels may be purchased only from manufacturers
approved by PepsiCo.
 
    We manufacture soft drink products using state-of-the-art processes that
produce high quality finished products. The first step of the manufacturing
process is to combine concentrate with sweeteners and other ingredients. Cans or
bottles are then conveyed to a filling area, where syrups from the mixing tanks
are combined with purified water. The liquid is then carbonated and filled at
speeds frequently in excess of 1,200 cans per minute. Sealed cans and bottles
are imprinted with date codes that permit us to monitor and replace inventory to
provide fresh products.
 
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY USED IN PBG'S OPERATIONS
 
    Information technology systems are critical to our ability to manage our
business. Every day in the U.S. more than 7,000 trucks, on average, are
dispatched to make deliveries to our customers. Our information technology
systems enable us to coordinate this activity, from production scheduling and
raw material ordering to truck routing and loading and customer delivery and
invoicing.
 
    We depend upon standardized systems that can be maintained centrally but are
available for decision making by our front line employees. We believe this is
the most effective strategy to optimize our significant investment in
information technology. We also believe that several recent initiatives have
significantly contributed to our ability to service customers, reduce costs and
improve efficiency.
 
    -  HANDHELD SALES COMPUTERS. Handheld computers are used by all of our route
       salesmen in the United States and Canada and have been upgraded to
       provide customer sales trends, pricing and promotional information.
 
    -  CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER. Customer support activities in the U.S. such as
       telephone selling, billing and collection have been centralized in one
       location to best utilize investments in technology, people and process.
 
    -  CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM. With the significant investment in
       cold drink equipment, our customer equipment tracking system enables us
       to track equipment and coordinate service needs in the U.S., minimizing
       lost sales and equipment down-time.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The carbonated soft drink market and the non-carbonated beverage market are
highly competitive. Our competitors in these markets include bottlers and
distributors of nationally advertised and marketed products, bottlers and
distributors of regionally advertised and marketed products, as well as bottlers
of private label soft drinks sold in chain stores. We estimate that in 1997 the
carbonated soft drink products of PepsiCo represented 31% of total carbonated
soft drink sales in the United States. We estimate that in each U.S. territory
in which we operate, between 65% and 85% of soft drink sales from supermarkets,
drug stores and mass merchandisers are accounted for by us and our major
competitor--Coca-Cola Enterprises or the local Coca-Cola bottler. We compete
primarily on the basis of advertising to create brand awareness, price and price
promotions, retail space management, customer service, consumer points of
access, new products, packaging innovations and distribution methods. We believe
that brand recognition is a primary factor affecting our competitive position.
 
EMPLOYEES OF PBG
 
    As of December 1998, we employed approximately 36,900 full-time workers, of
whom approximately 33,000 were employed in the United States and Canada and
approximately 11,500 of whom were union members. We consider relations with our
employees to be good and have not experienced significant interruptions of
operations due to labor disagreements.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    We have 159 contracts with our union employees worldwide, which expire at
various times over the next five years. There are contracts covering
approximately 2,350 employees that are up for renewal in 1999.
 
PBG'S PROPERTIES
 
    We operate 72 soft drink production facilities, eight of which are solely
production facilities and 64 of which are combination production/distribution
facilities. We also operate 319 distribution facilities. We believe that our
bottling, canning and syrup filling lines and our distribution facilities are
sufficient to meet present needs.
 
    We also own or lease and operate more than 16,500 vehicles, including
delivery trucks, delivery and transport tractors and trailers and other trucks
and vans used in the sale and distribution of our soft drink products. We also
own or lease approximately 1.0 million soft drink dispensing and vending
machines.
 
    In addition, we sublease our headquarters in Somers, New York from PepsiCo.
 
    We believe that our properties are in good operating condition and are
adequate to serve our current operational needs.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO PBG
 
    From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to
the conduct of our business. There is no pending or threatened legal proceeding
to which we are a party that, in the opinion of management, is likely to have a
material adverse effect on our future financial results.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION APPLICABLE TO PBG
 
    Our operations and properties are subject to regulation by various federal,
state and local governmental entities and agencies as well as foreign government
entities. As a producer of food products, we are subject to production,
packaging, quality, labeling and distribution standards in each of the countries
where we have operations, including, in the United States, those of the federal
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The operations of our production and distribution
facilities are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws
and workplace regulations. These laws and regulations include, in the United
States, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Unfair Labor Standards Act,
the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and laws relating to the maintenance of
fuel storage tanks. We believe that our current legal and environmental
compliance programs adequately address such concerns and that we are in
substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We do not
anticipate making any material expenditures in connection with environmental
remediation and compliance. However, compliance with, or any violation of,
current and future laws or regulations could require material expenditures by us
or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
    BOTTLE AND CAN LEGISLATION
 
    In all but a few of our United States and Canadian markets, we offer our
bottle and can beverage products in non-returnable containers. Legislation has
been enacted in certain states and Canadian provinces where we operate that
generally prohibits the sale of certain beverages unless a deposit is charged
for the container. These include Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts,
Michigan, New York, Oregon, California, British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan,
Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Quebec.
 
    Maine, Massachusetts and Michigan have statutes that require us to pay all
or a portion of unclaimed container deposits to the state and California imposes
a levy on beverage containers to fund a waste recovery system.
 
    In addition to the Canadian deposit legislation described above, Ontario,
Canada currently has a regulation requiring that 30% of all soft drinks sold in
Ontario be bottled in refillable containers. This regulation is currently being
reviewed by the Ministry of the Environment.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    The European Commission has issued a packaging and packing waste directive
which is in the process of being incorporated into the national legislation of
the member states. This will result in targets being set for the recovery and
recycling of household, commercial and industrial packaging waste and impose
substantial responsibilities upon bottlers and retailers for implementation.
 
    We are not aware of similar material legislation being proposed or enacted
in any other areas served by us. We are unable to predict, however, whether such
legislation will be enacted or what impact its enactment would have on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
    SOFT DRINK EXCISE TAX LEGISLATION
 
    Specific soft drink excise taxes have been in place in certain states for
several years. The states in which we operate that currently impose such a tax
are West Virginia, Arkansas, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and, with
respect to fountain syrup only, Washington. Although soft drink excise tax
legislation is currently in place in North Carolina and South Carolina, new
legislation has been enacted that phases out such taxes by the end of the year
2000 in North Carolina and 2002 in South Carolina.
 
    Value-added taxes on soft drinks vary in our territories located in Canada,
Spain, Greece and Russia, but are consistent with the value-added tax rate for
other consumer products.
 
    We are not aware of any material soft drink taxes that have been enacted in
any other market served by us. We are unable to predict, however, whether such
legislation will be enacted or what impact its enactment would have on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
    TRADE REGULATION RELATING TO THE LIQUID REFRESHMENT BEVERAGE INDUSTRY
 
    As a manufacturer, seller and distributor of bottled and canned soft drink
products of PepsiCo and other soft drink manufacturers in exclusive territories
in the United States and internationally, we are subject to antitrust laws.
Under the Soft Drink Interbrand Competition Act, soft drink bottlers operating
in the United States, such as us, may have an exclusive right to manufacture,
distribute and sell a soft drink product in a geographic territory if the soft
drink product is in substantial and effective competition with other products of
the same class in the same market or markets. We believe that there is such
substantial and effective competition in each of the exclusive geographic
territories in which we operate.
 
    Our operations in Spain and Greece are subject to the antitrust laws of the
European Union, Spain and Greece. As a result of antitrust laws in the European
Union, the beverage agreements applicable in Spain, unlike the Pepsi beverage
agreements relating to our U.S. operations, do not prohibit the transshipment of
Pepsi-Cola beverages into our exclusive territories in response to unsolicited
orders. Our operations in Russia are subject to the trade practices laws of
Russia.
 
    CALIFORNIA CARCINOGEN AND REPRODUCTIVE TOXIN LEGISLATION
 
    A California law requires that any person who exposes another to a
carcinogen or a reproductive toxin must provide a warning to that effect.
Because the law does not define quantitative thresholds below which a warning is
not required, virtually all manufacturers of food products are confronted with
the possibility of having to provide warnings due to the presence of trace
amounts of defined substances. Regulations implementing the law exempt
manufacturers from providing the required warning if it can be demonstrated that
the defined substances occur naturally in the product or are present in
municipal water used to manufacture the product. We have assessed the impact of
the law and its implementing regulations on our beverage products and have
concluded that none of our products currently require a warning under the law.
We cannot predict whether or to what extent food industry efforts to minimize
the law's impact on food products will succeed. We also cannot predict what
impact, either in terms of direct costs or diminished sales, imposition of the
law may have.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF PBG
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive
officers, senior management and directors, as of February 1999:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                               AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:
Craig E. Weatherup...................................          53   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                      Director
Craig D. Jung........................................          45   Chief Operating Officer
John T. Cahill.......................................          41   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                                      Director
Pamela C. McGuire....................................          51   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Margaret D. Moore....................................          51   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Peter A. Bridgman....................................          46   Senior Vice President and Controller
 
SENIOR MANAGEMENT:
Donald W. Blair......................................          40   Senior Vice President, Finance
Kevin L. Cox.........................................          35   Senior Vice President and Chief Personnel Officer
Eric J. Foss.........................................          40   Senior Vice President, Sales and Field Marketing
Gary K. Wandschneider................................          46   Senior Vice President, Operations
</TABLE>
 
DIRECTORS OF PBG
 
    Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors may
be altered from time to time by a resolution adopted by our board of directors.
However, the number of directors may not be less than two nor more than fifteen.
 
   
    The following individuals are directors of PBG. They will hold office until
the first annual meeting of our stockholders after the offering, which is
expected to be held in 2000.
    
 
   
    CRAIG E. WEATHERUP, 53, is the Chairman of our board and our Chief Executive
Officer, and has served as a director of PepsiCo since 1996. Mr. Weatherup
intends to resign as a director of PepsiCo on the date the offering is
completed. Prior to becoming our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, he served
as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Pepsi-Cola Company since July
1996. He was appointed President of the Pepsi-Cola Company in 1988, President
and Chief Executive Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America in 1991, and served as
PepsiCo's President in 1996. Mr. Weatherup is also a director of Federated
Department Stores, Inc. and Starbucks Corporation.
    
 
    JOHN T. CAHILL, 41, is our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. He held the same position at the Pepsi-Cola Company from March until
November 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Cahill was Senior Vice President and Treasurer
of PepsiCo, having been appointed to that position in April 1997. Mr. Cahill
joined PepsiCo in 1989, became Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
Financial Officer for KFC Corporation, a former subsidiary of PepsiCo, in 1993,
and in 1996 he became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Pepsi-Cola North America.
 
   
    The following individuals have agreed to serve as our directors and are
expected to be elected at our first regular board meeting following the
offering:
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
    LINDA G. ALVARADO, 46, is the President of Alvarado Construction, Inc., a
general contracting firm specializing in commercial, industrial, environmental
and heavy engineering projects. Ms. Alvarado assumed her present position in
1976. She is also a director of Pitney Bowes, Inc., Cyprus Amax Minerals
Company, Engelhard Corp. and U.S. West, Inc.
    
 
   
    BARRY H. BERACHA, 57, has been the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of The Earthgrains Company since 1993. Earthgrains was formerly part of
Anheuser-Busch Companies, where Mr. Beracha served from 1967 to 1996. From 1979
to 1993, he held the position of Chairman of the Board of Anheuser-Busch
Recycling Corporation. From 1976 to 1995, Mr. Beracha was also Chairman of the
Board of Metal Container Corporation. Mr. Beracha is also a director of St.
Louis University.
    
 
   
    THOMAS H. KEAN, 63, has been the President of Drew University since 1990 and
was the Governor of the State of New Jersey from 1982 to 1990. Mr. Kean is also
a director of Amerada Hess Corporation, Aramark Corporation, Bell Atlantic,
Fiduciary Trust Company International and United Healthcare Corporation. He is
also Chairman of Carnegie Corporation of New York.
    
 
   
    THOMAS W. JONES, 49, is the Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SSB
Citi Asset Management Group, a position he assumed in October 1998. Previously
Mr. Jones was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Salomon Smith Barney Asset
Management. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Jones was Chief Financial Officer of the
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association-College Retirement Equities Fund,
where he also served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1997,
and Vice Chairman from 1995 to 1997. He is also a director of Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation and Thomas & Betts.
    
 
   
    SUSAN KRONICK, 47, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Burdines, a
division of Federated Department Stores, a position she has held since June
1997. From 1993 to 1997, Ms. Kronick served as President of Federated's
Rich's/Lazarus/Goldsmith's division. She spent the previous 20 years at
Bloomingdale's, where her last position was as Senior Executive Vice President
and Director of Stores. Ms. Kronick is also a director of Union Planters
National Bank and Bank of Miami.
    
 
   
    ROBERT F. SHARPE, JR., 47, is Senior Vice President, Public Affairs, General
Counsel and Secretary of PepsiCo. He joined PepsiCo in January 1998 as Senior
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Sharpe was Senior Vice
President and General Counsel of RJR Nabisco Holdings Corp. from 1996 until
1998. He was previously Vice President, Tyco International Ltd. from 1994 to
1996 and Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Secretary of RJR Nabisco
Holdings Corp. and RJR Nabisco, Inc. from 1989 to 1994.
    
 
   
    KARL M. VON DER HEYDEN, 62, is a Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of
PepsiCo, a position he has held since September 1996. He also served as Chief
Financial Officer of PepsiCo until March 1998. Mr. von der Heyden was
Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RJR Nabisco from March through May
1993 and Chief Financial Officer from 1989 to 1993. He served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Metallgesellschaft Corp. from 1993 to 1994, Mr. von
der Heyden is also a director of Federated Department Stores, Inc. and Zeneca
Group PLC.
    
 
BOARD COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
 
   
    Employee directors will not receive additional compensation for serving on
our board of directors. Non-employee directors will be compensated entirely in
options to purchase our common stock and will receive an initial grant of
options to purchase approximately $225,000 of common stock at the offering
price. Options will be granted at fair market value at the grant date and be
exercisable for ten years. Directors may annually convert their stock options
into our common stock at a ratio of three options for each share of common
stock. If a director converts all of his or her stock option grant, he or she
would receive $75,000 of our common stock. Directors may also defer payment of
their stock grant. The deferral will be in our common stock equivalents.
Non-employee directors will also receive a
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
one-time $25,000 grant of our common stock at the initial public offering price,
which shares may not be sold until a director retires or resigns from our board
of directors. Directors will not receive retirement, health or life insurance
benefits.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    Our board has established an audit committee, an executive development and
compensation committee, a nominating committee and an affiliated transactions
committee. The members will all be non-employee directors.
 
   
    AUDIT/AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES.  Our
audit/affiliated transactions committee will:
    
 
    - recommend to the board the selection, retention or termination of our
      independent auditors;
 
    - approve the level of non-audit services provided by the independent
      auditors;
 
    - review the scope and results of the work of our internal auditors;
 
    - review the scope and approve the estimated cost of the annual audit;
 
    - review the annual financial statements and the results of the audit with
      management and the independent auditors;
 
    - review with management and the independent auditors the adequacy of our
      internal accounting controls;
 
   
    - review with management and the independent auditors the significant
      recommendations made by the auditors with respect to changes in accounting
      procedures and internal accounting controls;
    
 
   
    - review and approve any transaction between us and PepsiCo, or any entity
      in which PepsiCo has a 20% or greater ownership interest, where the
      transaction is other than in the ordinary course of business and has a
      value of more than $10 million; and
    
 
    - report to the board on its review and make such recommendations as it
      deems appropriate.
 
    EXECUTIVE DEVELOPMENT AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES.  Our
executive development and compensation committee will:
 
    - administer our Long-Term Incentive Plan, Executive Incentive Compensation
      Plan and related programs;
 
    - approve, or refer to the board of directors for approval, changes in such
      plans and the compensation programs to which they relate; and
 
    - review and approve the compensation and development of our senior
      executives.
 
    NOMINATING COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES.  The nominating committee will:
 
    - identify candidates for future board membership;
 
    - develop criteria for selection of candidates for election as directors;
 
    - propose to the board a slate of directors for election by the stockholders
      at each annual meeting; and
 
    - propose to the board candidates to fill board vacancies as they occur.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF PBG
    
 
    In addition to Messrs. Weatherup and Cahill, the following persons are
executive officers of PBG:
 
    CRAIG D. JUNG, 45, is our Chief Operating Officer. After joining PepsiCo
more than 12 years ago, Mr. Jung worked in a variety of domestic and
international operating assignments at Frito-Lay. He was named a Vice President
of Sales at Frito-Lay in 1992, and became President of Hostess Frito-Lay in
Canada in 1994. He joined Pepsi-Cola International as the Business Unit General
Manager for South America in 1996, and was named President of the Pepsi-Cola
Bottling Co. in 1997.
 
   
    PAMELA C. MCGUIRE, 51, is our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary. Ms. McGuire has had more than twenty years experience in the beverage
business, serving as Vice President and Division Counsel of Pepsi-Cola since
1989, and, in March 1998, she was named Vice President and Associate General
Counsel of the Pepsi-Cola Company.
    
 
    MARGARET D. MOORE, 51, is our Senior Vice President and Treasurer. In
addition to serving in PepsiCo's Treasury, Planning and Human Resources
Departments from 1973 to 1986, Ms. Moore has been PepsiCo's Vice President,
Investor Relations, since 1987. Ms. Moore is also a director of Michael Foods,
Inc.
 
    PETER A. BRIDGMAN, 46, is our Senior Vice President and Controller. Mr.
Bridgman had been Vice President and Controller of the Pepsi-Cola Company since
1992, and had previously been Controller and Finance Director at Pepsi-Cola
International.
 
SENIOR MANAGEMENT OF PBG
 
    DONALD W. BLAIR, 40, is our Senior Vice President of Finance. Mr. Blair was
Pepsi-Cola International's Vice President of Finance from 1993 until 1996, when
he joined Pizza Hut, Inc., a former subsidiary of PepsiCo, as Vice President,
Planning. In 1997, he became Chief Financial Officer of the Pepsi-Cola Bottling
Company.
 
    KEVIN L. COX, 35, is our Senior Vice President and Chief Personnel Officer.
Mr. Cox has served as Director, Organizational Capability and Sales Development
in the Pepsi-Cola Company from 1994 to 1995, and as Vice President,
Organizational Capability from 1996 to 1997. Prior to assuming his present
position, he was Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Pepsi-Cola Bottling Co.
 
    ERIC J. FOSS, 40, is our Senior Vice President of Sales and Field Marketing.
From 1994 to 1996 Mr. Foss was General Manager of Pepsi-Cola North America's
Great West Business Unit. Prior to assuming his present position, he was General
Manager for the Central Europe Region for Pepsi-Cola International. Mr. Foss
joined Pepsi-Cola in 1982, and has held a variety of other field and
headquarters-based sales, marketing and general management positions.
 
    GARY K. WANDSCHNEIDER, 46, is our Senior Vice President, Operations, a
position he held with the Pepsi-Cola Company since 1997. He also served as Vice
President, Manufacturing and Logistics from 1995 to 1997, and, in 1994, as a
General Manager of two of Pepsi-Cola's business units.
 
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF PBG
 
    All of our capital stock is currently owned by PepsiCo and therefore none of
our executive officers or directors own any of our capital stock. Certain
officers, including the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation
Table below, will be granted options to purchase shares of our common stock. No
director or executive officer will own in excess of 1% of our common stock.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    Prior to the offering, all compensation paid to our executive officers was
paid by PepsiCo and was attributable, at least in part, to services provided to
PepsiCo's bottling business.
    
 
    The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid
to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated
executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 26, 1998.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998 LONG-TERM
                                               1998 ANNUAL COMPENSATION               COMPENSATION
                                         -------------------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
                                                                                  AWARDS       PAYOUTS
                                                                                -----------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PEPSICO
                                                                                SECURITIES    LONG-TERM
                                                                 OTHER ANNUAL   UNDERLYING    INCENTIVE      ALL OTHER
                                           SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION     OPTIONS    PLAN PAYOUTS  COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                 ($)         ($)           ($)           (#)          ($)          ($)(1)
- ---------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Craig E. Weatherup
  Chairman and Chief Executive
  Officer..............................  $  792,307  $  844,000   $   131,182(2)    156,486(3)          --   $  11,698(4)
 
Craig D. Jung
  Chief Operating Officer..............     307,731     144,220         7,065       53,625(3)          --           --
 
John T. Cahill
  Executive Vice President and Chief
  Financial Officer....................     357,577     237,500         7,065       51,490(3)          --           --
 
Margaret D. Moore
  Senior Vice President and
  Treasurer............................     264,708     136,450         6,224       31,428(3)          --           --
 
Pamela C. McGuire
  Senior Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary................     217,408      93,680         4,949       17,066(3)          --           --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) We pay a portion of the annual cost of life insurance policies on the lives
    of certain of our key employees. These amounts are included here. If a
    covered employee dies while employed by us, we are reimbursed for our
    payments from the proceeds of the policy.
    
 
   
(2) This amount includes $107,153 from the use of corporate transportation in
    1998.
    
 
   
(3) All such options will vest and become exercisable at the date the offering
    is completed.
    
 
   
(4) Of this amount, $2,086 is for life insurance, as discussed in note (1)
    above, and $9,612 is preferential earnings on income deferred by Mr.
    Weatherup since 1986. In order to earn a preferential return, Mr. Weatherup
    elected a risk feature under which, if he terminated his employment, he
    would forfeit all his deferred income.
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
    The following table sets forth information concerning grants of stock
options made to the named executive officers during our fiscal year ended
December 26, 1998. All grants relate to PepsiCo capital stock.
 
                   PEPSICO OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                  VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                  ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                    STOCK PRICE
                                                                                                  APPRECIATION FOR
                                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                            OPTION TERM
                                     ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
                                      NUMBER OF
                                     SECURITIES     % OF TOTAL
                                     UNDERLYING       OPTIONS
                                       OPTIONS      GRANTED TO     EXERCISE OR
                                       GRANTED     EMPLOYEES IN    BASE PRICE   EXPIRATION
NAME                                   (#)(1)     FISCAL YEAR(2)    ($/SHARE)      DATE        5%($)(3)     10%($)(3)
- -----------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Craig E. Weatherup.................     156,486          0.507      $   36.50      1/31/08   $  3,592,082  $  9,103,041
Craig D. Jung......................      53,625          0.174          36.50      1/31/08      1,230,943     3,179,452
John T. Cahill.....................      51,490          0.167          36.50      1/31/08      1,181,935     2,995,256
Margaret D. Moore..................      31,428          0.102          36.50      1/31/08        721,419     1,828,217
Pamela C. McGuire..................      17,066          0.055          36.50      1/31/08        391,744       992,757
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) These options become exercisable on February 1, 2001. However, if the
    offering is completed, each of these options will vest and become
    exercisable on the date of the offering.
 
(2) Includes approximately 14,700,000 options granted to employees under
    PepsiCo's Share Power Stock Option Plan.
 
(3) The 5% and 10% rates of appreciation were set by the Securities and Exchange
    Commission and are not intended to forecast future appreciation, if any, of
    PepsiCo's capital stock. If PepsiCo's capital stock does not increase in
    value, then the option grants described in the table will be valueless.
 
    In addition to the option grants to executive officers named in the table
above, each of these officers may receive an additional option grant or cash
payment based upon achievement of PepsiCo performance objectives. The payments
and option grants, if any, would be made on or about February 1, 2001. The
obligations to make these grants will be assumed by us at the date of the
offering, and we intend to set new performance targets based on our performance.
 
PEPSICO OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises with
respect to PepsiCo capital stock by our executive officers named in the table
above during our fiscal year ended December 26, 1998.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
            AGGREGATED PEPSICO OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED    VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                 SHARES                        OPTIONS AT FY-END      MONEY OPTIONS AT FY-END (1)
                              ACQUIRED ON       VALUE      -------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                          EXERCISE (#)    REALIZED     EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Craig E. Weatherup..........      565,057    $18,521,040    1,236,238     1,945,326(2) $  31,842,379 $  35,860,759
Craig D. Jung...............           --             --      114,958       162,311(3)     2,666,813     1,403,184
John T. Cahill..............           --             --      209,523       153,858(3)     5,242,681     1,416,124
Margaret D. Moore...........       26,751        770,488      131,119        87,730(3)     3,085,501       864,181
Pamela C. McGuire...........       26,917        770,657      125,799        58,364(3)     3,219,509       610,244
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The closing price of PepsiCo capital stock on December 24, 1998, the last
    trading day prior to PepsiCo's fiscal year end, was $40.4375 per share.
    
 
   
(2) If the offering is completed, 400,000 of these options will be cancelled and
    the remainder will become exercisable on the date the offering is completed.
    
 
   
(3) If the offering is completed, all of these options will become exercisable
    on the date the offering is completed.
    
 
PENSION PLANS
 
    Many of our salaried employees have been participants in PepsiCo's Salaried
Employees Retirement Plan. At or prior to the consummation of the offering, we
intend to adopt a PBG Salaried Employees Retirement Plan and a PBG Pension
Equalization Plan on terms substantially similar to the comparable PepsiCo
plans.
 
    Under the PBG plan, when an executive retires at the normal retirement age
of 65, the approximate annual benefits payable after January 1, 1999 for the
following pay classifications and years of service are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS OF SERVICE
               ----------------------------------------
REMUNERATION        30            35            40
- -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>            <C>           <C>           <C>
 $   250,000   $    120,740  $    132,530  $    145,030
     500,000        245,740       270,030       295,030
     750,000        370,740       407,530       445,030
   1,000,000        495,740       545,030       595,030
   1,250,000        620,740       682,530       745,030
   1,500,000        745,740       820,030       895,030
   1,750,000        870,740       957,530     1,045,030
   2,000,000        995,740     1,095,030     1,195,030
   2,250,000      1,120,740     1,232,530     1,345,030
   2,500,000      1,245,740     1,370,030     1,495,030
</TABLE>
    
 
    The pay covered by the pension plans noted above is based on the salary and
bonus shown in the Summary Compensation Table above for each of the named
executive officers. The years of credited service as of January 1, 1999 for the
named executive officers are as follows: 24 years for Mr. Weatherup; 13 years
for Mr. Jung; 9 years for Mr. Cahill; 25 years for Ms. Moore; and 21 years for
Ms. McGuire.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
NEW STOCK-BASED AND INCENTIVE PLANS OF PBG
 
  PBG LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    GENERALLY.  The PBG Long-Term Incentive Plan has been approved by our board
of directors and by PepsiCo as our sole stockholder. The PBG Long-Term Incentive
Plan provides for the grant of various types of long-term incentive awards to
key employees. These awards may include non-qualified options to purchase shares
of our common stock, performance units, incentive stock options, stock
appreciation rights and restricted stock grants. The term of the PBG Long-Term
Incentive Plan is two years.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The PBG Long-Term Incentive Plan vests broad powers in the
executive development and compensation committee of our board of directors to
administer and interpret the PBG Long-Term Incentive Plan. The committee's
powers include authority to select persons to be granted awards, to determine
terms and conditions of awards, including the type, size and term of awards, to
determine the time when awards will be granted and any conditions for receiving
awards, to establish objectives and conditions for earning awards, and to
determine whether such conditions have been met. The committee also has
authority to determine whether payment of an award will be made at the end of an
award period, or at the time of exercise, or deferred, and to determine whether
payment of an award should be reduced or eliminated. The PBG Long-Term Incentive
Plan grants powers to the executive development and compensation committee to
amend and terminate the PBG Long-Term Incentive Plan.
 
    ELIGIBILITY.  Key employees of PBG and its divisions, subsidiaries and
affiliates have or will be granted awards under the PBG Long-Term Incentive
Plan. The executive development and compensation committee may also grant awards
to employees of a joint venture or other business in which we have a substantial
investment, and may make awards to non-executive employees who are in a position
to contribute to our success.
 
  STOCK OPTION GRANTS AS OF THE OFFERING
 
    As of the offering, the executive development and compensation committee of
our board of directors intends to make the following stock option grants to our
executive officers named in the tables above:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                              VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                ANNUAL RATES
                                                                                               OF STOCK PRICE
                                                                                              APPRECIATION FOR
                                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                               OPTION TERM
                           -----------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                        <C>         <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
                           NUMBER OF
                           SECURITIES     % OF TOTAL
                           UNDERLYING       OPTIONS
                            OPTIONS       GRANTED TO      EXERCISE OR
                            GRANTED      EMPLOYEES IN     BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION
NAME                         (#)(1)       FISCAL YEAR      ($/SH)(2)        DATE            5%(3)         10%(3)
- -------------------------  ----------  -----------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
Craig Weatherup..........   1,020,408            8.9%      $   24.50             (1)    $  15,722,366  $  39,843,562
Craig Jung...............     247,959            2.2           24.50             (1)        3,820,535      9,681,985
John Cahill..............     247,959            2.2           24.50             (1)        3,820,535      9,681,985
Margaret Moore...........     110,204            1.0           24.50             (1)        1,698,015      4,303,105
Pam McGuire..............     134,694            1.2           24.50             (1)        2,075,352      5,259,350
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) These options will be granted as of the date the offering is completed and
    consist of non-qualified stock options. Except for the options granted to
    Mr. Weatherup, these options will become exercisable three years after the
    completion of the offering. One-third of Mr. Weatherup's options become
    exercisable one year after the offering date, one-third become exercisable
    two years after
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
   
    the offering date, and the remaining one-third become exercisable three
    years after the offering date. All of these options expire ten years after
    the offering date.
    
 
   
(2) Based upon an assumed public offering price of $24.50 per share, the
    midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
    
 
   
(3) The 5% and 10% rates of appreciation were set by the Securities and Exchange
    Commission and are not intended to forecast future appreciation, if any, of
    our common stock. If our common stock does not increase in value, than the
    option grants described in the table will be valueless.
    
 
  PBG EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
 
    GENERALLY.  PBG's Executive Incentive Compensation Plan has been approved by
our board of directors and by PepsiCo as our sole stockholder. The PBG Executive
Incentive Plan provides for our executives to be granted annual cash incentive
awards. The term of the plan is expected to be ten years.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The PBG Executive Incentive Plan vests broad powers in the
executive development and compensation committee to administer and interpret the
PBG Executive Incentive Plan. The committee's powers include authority to select
the persons to be granted awards, to determine the time when awards will be
granted, and to determine and certify whether objectives and conditions for
earning awards have been met. The committee also has authority to determine
whether payment of an award will be made at the end of an award period or
deferred, and to determine whether an award or payment of an award should be
reduced or eliminated. The PBG Executive Incentive Plan grants broad powers to
the executive development and compensation committee to amend and terminate the
Plan.
 
  OTHER STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAMS
 
    OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES.  We have adopted stock ownership guidelines for all of
our senior executives. The guidelines provide that, within five years of the
offering:
 
    - our Chief Executive Officer will own shares of our common stock with a
      value of at least five times his annual salary;
 
    - our Chief Operating and Chief Financial Officers will own shares with a
      value of at least three times their respective annual salaries; and
 
    - our other officers will own shares with a value at least equal to their
      respective annual salaries.
 
    Messrs. Weatherup and Cahill and Ms. Moore each have PepsiCo deferred income
which will be transferred to PBG as of the offering. They have elected to
transfer approximately $4,000,000, $1,000,000 and $250,000, respectively, from
their deferral investments into a PBG phantom stock investment as of the
offering. This transfer will satisfy all or substantially all of their
respective PBG stock ownership requirements.
 
    FOUNDER'S GRANT.  The executive development and compensation committee
intends to make a one-time grant to each of our full-time employees below the
middle-management level of options to purchase 100 shares of our common stock.
These options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering
price; will vest in three years; and will be exercisable for ten years after the
date of grant.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
               RELATIONSHIP WITH PEPSICO AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In 1998 and prior years, there have been significant transactions between us
and PepsiCo involving purchases of concentrate from PepsiCo, the provision of
marketing and other support by PepsiCo, as well as the provision to us of
administrative and other services by PepsiCo. See Note 17 to the notes to
Combined Financial Statements. For purposes of governing certain on-going
relationships between us and PepsiCo, we will enter into, or continue in effect,
various agreements and relationships, including those described below. The
agreements described below were negotiated in the context of our separation from
PepsiCo and therefore are not the result of arm's-length negotiations between
independent parties. There can be no assurance, therefore, that these
agreements, or the transactions which they provide for will be on terms as
favorable to us as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
    Some of the agreements summarized below are included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the following
summaries are qualified completely by reference to such exhibits which are
incorporated in this prospectus by reference.
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH PEPSICO AFTER THE OFFERING
 
   
    STOCK OWNERSHIP AND PARTICIPATION IN MANAGEMENT.  Following the offering,
PepsiCo will have approximately 43.5% of the combined voting power of all
classes of our voting stock. We have been advised that PepsiCo has no present
intention of disposing of any of the shares of our capital stock that it will
own after the offering. As a major stockholder of PBG, PepsiCo will be able to
significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder action.
Of the persons to be elected to our board, two are executive officers of
PepsiCo, two are executive officers of PBG and the remainder are independent.
    
 
    CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES.  Our certificate of incorporation provides that
PepsiCo has no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities
as we do. Our certificate also provides that PepsiCo need not communicate to us,
may pursue or acquire for itself, or may direct to another person, a corporate
opportunity, without liability to us or our stockholders.
 
    DESCRIPTION OF BOTTLING AGREEMENTS.  We have recently entered into a number
of bottling agreements with PepsiCo. These bottling agreements consist of:
 
    (1) the master bottling agreement for cola beverages bearing the
       "PEPSI-COLA" and "PEPSI" trademark, including DIET PEPSI and PEPSI ONE in
       the United States;
 
    (2) bottling and distribution agreements for non-cola products in the United
       States;
 
    (3) a master fountain syrup agreement for fountain syrup in the United
       States; and
 
    (4) agreements similar to the master bottling agreement and the non-cola
       bottling agreements for each specific country, including Canada, Spain,
       Greece and Russia, as well as a fountain syrup agreement similar to the
       master syrup agreement for Canada.
 
    The master bottling agreement, the master syrup agreement, the non-cola
bottling agreements and the country specific bottling agreements are referred to
in this prospectus as the Pepsi beverage agreements.
 
    Set forth below is a description of the Pepsi beverage agreements and other
bottling agreements to which we are a party.
 
    TERMS OF THE MASTER BOTTLING AGREEMENT.  The master bottling agreement under
which we manufacture, package, sell and distribute the cola beverages bearing
the PEPSI-COLA and PEPSI trademarks was entered into in March 1999. The master
bottling agreement gives us the exclusive right
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
to distribute cola beverages for sale in specified territories in authorized
containers of the nature currently used by us. The master bottling agreement
provides that we will purchase our entire requirements of concentrates for the
cola beverages from PepsiCo at prices, and on terms and conditions, determined
from time to time by PepsiCo. The prices at which we purchase concentrate under
the master bottling agreement and the level of advertising and marketing support
provided by PepsiCo may vary materially from the levels provided historically.
PepsiCo may determine from time to time what types of containers to authorize
for use by us. PepsiCo has no rights under the master bottling agreement with
respect to the prices at which we sell our products.
 
    Under the master bottling agreement we are obligated to:
 
    (1) maintain such plant and equipment, staff, and distribution and vending
       facilities that are capable of manufacturing, packaging and distributing
       the cola beverages in sufficient quantities to fully meet the demand for
       these beverages in our territories;
 
    (2) undertake adequate quality control measures prescribed by PepsiCo;
 
    (3) push vigorously the sale of the cola beverages in our territories;
 
    (4) increase and fully meet the demand for the cola beverages in our
       territories;
 
    (5) use all approved means and spend such funds on advertising and other
       forms of marketing beverages as may be reasonably required to meet the
       objective; and
 
    (6) maintain such financial capacity as may be reasonably necessary to
       assure performance under the master bottling agreement by us.
 
    The master bottling agreement requires us to meet annually with PepsiCo to
discuss plans for the ensuing year and the following two years. At such
meetings, we are obligated to present plans that set out in reasonable detail
our marketing plan, including the introduction of any new beverage product or
any change in the geographic area in which existing beverage products are
distributed, management plan and advertising plan with respect to the cola
beverages for the year. We must also present a financial plan showing that we
have the financial capacity to perform our duties and obligations under the
master bottling agreement for that year, as well as sales, marketing,
advertising and capital expenditure plans for the two years following such year.
PepsiCo has the right to approve such plans, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
 
    If we carry out our annual plan in all material respects, we will be deemed
to have satisfied our obligations to push vigorously the sale of the cola
beverages and to increase and fully meet the demand for the cola beverages in
our territories and to maintain the financial capacity required under the master
bottling agreement. Failure to present a plan or carry out approved plans in all
material respects would constitute an event of default that, if not cured within
120 days of notice of the failure, would give PepsiCo the right to terminate the
master bottling agreement.
 
    If we present a plan that PepsiCo does not approve, such failure shall
constitute a primary consideration for determining whether we have satisfied our
obligations to maintain our financial capacity and to push vigorously the sale
of the cola beverages and to increase and fully meet the demand for the cola
beverages in our territories.
 
    If we fail to carry out our annual plan in all material respects in any
segment of our territory, whether defined geographically or by type of market or
outlet, and if such failure is not cured within six months of notice of the
failure, PepsiCo may reduce the territory covered by the master bottling
agreement by eliminating the territory, market or outlet with respect to which
such failure has occurred.
 
    PepsiCo has no obligation to participate with us in advertising and
marketing spending, but it may contribute to such expenditures and undertake
independent advertising and marketing activities, as well
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
as cooperative advertising and sales promotion programs that would require our
cooperation and support. Although PepsiCo has advised us that it intends to
continue to provide cooperative advertising funds, it is not obligated to do so
under the master bottling agreement.
 
    The master bottling agreement provides that PepsiCo may in its sole
discretion reformulate any of the cola beverages or discontinue them, with some
limitations, so long as all cola beverages are not discontinued. PepsiCo may
also introduce new beverages under the PEPSI-COLA trademarks or any modification
thereof. If that occurs, we will be obligated to manufacture, package,
distribute and sell such new beverages with the same obligations as then exist
with respect to other cola beverages. We are prohibited from producing or
handling cola products, other than those of PepsiCo, or products or packages
that imitate, infringe or cause confusion with the products, containers or
trademarks of PepsiCo. The master bottling agreement also imposes requirements
with respect to the use of PepsiCo's trademarks, authorized containers,
packaging and labeling.
 
    If we acquire control, directly or indirectly, of any bottler of cola
beverages, we must cause the acquired bottler to amend its bottling appointments
for the cola beverages to conform to the terms of the master bottling agreement.
 
    Under the master bottling agreement, PepsiCo has agreed not to withhold
approval for any acquisition of rights to manufacture and sell PEPSI trademarked
cola beverages within a specific area-- currently representing approximately 14%
of PepsiCo's U.S. bottling system in terms of volume--if we have successfully
negotiated the acquisition and, in PepsiCo's reasonable judgment, satisfactorily
performed our obligations under the master bottling agreement. We have agreed
not to acquire or attempt to acquire any rights to manufacture and sell PEPSI
trademarked cola beverages outside of that specific area without PepsiCo's prior
written approval.
 
    The master bottling agreement is perpetual, but may be terminated by PepsiCo
in the event of our default. Events of default include:
 
    (1) our insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, receivership or the like;
 
    (2) any disposition of any voting securities of one of our bottling
       subsidiaries or substantially all of our bottling assets without the
       consent of PepsiCo;
 
    (3) our entry into any business other than the business of manufacturing,
       selling or distributing non-alcoholic beverages or any business which is
       directly related and incidental to such beverage business; and
 
    (4) any material breach under the contract that remains uncured for 120 days
       after notice by PepsiCo.
 
    An event of default will also occur if any person or affiliated group
acquires any contract, option, conversion privilege, or other right to acquire,
directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than 15% of any class or
series of our voting securities without the consent of PepsiCo. If the master
bottling agreement is terminated, PepsiCo also has the right to terminate its
other bottling agreements with us.
 
    We are prohibited from assigning, transferring or pledging the master
bottling agreement, or any interest therein, whether voluntarily, or by
operation of law, including by merger or liquidation, without the prior consent
of PepsiCo.
 
   
    The master bottling agreement was entered into by us in the context of our
separation from PepsiCo and, therefore, its provisions were not the result of
arm's-length negotiations. Consequently, the agreement contains provisions that
are less favorable to us than the exclusive bottling appointments for cola
beverages currently in effect for independent bottlers in the United States.
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    TERMS OF THE NON-COLA BOTTLING AGREEMENTS.  The beverage products covered by
the non-cola bottling agreements are beverages licensed to us by PepsiCo,
consisting of MOUNTAIN DEW, DIET MOUNTAIN DEW, SLICE, MUG root beer and cream
soda and ALL SPORT. The non-cola bottling agreements contain provisions that are
similar to those contained in the master bottling agreement with respect to
pricing, territorial restrictions, authorized containers, planning, quality
control, transfer restrictions, term, and related matters. Our non-cola bottling
agreements will terminate if PepsiCo terminates our master bottling agreement.
The exclusivity provisions contained in the non-cola bottling agreements would
prevent us from manufacturing, selling or distributing beverage products which
imitate, infringe upon, or cause confusion with, the beverage products covered
by the non-cola bottling agreements. PepsiCo may also elect to discontinue the
manufacture, sale or distribution of a non-cola beverage and terminate the
applicable non-cola bottling agreement upon six months notice to us.
 
    We also have an agreement with PepsiCo granting us the exclusive right to
distribute AQUAFINA in our territories. We have the right to manufacture
AQUAFINA in certain locations depending on the availability of appropriate
equipment. The distribution agreement contains provisions generally similar to
those in the master bottling agreement as to use of trademarks, trade names,
approved containers and labels and causes for termination. However, the
distribution agreement does not prevent us from distributing other bottled
waters. The distribution agreement is for a limited term. Upon expiration of
this term, PepsiCo may issue a perpetual license depending on whether we meet
volume, distribution and marketing objectives described in the distribution
license.
 
    TERMS OF THE MASTER SYRUP AGREEMENT.  The master syrup agreement grants us
the exclusive right to manufacture, sell and distribute fountain syrup to local
customers in our territories. The master syrup agreement also grants us the
right to act as a manufacturing and delivery agent for national accounts within
our territories that specifically request direct delivery, without using a
middleman. In addition, we are granted a right of first refusal to act as the
manufacturer for fountain syrup to be delivered to national accounts that elect
delivery through independent distributors. Under the master syrup agreement, we
will have the exclusive right to service fountain equipment for all of the
national account customers within our territories. The master syrup agreement
provides that the determination of whether an account is local or national is in
the sole discretion of PepsiCo.
 
   
    The master syrup agreement contains provisions that are similar to those
contained in the master bottling agreement with respect to pricing, territorial
restrictions with respect to local customers and national customers electing
direct-to-store delivery only, planning, quality control, transfer restrictions
and related matters. The master syrup agreement has an initial term of five
years and is automatically renewable for additional five year periods unless
PepsiCo terminates it for cause. PepsiCo has the right to terminate the master
syrup agreement without cause at the conclusion of the initial five year period
or at any time during a renewal term upon twenty-four months notice. In the
event PepsiCo terminates the master syrup agreement without cause, PepsiCo is
required to pay us the fair market value of our rights under such agreement.
    
 
    Our master syrup agreement will terminate if PepsiCo terminates our master
bottling agreement.
 
    TERMS OF OTHER U.S. BOTTLING AGREEMENTS.  The bottling agreements between us
and other licensors of beverage products, including Cadbury Schweppes plc--for
DR PEPPER, 7UP, SCHWEPPES and CANADA DRY, the Pepsi/Lipton Tea Partnership--for
LIPTON BRISK and LIPTON'S ICED TEA and the North American Coffee
Partnership--for STARBUCKS FRAPPUCCINO, contain provisions generally similar to
those in the master bottling agreement as to use of trademarks, trade names,
approved containers and labels, sales of imitations, and causes for termination.
Some of these beverage agreements have limited terms and, in most instances,
prohibit us from dealing in similar beverage products.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
    TERMS OF THE COUNTRY SPECIFIC BOTTLING AGREEMENTS.  The country specific
bottling agreements contain provisions similar to those contained in the master
bottling agreement and the non-cola bottling agreements and, in Canada, the
master syrup agreement with respect to authorized containers, planning, quality
control, transfer restrictions, causes for termination and related matters.
These bottling agreements differ from the master bottling agreement because,
except for Canada, they include both fountain syrup and non-fountain beverages.
These bottling agreements also differ from the master bottling agreement with
respect to term and contain certain provisions that have been modified to
reflect the laws and regulations of the applicable country. For example, the
bottling agreements in Spain do not contain a restriction on the sale and
shipment of Pepsi-Cola beverages into our territory by others in response to
unsolicited orders.
 
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS WITH PEPSICO
 
    We have entered into, or will enter into, other agreements with PepsiCo,
governing the relationships between us and PepsiCo after the offering, and
providing for the allocation of tax and other liabilities and obligations
relating to periods prior to and after the offering. Copies of the forms of such
agreements are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part. We currently estimate that the fees that we will pay
PepsiCo during fiscal 1999 under the agreements described below will be
approximately $100 million in the aggregate. In addition, we anticipate that we
will pay approximately $7 million in 1999 to PepsiCo for the sublease of our
headquarters in Somers, New York.
 
    TERMS OF THE SHARED SERVICES AGREEMENT.  We have entered into a shared
services agreement with PepsiCo providing for various services to be provided by
PepsiCo to us after the offering, and the fees and payment terms for each
service. The shared services agreement provides that we will have the benefit of
PepsiCo's scale and efficiencies in areas such as the procurement of raw
materials, processing of accounts payable and credit and collection, certain tax
and treasury services and information technology maintenance and systems
development. In addition, we will continue to provide certain employee benefits
services to PepsiCo.
 
    TERMS OF THE TAX SEPARATION AGREEMENT.  We have entered into a tax
separation agreement with PepsiCo, on our own behalf and on behalf of our
respective consolidated tax groups, that reflects each party's rights and
obligations with respect to payments and refunds of taxes attributable to
periods beginning prior to and including the offering date and taxes resulting
from transactions effected in connection with the offering. The tax separation
agreement also expresses each party's intention with respect to certain of our
tax attributes after the offering. The tax separation agreement provides for
payments between the two companies for certain tax adjustments made after the
offering that cover pre-offering tax liabilities. Other provisions cover the
handling of audits, settlements, stock options, elections, accounting methods
and return filing in cases where both companies have an interest in the results
of these activities.
 
    TERMS OF THE EMPLOYEE PROGRAMS AGREEMENT.  We have entered into an employee
programs agreement with PepsiCo, which allocates assets, liabilities and
responsibilities between the two parties with respect to employee compensation
and benefit plans and programs and other related matters.
 
    TERMS OF THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT.  We have entered into a separation
agreement with PepsiCo which provides for books, records and personnel which we
and PepsiCo will make available to each other from and after the offering. The
separation agreement also provides for the assumption by us of liabilities
relating to our bottling businesses and indemnification of PepsiCo with respect
to such liabilities, other than the $2.3 billion of debt of Bottling LLC that
has been unconditionally guaranteed by PepsiCo.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
   
    Under the terms of the separation agreement, we have agreed to use our best
efforts to release, terminate or replace, prior to August 1, 1999, all letters
of credit, guarantees, other than the guarantee of the $2.3 billion of debt
issued by Bottling LLC, and contingent liabilities relating to our bottling
businesses for which PepsiCo is liable. After August 1, 1999, PepsiCo may remain
liable for some of the letters of credit, guarantees and contingent liabilities
which were not terminated or replaced and from which PepsiCo was not released
prior to that date. Under the separation agreement, after August 1, 1999 we will
pay a fee to PepsiCo with respect to any such letters of credit, guarantees,
other than the guarantee of Bottling LLC's $2.3 billion of debt and contingent
liabilities, until such time as they are released, terminated or replaced by our
guarantee, a qualified letter of credit or cash collateral provided by us or on
our behalf. We will be required to indemnify PepsiCo with respect to such
letters of credit, guarantees, other than the guarantee of Bottling LLC's $2.3
billion of debt and contingent liabilities.
    
 
    TERMS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  We have entered into a
registration rights agreement with PepsiCo which allows PepsiCo to require us to
register shares of our common stock owned by PepsiCo and to include such shares
in any registration of common stock made by us in the future. We have agreed to
cooperate fully in connection with any such registration and with any offering
made under the registration rights agreement and to pay all costs and expenses,
other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to shares sold by
PepsiCo in connection with any such registration.
 
    PEPSICO'S AGREEMENT TO COMBINE BOTTLING BUSINESSES WITH WHITMAN.  On January
25, 1999, PepsiCo signed an agreement with Whitman Corporation providing for the
combination of certain of PepsiCo's bottling businesses and assets in the
Midwestern United States and Central Europe with those of Whitman in a newly
created Whitman entity. The agreement provides that Whitman will assume
liabilities associated with the U.S. operations of PepsiCo being transferred to
it and will acquire certain of PepsiCo's operations in Central Europe for cash.
PepsiCo will receive $300 million in net proceeds plus 35% of the common stock
in the newly created Whitman entity. Whitman has agreed to undertake a stock
repurchase program that is anticipated to raise PepsiCo's stake in the new
Whitman to 40%. The transaction is subject to approval by regulators and by a
majority vote of Whitman shareholders.
 
    The new Whitman will operate under bottling agreements with PepsiCo,
containing terms which are similar to the Pepsi beverage agreements, including
that:
 
    (1) Whitman will not acquire or attempt to acquire the right to manufacture
       or sell Pepsi-Cola trademark beverages outside of a specified area
       without PepsiCo's prior written consent; and
 
    (2) an acquisition in the specified territory would be subject to PepsiCo's
       approval.
 
    Because of the territorial restrictions on acquisitions in our master
bottling agreement and the Whitman bottling agreements, PBG and Whitman will
generally not be competing for acquisitions of Pepsi-Cola bottling territories
in the United States unless PepsiCo consents. The new Whitman could also acquire
international bottling territories which are of interest to us, with PepsiCo's
consent.
 
    PepsiCo has agreed not to increase its ownership of the new Whitman's equity
securities beyond 49%, except with the approval of the the new Whitman board of
directors or under the terms of an offer made to all new Whitman shareholders.
 
    Whitman will also transfer to us prior to the offering bottling operations
in Virginia, West Virginia and St. Petersburg, Russia. This transfer is not
subject to approval by Whitman shareholders.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER
 
   
    Prior to this offering, PepsiCo owned 100% of our capital stock. Following
the offering, PepsiCo will own 35.4% of our outstanding common stock and 100% of
our outstanding Class B common stock.
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth, as of March 3, 1999, the beneficial
ownership of PepsiCo's Capital Stock by each of our executive officers named in
the Summary Compensation Table, each of our directors and all of our directors
and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Shares of PepsiCo capital stock subject to options that are
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 3, 1999 are deemed
to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for
the purpose of computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the
percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding for
the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as
indicated in the text below this table, and subject to applicable community
property laws, such persons have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares of the PepsiCo capital stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
    
 
   
    The shares shown in the table include 4,229,076 shares of PepsiCo capital
stock which certain directors and executive officers have a right to acquire
within 60 days. These shares include 1,587,679 shares which may be acquired
pursuant to stock options which will become exercisable upon completion of the
offering.
    
 
   
    The shares shown in the table do not include 310 shares held by children or
spouses of directors or executive officers, or by trusts for the benefit of
directors or executive officers, as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.
The shares shown also include the following number of PepsiCo capital stock
equivalents, which are held in PepsiCo's deferred income program: Craig E.
Weatherup, 112,821; and all directors and executive officers as a group, 117,029
shares.
    
 
    Directors and executive officers as a group own less than 1% of outstanding
capital stock.
 
   OWNERSHIP OF PEPSICO CAPITAL STOCK BY PBG EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF SHARES OF
                                                                         PEPSICO CAPITAL
NAME AND ADDRESS OF                                                           STOCK
  BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                      BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Craig E. Weatherup...................................................         2,899,807
John T. Cahill.......................................................           368,381
Linda G. Alvarado....................................................                 0
Barry H. Beracha.....................................................                 0
Thomas H. Kean.......................................................             6,000
Thomas W. Jones......................................................                 0
Susan Kronick........................................................                 0
Robert F. Sharpe, Jr.................................................             1,000
Karl M. von der Heyden...............................................           352,890
Craig D. Jung........................................................           277,513
Pamela C. McGuire....................................................           202,763
Margaret D. Moore....................................................           249,620
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons).........         4,497,631
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The following summarizes important provisions of our capital stock and
describes all material provisions of our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws. This summary is qualified by our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part and by the provisions of applicable
law.
 
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    Our certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of capital stock,
common stock, par value $.01, and Class B common stock, par value $.01, which
are substantially identical, except with respect to voting rights. We refer to
our common stock together with our Class B common stock as our capital stock.
Our capital stock has no preemptive rights with respect to new stock we issue
and no redemption or sinking fund provisions. All the shares of our capital
stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and
non-assessable.
 
    VOTING AND CONVERSION RIGHTS.  Holders of common stock and Class B common
stock generally have identical voting rights and vote together as a single
class, except that holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share
and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 250 votes per share. In
addition, holders of common stock may not vote on an alteration or change in the
powers or rights of the Class B common stock that does not adversely affect the
rights of the common stock. Any amendment to our certificate of incorporation
which would alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the common
stock or the Class B common stock must be approved by a majority of the votes
cast by holders of shares affected by the proposed amendment, in addition to
approval by a majority of the votes cast by holders of capital stock.
 
    Other than as set forth above, all matters to be voted on by stockholders
must be approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of the outstanding
shares of common stock and Class B common stock. This would change if voting
rights were granted in the future to holders of outstanding preferred stock.
Holders of capital stock may not cumulate their votes for the election of
directors.
 
    Each share of Class B common stock held by PepsiCo is, at PepsiCo's option,
convertible into one share of common stock. Any Class B common stock transferred
by PepsiCo to any person other than a PepsiCo affiliate or subsidiary will
automatically convert into shares of common stock upon such transfer.
 
    DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  Holders of common stock and holders of Class B
common stock shall share equally on a per share basis in any dividends or
distributions declared by our board of directors, unless in the future, holders
of preferred stock have preferential dividend or distribution rights. In the
case of dividends or distributions payable in capital stock, only shares of
common stock shall be paid or distributed with respect to common stock and only
shares of Class B common stock shall be paid or distributed with respect to
Class B common stock. The number of shares of common stock and Class B common
stock distributed on each share shall be equal in number. The shares of common
stock and Class B common stock may not be reclassified, subdivided or combined
unless such reclassification, subdivision or combination occurs simultaneously
and in the same proportion for each class.
 
    In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of our affairs,
after payment of amounts due to holders of preferred stock, our remaining assets
and funds shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of capital stock, and the
holders of common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to the same
amount per share.
 
    MERGER.  If we reorganize or consolidate or merge with another corporation,
and shares of common stock or Class B common stock are converted into shares of
stock and/or securities or property of another entity, the holders of common
stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
receive the same per share consideration, unless unequal consideration is
approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of each class of capital
stock.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Our board of directors has the authority, as limited by the Delaware General
Corporation Law to authorize the issuance of preferred stock. The preferred
stock may be divided into two or more series, with such preferences, limitations
and relative rights as the Board may determine. However, no holder of preferred
stock shall be entitled to receive, if we involuntarily liquidate, an amount in
excess of $100 per share of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock may
have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of PBG,
and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our
common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plan to issue any
preferred stock.
 
DESCRIPTION OF PROVISIONS OF OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
    CHANGE IN CONTROL.  Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, we
have "opted-out" of Delaware's anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 of the
Delaware corporate law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a
period of three years following the date the person became an interested
stockholder, unless, with certain exceptions, the "business combination" or the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in
a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger,
asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to
the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to
the determination of interested stockholder status, did own, 15% or more of a
corporation's voting stock. It does not include "interested stockholders" prior
to the time our common stock is listed on the NYSE. The existence of this
provision would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not
approved in advance by our Board of Directors, including discouraging takeover
attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of
our common stock.
 
   
    SPECIAL MEETINGS.  The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders
may be called at any time by our Chairman of the board or the board, and must be
called by our Secretary upon the written request of stockholders holding of
record at least 25% of the voting power of our capital stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting. Following the offering,
PepsiCo will own capital stock representing 43.5% of the voting power of the
capital stock. As a result, PepsiCo will be able to call a special meeting of
stockholders to consider various corporate actions.
    
 
    STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.  Our bylaws provide that for business proposed by a
stockholder, other than director nominations, to be a proper subject for action
at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must timely request that
the proposal be included in our proxy statement for the meeting and such request
must satisfy all of the provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. This provision may limit the ability of stockholders to
bring business before an annual stockholders' meeting.
 
    CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES.  Our certificate of incorporation provides that
PepsiCo shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar
activities as we do and, except as set out below, neither PepsiCo nor any of its
officers, directors, or employees shall be liable to us or our stockholders by
reason of any such activities. In the event that PepsiCo acquires knowledge of a
potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both
PepsiCo and us, PepsiCo shall have no duty to communicate or offer such
corporate opportunity to us. PepsiCo shall not be liable to us or our
stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty to us by reason of the fact that
PepsiCo pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such
corporate opportunity to another person, or
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to us.
PepsiCo currently owns interests in other domestic and international bottling
companies and may offer opportunities to them which may be of interest to us.
 
    Where corporate opportunities are offered to persons who are directors or
officers of both us and PepsiCo, our certificate of incorporation provides that
such director or officer shall have fully satisfied his or her fiduciary duty to
us and to our stockholders and will have no liability to us or our stockholders
if such person acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:
 
    (1) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of PBG
       and also a director of PepsiCo shall belong to us;
 
   
    (2) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is one of our
       directors but is not one of our officers, and who is also a director or
       officer of PepsiCo, shall belong to us if such opportunity is expressly
       offered to such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as one of
       our directors, and otherwise shall belong to PepsiCo; and
    
 
   
    (3) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of both
       us and PepsiCo shall belong to us.
    
 
    LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.  Our certificate of
incorporation provides that, to the full extent from time to time permitted by
law, no director shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of
any duty as a director. Neither the amendment or repeal of this provision, nor
the adoption of any provision of our certificate of incorporation which is
inconsistent with this provision, shall eliminate or reduce the protection
afforded by this provision with respect to any matter which occurred, or any
suit or claim which, but for this provision would have accrued or arisen, prior
to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
 
    While our certificate of incorporation provides directors with protection
from awards for monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, they do not
eliminate such duty. As a result, our certificate of incorporation will have no
effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or
recission based on a director's breach of his or her duty of care.
 
    Our certificate of incorporation also provides that we shall, to the fullest
extent from time to time permitted by law, indemnify our directors and officers
against all liabilities and expenses in any suit or proceeding, arising out of
their status as an officer or director or their activities in these capacities.
We shall also indemnify any person who, at our request, is or was serving as a
director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or as a trustee or administrator under
any employee benefit plan.
 
    The right to be indemnified shall include the right of an officer or a
director to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any
proceeding, if we receive an undertaking to repay such amount unless it shall be
determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified. A person entitled to
indemnification shall also be paid reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys'
fees in connection with the enforcement of his or her indemnification rights.
 
    Our board of directors may take such action as it deems necessary to carry
out these indemnification provisions, including adopting procedures for
determining and enforcing indemnification rights and purchasing insurance
policies. Our board of directors may also adopt bylaws, resolutions or contracts
implementing indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. Neither
the amendment or repeal of these indemnification provisions, nor the adoption of
any provision of our certificate of incorporation inconsistent with these
indemnification provisions, shall eliminate or reduce any rights to
indemnification relating to their status or any activities prior to such
amendment, repeal or adoption.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
LISTING OF PBG COMMON STOCK
 
    We intend to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol "PBG."
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR FOR PBG COMMON STOCK
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the common stock is The Bank of New
York.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    After this offering, we will have 154,912,000 shares of common stock
outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
we will have a total of 169,912,000 shares of common stock outstanding. All of
the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without
restriction or further registration under the Securites Act, except for shares
acquired by our directors and senior officers. PepsiCo and our directors and
senior officers who are purchasing common stock in this offering have agreed not
to sell or dispose of any common stock for a period of 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, without Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated's
prior written consent. We can give no assurance concerning how long these
parties will continue to hold their common stock after this offering.
    
 
   
    After this offering, PepsiCo will own 54,912,000 shares of our common stock.
Any common stock held by one of our affiliates will be subject to the resale
limitations required by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Rule 144 defines an
affiliate as a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with
the issuer.
    
 
    After this offering, PepsiCo will be our affiliate. Therefore, as long as
PepsiCo remains an affiliate, PepsiCo may sell our common stock only:
 
    - under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
 
    - under Rule 144; or
 
    - under another exemption from registration.
 
    PepsiCo is not under any contractual obligation to retain our common stock,
except during the 180-day period noted above.
 
    In general, a stockholder subject to Rule 144 who has owned common stock of
an issuer for at least one year may, within any three-month period, sell up to
the greater of:
 
   
    - 1% of the total number of shares of common stock then outstanding; and
    
 
    - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
      weeks preceding the stockholder's required notice of sale.
 
    Rule 144 requires stockholders to aggregrate their sales with other
affiliated stockholders for purposes of complying with this volume limitation. A
stockholder who has owned common stock for at least two years, and who has not
been an affiliate of the issuer for at least 90 days, may sell common stock free
from the volume limitation and notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
    PepsiCo is entitled to require us to register our shares of common stock
held by it for sale under the Securities Act after the expiration of the 180-day
period noted above. See "Relationship with PepsiCo and Certain Transactions."
 
    We cannot estimate the number of shares of common stock that may be sold by
third parties in the future because such sales will depend on market prices, the
circumstances of sellers and other factors.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
   
    In connection with this offering, we are granting options to purchase
approximately 11,700,000 shares of our outstanding common stock. Immediately
after this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8
covering all options granted under the PBG Long-Term Incentive Plan. Shares of
our common stock registered under this registration statement will be available
for sale in the open market, subject to vesting restrictions. Any sales of these
shares will be subject to the volume limitations of Rule 144 described above.
    
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of our
common stock or the availability of shares for sale would have on the prevailing
market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, future sales by us or by PepsiCo
of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales
may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common
stock.
 
                CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                      FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income and
estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by
a beneficial owner that is a non-U.S. holder. A non-U.S. holder is a person or
entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a non-resident alien
individual, a foreign corporation, a foreign partnership, or a foreign estate or
trust.
 
    This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and administrative interpretations as of the date of this prospectus, all of
which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate
taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular
circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws
of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are advised to
consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to
them of owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences
under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    Subject to the discussion below, dividends, if any, paid to a non-U.S.
holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30%
rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
For purposes of determining whether tax is to be withheld at a 30% rate or at a
reduced rate as specified by an income tax treaty, we ordinarily will presume
that dividends paid on or before December 31, 1999 to an address in a foreign
country are paid to a resident of such country, absent knowledge that such
presumption is not warranted.
 
    Under the United States Treasury Regulations applicable to dividends paid
after December 31, 1999, to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty,
a non-U.S. holder generally will be required to provide an Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8 BEN certifying such non-U.S. holder's entitlement to benefits
under a treaty. These regulations also provide special rules to determine
whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty,
dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that is an entity should be treated as paid
to the entity or those holding an interest in that entity.
 
    There will be no withholding tax on dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that
are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or
business within the United States if a Form 4224, or, after December 31, 1999, a
Form W-8 ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected is filed with us.
Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S.
income tax in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident. A
non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be
subject to an additional "branch profits tax" which is imposed, under certain
circumstances, at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
applicable treaty, of the non-U.S. corporation's effectively connected earnings
and profits, subject to certain adjustments.
 
    Generally, we must report to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any,
of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Under the terms of tax
treaties or other agreements, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may make its
reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.
 
    Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder at an address within the United States
may be subject to backup withholding imposed at a rate of 31% if the non-U.S.
holder fails to establish that it is entitled to an exemption or to provide a
correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information to us.
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, backup withholding
generally will not apply to dividends paid on or before December 31, 1999 to a
non-U.S. holder at an address outside the United States, unless the payer has
knowledge that the payee is a U.S. person. Under the regulations described
above, however, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding unless
applicable certification requirements are met.
 
GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK
 
    A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax
with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock
unless:
 
   
    (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such
       holder in the United States;
    
 
   
    (2) in the case of certain non-U.S. holders who are non-resident alien
       individuals and hold our common stock as a capital asset, such
       individuals are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the
       taxable year of the disposition;
    
 
   
    (3) the non-U.S. holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of the
       Internal Revenue Code regarding the taxation of U.S. expatriates; or
    
 
   
    (4) we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" within
       the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code at any time
       within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or
       such holder's holding period.
    
 
    We are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding
corporation.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING ON DISPOSITION OF
  COMMON STOCK
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, information reporting
and backup withholding imposed at a rate of 31% will apply to the proceeds of a
disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker
unless the disposing holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup
withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the
transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a
non-U.S. broker. However, U.S. information reporting requirements will apply to
a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside the
United States by or through an office outside the United States of a broker that
fails to maintain documentary evidence that the holder is a non-U.S. holder and
that certain conditions are met or that the holder otherwise is entitled to an
exemption, and the broker is:
 
   
    (1) a U.S. person;
    
 
   
    (2) a foreign person which derives 50% or more of its gross income for
       certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United
       States;
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
   
    (3) a "controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
       or
    
 
   
    (4) effective after December 31, 1999, a foreign partnership (A) at least
       50% of the capital or profits interest in which is owned by U.S. persons,
       or (B) that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business.
    
 
    Effective after December 31, 1999, backup withholding will apply to a
payment of those disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge that
the holder is a U.S. person.
 
    Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of
persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax
withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service.
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAX
 
    An individual non-U.S. holder who is treated as the owner of, or has made
certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our common stock will be required
to include the value of that interest in his gross estate for U.S. federal
estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an
applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
GENERAL
 
   
    We intend to offer our common stock in the United States and Canada through
a number of U.S. underwriters as well as outside the United States and Canada
through international managers. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers
Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Sanford
C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. and Schroder & Co. Inc. are acting as U.S.
representatives of each of the U.S. underwriters named below. Subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in a U.S. purchase agreement between us and the
U.S. underwriters, and concurrently with the sale of 15,000,000 shares of our
common stock to the international managers, we have agreed to sell to the U.S.
underwriters, and each of the U.S. underwriters severally and not jointly has
agreed to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth
opposite its name below.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
             U.S. UNDERWRITER                                                                  SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated....................................................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.........................................................
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc...................................................................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation....................................................
Goldman, Sachs & Co.......................................................................
Lehman Brothers Inc.......................................................................
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC.....................................................
Salomon Smith Barney Inc..................................................................
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc...........................................................
Schroder & Co. Inc........................................................................
                                                                                            ------------
          Total...........................................................................    85,000,000
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                            ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    We have also entered into an international purchase agreement with certain
underwriters outside the United States and Canada who we call international
managers and, together with the U.S. underwriters, the underwriters, for whom
Merrill Lynch International, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Bear,
Stearns International Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited,
Goldman Sachs International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe), Salomon
Brothers International Limited, J. Henry Schroder & Co. Limited and Warburg
Dillon Read, a division of UBS AG are acting as lead managers. Subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the international purchase agreement, and
concurrently with the sale of 85,000,000 shares of our common stock to the U.S.
underwriters under the terms of the U.S. purchase agreement, we have agreed to
sell to the international managers, and the international managers severally
have agreed to purchase from us, an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of our common
stock. The initial public offering price per share and the total underwriting
discount per share of common stock are identical under the U.S. purchase
agreement and the international purchase agreement.
    
 
    In the U.S. purchase agreement and the international purchase agreement, the
several U.S. underwriters and the several international managers, respectively,
have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in those agreements,
to purchase all of the shares of common stock being sold under the terms of each
such agreement if any of the shares of common stock being sold under the terms
of that agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances, under the U.S.
purchase agreement and the international purchase agreement, the commitments of
non-defaulting underwriters may be increased. The closings with respect to the
sale of shares of common stock to be purchased by the U.S. underwriters and the
international managers are conditioned upon one another.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
    We and PepsiCo have agreed to indemnify the U.S. underwriters and the
international managers against some liabilities, including some liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the U.S. underwriters and
international managers may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
   
    The expenses of the offering, exclusive of the underwriting discount, are
estimated at $7.5 million and are payable by us and PepsiCo. The underwriters
have agreed to reimburse PepsiCo for certain expenses payable by it.
    
 
    The shares of common stock are being offered by the several underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the underwriters and certain
other conditions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or
modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS
 
    The U.S. representatives have advised us that the U.S. underwriters propose
initially to offer the shares of our common stock to the public at the initial
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $      per
share of common stock. The U.S. underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a discount not in excess of $      per share of common stock to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.
 
    The following table shows the per share and total public offering price,
underwriting discount to be paid by us to the U.S. underwriters and the
international managers and the proceeds before expenses to us. This information
is presented assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers of their over-allotment options.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     WITHOUT      WITH
                                                                       PER SHARE     OPTION      OPTION
                                                                      -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Public offering price...............................................       $            $           $
Underwriting discount...............................................       $            $           $
Proceeds, before expenses, to PBG...................................       $            $           $
</TABLE>
    
 
INTERSYNDICATE AGREEMENT
 
    The U.S. underwriters and the international managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement that provides for the coordination of their activities.
Under the terms of the intersyndicate agreement, the U.S. underwriters and the
international managers are permitted to sell shares of our common stock to each
other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering price, less an
amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms of the
intersyndicate agreement, the U.S. underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell
shares of our common stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of our common
stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons,
and the international managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of our
common stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of our common stock to U.S.
persons or to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to
U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions under the terms of
the intersyndicate agreement.
 
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
 
   
    We have granted an option to the U.S. underwriters, exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 12,750,000
additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The
U.S. underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if
any, made on the sale of our common stock offered hereby. To the extent that the
U.S. underwriters exercise this
    
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
option, each U.S. underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions,
to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to
such U.S. underwriter's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table.
 
   
    We also have granted an option to the international managers, exercisable
for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
2,250,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if
any, on terms similar to those granted to the U.S. underwriters.
    
 
RESERVED SHARES
 
   
    At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial
public offering price, up to 1% of the shares offered hereby to be sold to some
of our directors and officers. The number of shares of our common stock
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that
those persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not
orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of the offering will
be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the
other shares offered by this prospectus.
    
 
NO SALES OF SIMILIAR SECURITIES
 
   
    We and our executive officers and directors and PepsiCo have agreed, with
certain exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
    
 
   
    - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
      purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right
      or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any
      shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable
      or exercisable for or repayable with our common stock, whether now owned
      or later acquired by the person executing the agreement or with respect to
      which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of
      disposition, or file a registration statement under the Securities Act
      relating to any shares of our common stock; or
    
 
    - enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in
      part, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock whether
      any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common
      stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written
      consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of the underwriters for a period of 180
      days after the date of this prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future
      Sale."
 
NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING
 
   
    Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations
between us and the U.S. representatives and the lead managers. The factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, in addition to
prevailing market conditions, are the valuation multiples of publicly traded
companies that the U.S. representatives and the lead managers believe to be
comparable to us, certain of our financial information, the history of, and the
prospects for, PBG and the industry in which we compete, and an assessment of
our management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and timing
of, future revenues of our company, the present state of our development, and
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of
other companies engaged in activities similar to ours. There can be no assurance
that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that our
common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offerings at or
above the initial public offering price.
    
 
    We expect our common stock to be approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "PBG." In order to
meet the requirements for listing of our common stock on that exchange, the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers have undertaken to sell lots of 100
or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
    The underwriters do not expect sales of our common stock to any accounts
over which they exercise discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the number of
shares being offered under this prospectus.
 
PRICE STABILIZATION AND SHORT POSITIONS
 
    Until the distribution of our common stock is completed, rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase our common stock. As an exception to these
rules, Merrill Lynch is permitted to engage in certain transactions that
stabilize the price of our common stock. Such transactions consist of bids or
purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our
common stock.
 
    If the underwriters create a short position in our common stock in
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares of our common stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Merrill Lynch may
reduce that short position by purchasing our common stock in the open market.
Merrill Lynch may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or
part of the over-allotment option described above.
 
PENALTY BIDS
 
    Merrill Lynch may also impose a penalty bid on certain underwriters and
selling group members. This means that if Merrill Lynch purchases shares of our
common stock in the open market to reduce the underwriters' short position or to
stabilize the price of our common stock, they may reclaim the amount of the
selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold
those shares as part of the offering.
 
    In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of our common stock to the extent that it
discourages resales of our common stock.
 
    Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither
we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
representatives or the lead managers will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
OTHER RELATIONSHIPS
 
    Some of the underwriters or their affiliates have provided investment
banking, financial advisory and banking services to our company, PepsiCo and our
respective affiliates, for which they have received customary compensation. The
underwriters may continue to render these services in the future.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Legal matters with respect to the validity of the issuance of the shares of
our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Pamela C. McGuire,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PBG, and Davis Polk &
Wardwell, New York, New York. Legal matters relating to our common stock offered
hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher
& Flom LLP, New York, New York. Each of Davis Polk & Wardwell and Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to
represent, PepsiCo and its affiliates in certain legal matters, and is one of
several firms that have provided advice on taxation matters in connection with
the formation of PBG.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    Our combined financial statements and schedules as of December 26, 1998 and
December 27, 1997, and for each of the three years in the period ended December
26, 1998 included in this prospectus have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent
auditors, as stated in their reports appearing in this prospectus and elsewhere
in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of
such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, with respect to the common stock offered under this
prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement and the attached exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete and each
such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of
such contract or document. For further information about us and our common
stock, refer to the registration statement and the attached exhibits and
schedules, which may be inspected and copied at the principal office of the
Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World
Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and copies of all or any
part of those documents may be obtained at prescribed rates from the
Commission's Public Reference Section at such addresses. The public may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the
Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the Commission maintains a world Wide Web
Site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the Commission. Upon approval of our common stock for
listing on the New York Stock Exchange, such reports, proxy and information
statements and other information can be inspected also at the offices of the New
York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
    
 
    Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with the
informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and,
accordingly, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Commission. Those reports, proxy statements and other information will
be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public
reference facilities and Web site of the Commission referred to above.
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Report of Independent Auditors....................................................................            F-2
 
Combined Statements of Operations--
  Fiscal years ended December 28, 1996, December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998...................            F-3
 
Combined Statements of Cash Flows--
  Fiscal years ended December 28, 1996, December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998...................            F-4
 
Combined Balance Sheets--
  December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998.........................................................            F-5
 
Combined Statements of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss--
  Fiscal years ended December 28, 1996, December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998...................            F-6
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements............................................................            F-7
 
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--UNAUDITED......................................            P-1
 
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations--
  Fiscal year ended December 26, 1998.............................................................            P-2
 
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet--
  December 26, 1998...............................................................................            P-3
 
Notes to unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements..............................            P-4
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
    
 
Board of Directors and Stockholder
The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc. as of December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998 and the
related combined statements of operations, cash flows and accumulated other
comprehensive loss for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended
December 26, 1998. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of
management of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Pepsi Bottling
Group, Inc. as of December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year
period ended December 26, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
   
New York, New York
March 8, 1999
    
 
   
                                             /s/ KPMG LLP
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                       IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
                     FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996,
                    DECEMBER 27, 1997 AND DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1996       1997       1998
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
NET SALES............................................................................  $   6,603  $   6,592  $   7,041
Cost of sales........................................................................      3,844      3,832      4,181
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
GROSS PROFIT.........................................................................      2,759      2,760      2,860
Selling, delivery and administrative expenses........................................      2,392      2,425      2,583
Unusual impairment and other charges.................................................         --         --        222
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
OPERATING INCOME.....................................................................        367        335         55
Interest expense, net................................................................        225        222        221
Foreign currency loss (gain).........................................................          4         (2)        26
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes....................................................        138        115       (192)
Income tax expense (benefit).........................................................         89         56        (46)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS)....................................................................  $      49  $      59  $    (146)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS PER SHARE.............................                        $   (0.94)
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA WEIGHTED AVERAGE BASIC AND DILUTED SHARES OUTSTANDING............                              155
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                  IN MILLIONS
 
                     FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996,
                    DECEMBER 27, 1997 AND DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1996       1997       1998
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS--OPERATIONS
Net income (loss).................................................................  $      49  $      59  $   (146)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operations:
  Depreciation....................................................................        296        316        351
  Amortization....................................................................        129        123        121
  Non-cash impairment charge......................................................         --         --        194
  Non-cash portion of tax settlement..............................................         --         --       (46)
  Deferred income taxes...........................................................          8         17         47
  Other non-cash charges and credits, net.........................................          1         12         88
  Changes in operating working capital, excluding effects of acquisitions and
    dispositions:
      Trade accounts receivable...................................................       (87)         26         46
      Inventories.................................................................         21         --       (25)
      Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and other current assets............         35       (54)          8
      Accounts payable and other current liabilities..............................        (5)         56         39
      Trade accounts payable to PepsiCo...........................................        (9)          7         --
      Income taxes payable........................................................         13       (14)       (52)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net change in operating working capital.......................................       (32)         21         16
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS...................................................        451        548        625
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS--INVESTMENTS
Capital expenditures..............................................................      (418)      (472)      (507)
Acquisitions of bottlers and investments in affiliates............................       (26)       (49)      (546)
Sales of bottling operations and property, plant and equipment....................         55         23         31
Other, net........................................................................         13       (66)       (24)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
NET CASH USED FOR INVESTMENTS.....................................................      (376)      (564)    (1,046)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS--FINANCING
Short-term borrowings--three months or less.......................................         54       (90)         52
Proceeds from third party debt....................................................          4          3         50
Payments of third party debt......................................................        (7)       (11)       (72)
Increase (decrease) in advances from PepsiCo......................................      (117)        161        340
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING.........................................       (66)         63        370
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS......................         --        (1)          1
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..............................          9         46       (50)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--BEGINNING OF YEAR......................................         31         40         86
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--END OF YEAR............................................  $      40  $      86  $      36
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    PepsiCo capital stock issued in conjunction with acquisitions of bottlers.....  $      --  $      14  $      --
    Liabilities incurred and/or assumed in conjunction with acquisitions of
      bottlers....................................................................          2          3        161
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                  IN MILLIONS
 
                    DECEMBER 27, 1997 AND DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            1998
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                                    1997       1998      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                        (SEE NOTE 19)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $      86  $      36    $      36
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance of $45 and $46, in 1997 and 1998,
  respectively..................................................................        808        808          808
Inventories.....................................................................        257        296          296
Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and other current assets................        185        178          178
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..........................................................      1,336      1,318        1,318
 
Property, plant and equipment, net..............................................      1,918      2,055        2,055
Intangible assets, net..........................................................      3,679      3,806        3,806
Other assets....................................................................        255        143          183
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
  TOTAL ASSETS..................................................................  $   7,188  $   7,322    $   7,362
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
LIABILITIES AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and other current liabilities..................................  $     811  $     881    $     881
Trade accounts payable to PepsiCo...............................................         23         23           23
Income taxes payable............................................................        273          9            9
Short-term borrowings...........................................................         40        112        2,500
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.....................................................      1,147      1,025        3,413
 
Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt............................................      3,300      3,300           --
Long-term debt due to third parties.............................................         96         61        3,300
Other liabilities...............................................................        350        367          367
Deferred income taxes...........................................................      1,076      1,202        1,202
Advances from PepsiCo...........................................................      1,403      1,605         (682)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES.............................................................      7,372      7,560        7,600
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss............................................       (184)      (238)        (238)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS....................  $   7,188  $   7,322    $   7,362
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------       ------
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                             COMBINED STATEMENTS OF
                      ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
                                  IN MILLIONS
            FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996, DECEMBER 27, 1997
 
                             AND DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                                                                                          OTHER
                                                                                     COMPREHENSIVE    COMPREHENSIVE
                                                                                     INCOME/(LOSS)        LOSS
                                                                                    ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 30, 1995......................................................                      $     (66)
  Comprehensive income:
    Net income....................................................................     $      49
    Currency translation adjustment...............................................           (36)             (36)
                                                                                           -----            -----
  Total comprehensive income......................................................     $      13
                                                                                           -----
                                                                                           -----
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 28, 1996......................................................                           (102)
  Comprehensive loss:
    Net income....................................................................     $      59
    Currency translation adjustment...............................................           (82)             (82)
                                                                                           -----            -----
  Total comprehensive loss........................................................     $     (23)
                                                                                           -----
                                                                                           -----
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 27, 1997......................................................                           (184)
  Comprehensive loss:
    Net loss......................................................................     $    (146)
    Currency translation adjustment...............................................           (35)             (35)
    Minimum pension liability adjustment..........................................           (19)             (19)
                                                                                           -----            -----
  Total comprehensive loss........................................................     $    (200)
                                                                                           -----
                                                                                           -----
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 26, 1998......................................................                      $    (238)
                                                                                                            -----
                                                                                                            -----
</TABLE>
    
 
            See accompanying notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. was incorporated in January 1999 and consists
of bottling operations located in the United States, Canada, Spain, Greece and
Russia. Prior to its formation, PBG was an operating unit of PepsiCo, Inc. These
bottling operations manufacture, sell and distribute Pepsi-Cola beverages
including PEPSI-COLA, DIET PEPSI, MOUNTAIN DEW and other brands of carbonated
soft drinks and other ready-to-drink beverages. Approximately 88% of PBG's 1998
net sales were derived from the sale of Pepsi-Cola beverages.
 
   
    Following the offering, if the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option, PepsiCo will own 35.4% of PBG's outstanding common stock
and 100% of PBG's outstanding Class B common stock, together representing 43.5%
of the voting power of all classes of PBG's voting stock. PepsiCo will also own
7.1% of the equity of Bottling LLC, PBG's principal operating subsidiary, giving
PepsiCo economic ownership of 40.0% of PBG's combined operations. PBG
anticipates that PepsiCo's voting power of all classes of PBG's voting stock
will be 40.1% and its economic ownership of our combined operations will be
37.1% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.
    
 
   
    PBG's certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of capital
stock, common stock and Class B common stock, which are substantially identical,
except for voting rights. There are 300 million and 100,000 shares of common
stock and Class B common stock, respectively, authorized for issuance. Holders
of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B common
stock are entitled to 250 votes per share. Each share of Class B common stock
held by PepsiCo is, at PepsiCo's option, convertible into one share of common
stock. Holders of common stock and holders of Class B common stock shall share
equally on a per share basis in any dividend distributions declared by PBG's
board of directors. Additionally, there are 20 million shares of preferred stock
authorized for issuance, although PBG has no current plan to issue any preferred
stock.
    
 
    PBG and PepsiCo will enter into agreements providing for the separation of
the companies and governing various relationships between PBG and PepsiCo,
including a separation agreement, tax separation agreement, employee programs
agreement, registration rights agreement and shared services agreement. In
connection with the offering, PBG expects to enter into a master bottling
agreement, non-cola bottling agreements, master syrup agreement and country
specific bottling agreements which will govern the preparation, bottling and
distribution of beverages in PBG's territories. The Pepsi beverage agreements
permit PBG to use the concentrates purchased from PepsiCo to bottle and
distribute a variety of beverages under certain authorized brand names, and to
utilize, under certain conditions, trademarks of PepsiCo to promote such
products.
 
    The accompanying Combined Financial Statements are presented on a carve-out
basis and include the historical results of operations and assets and
liabilities directly related to PBG and have been prepared from PepsiCo's
historical accounting records.
 
   
    PBG was allocated $42 million of overhead costs related to PepsiCo's
corporate administrative functions in 1996 and 1997 and $40 million in 1998. The
allocation was based on a specific identification of PepsiCo's administrative
costs attributable to PBG and, to the extent that such identification was not
practicable, on the basis of PBG's sales as a percentage of PepsiCo's sales. The
allocated costs are included in selling, delivery and administrative expenses in
the Combined Statements of Operations. Management believes that such allocation
methodology is reasonable. Subsequent to the offering, PBG will be required to
manage these functions and will be responsible for the expenses associated with
the operations of a public company. In addition, PBG expects to change from a
non-compensatory, broad-based stock option program to an alternative program.
While this alternative
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
program has not been finalized or approved by the board of directors, management
anticipates that the new plan could cost up to an additional $12 million per
year.
    
 
   
    PBG's operations have been financed through its operating cash flows and
advances from PepsiCo. PBG's interest expense includes an allocation of
PepsiCo's interest expense based on PepsiCo's weighted average interest rate
applied to a debt level of $3.3 billion. The $3.3 billion of debt has been
determined by management to be an appropriate allocation in the historical
financial statements related to PBG's operations because it is the amount of
long-term debt that is expected to be outstanding as of the date the offering is
completed. PBG was allocated interest expense of $205 million in 1996 and 1997
and $210 million in 1998. This allocation reflects PepsiCo's weighted average
interest rate of 6.2% in 1996 and 1997 and 6.4% in 1998.
    
 
    Income tax was calculated as if PBG had filed separate income tax returns.
PBG's future effective tax rate will depend largely on its structure and tax
strategies as a separate, independent company.
 
    Allocations of corporate overhead and interest costs have been deemed to
have been paid by PBG to PepsiCo, in cash, in the period in which the cost was
incurred. Amounts paid to third parties for interest were $18 million, $21
million and $20 million in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Amounts paid to
third parties for income taxes were not significant in the years presented.
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    The preparation of the Combined Financial Statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    BASIS OF COMBINATION  The accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries of PBG
are included in the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. Intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination.
 
    FISCAL YEAR  PBG's fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December and, as
a result, a fifty-third week is added every five or six years. Fiscal years
1996, 1997 and 1998 consisted of 52 weeks.
 
   
    REVENUE RECOGNITION  PBG recognizes revenue when goods are delivered to
customers. Sales terms do not allow a right of return unless product freshness
dating has expired. At fiscal year-end 1996, 1997 and 1998, reserves for
returned product were $2 million.
    
 
   
    ADVERTISING AND MARKETING COSTS  PBG is involved in a variety of programs to
promote its products. Advertising and marketing costs included in selling,
delivery and administrative expenses are expensed in the year incurred.
Advertising and marketing costs were $213 million, $210 million and $233 million
in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
    BOTTLER INCENTIVES  PepsiCo and other brand owners, at their sole
discretion, provide PBG with various forms of marketing support. This marketing
support is intended to cover a variety of programs and initiatives, including
direct marketplace support, capital equipment funding and shared media and
advertising support. Based on the objective of the programs and initiatives,
marketing support is recorded as an adjustment to net sales or a reduction of
selling, delivery and administrative expenses. Direct marketplace support is
primarily funding by PepsiCo and other brand owners of sales discounts
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
and similar programs and is recorded as an adjustment to net sales. Capital
equipment funding is designed to support the purchase and placement of marketing
equipment and is recorded within selling, delivery and administrative expenses.
Shared media and advertising support is recorded as a reduction to advertising
and marketing expense within selling, delivery and administrative expenses.
There are no conditions or other requirements which could result in a repayment
of marketing support received.
    
 
   
    The total amount of bottler incentives received from PepsiCo and other brand
owners in the form of marketing support amounted to $421 million, $463 million,
and $536 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Of these amounts, $238
million, $235 million, and $247 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998 were recorded in
net sales, and the remainder was recorded in selling, delivery and
administrative expenses. The amount of bottler incentives received from PepsiCo
was more than 90% of total bottler incentives in each of the three years, with
the balance received from the other brand owners.
    
 
    STOCK-BASED EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION  PBG measures stock-based compensation
cost in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees," and its related interpretations. Accordingly,
compensation cost for PepsiCo stock option grants to PBG employees is measured
as the excess of the quoted market price of PepsiCo's capital stock at the grant
date over the amount the employee must pay for the stock. PepsiCo's policy is to
grant stock options at fair value at the date of grant.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS  Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested with
original maturities not exceeding three months.
 
    INVENTORIES  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost computed on the
first-in, first-out method or net realizable value.
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  Property, plant and equipment is stated at
cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the assets as follows: 20 to 33 years for buildings and
improvements and 3 to 10 years for equipment.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS  Intangible assets, which are principally franchise rights
and goodwill, arose from the allocations of purchase prices of businesses
acquired. Franchise rights and goodwill are evaluated at the date of acquisition
and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which
is in most cases between 20 to 40 years.
 
    RECOVERABILITY OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS  PBG reviews all long-lived assets,
including intangible assets, when facts and circumstances indicate that the
carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.
 
    An impaired asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the
best information available. Estimated fair value is generally based on either
appraised value or measured by discounting estimated future cash flows.
Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate discounted future cash
flows. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates.
 
    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT  PBG uses futures contracts and
options on futures to hedge against the risk of adverse movements in the price
of certain commodities used in the manufacture of its products. In order to
qualify for deferral hedge accounting of unrealized gains and losses, such
instruments must be designated and effective as a hedge of an anticipatory
transaction. Changes in the value of instruments that PBG uses to hedge
commodity prices are highly correlated to the changes in the value of the
purchased commodity. Management reviews the correlation and effectiveness of
these financial instruments on a periodic basis. Financial instruments that do
not meet
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
the criteria for hedge accounting treatment are marked-to-market with the
resulting unrealized gain or loss recorded as other income and expense.
 
    Realized gains and losses that result from the early termination of
financial instruments used for hedging purposes are deferred and are included in
cost of sales when the anticipated transaction actually occurs.
 
    Premiums paid for the purchase of options on futures are recorded as a
prepaid expense in the Combined Balance Sheets and are amortized as an
adjustment to cost of sales over the duration of the option contract.
 
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE GAINS AND LOSSES  The balance sheets of PBG's foreign
subsidiaries that do not operate in highly inflationary economies are translated
at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date while the statements
of operations are translated at the average rates of exchange during the year.
The resulting translation adjustments of PBG's foreign subsidiaries are recorded
directly to accumulated other comprehensive loss. Foreign exchange gains and
losses reflect transaction and translation gains and losses arising from the
re-measurement into U.S. dollars of the net monetary assets of businesses in
highly inflationary countries. Russia is considered a highly inflationary
economy for accounting purposes and all foreign exchange gains and losses are
included in the Combined Statements of Operations.
 
   
    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income," which establishes standards for the reporting and display
of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholder's equity that are
excluded from net income. The only components of comprehensive income or loss
are net income, foreign currency translation and a minimum pension liability
adjustment. These financial statements reflect the adoption of SFAS 130.
    
 
   
    In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,"
which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments
and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. SFAS 131 requires that the definition of operating segments align
with the measurements used internally to assess performance. These financial
statements reflect the adoption of SFAS 131.
    
 
   
    In February 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits."
SFAS 132 standardized the disclosures of pensions and other postretirement
benefits into a combined disclosure but did not affect results of operations or
financial position. These financial statements reflect the adoption of SFAS 132.
    
 
   
    In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This
statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts which are collectively referred to as derivatives, and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those
instruments at fair value. PBG is currently assessing the effects of adopting
SFAS 133, and has not yet made a determination of the impact on its financial
position or results of operations. SFAS 133 will be effective for PBG's first
quarter of fiscal year 2000.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
    EARNINGS PER SHARE  PBG's historical capital structure is not indicative of
its prospective capital structure and, accordingly, historical earnings per
share information has not been presented in the Combined Financial Statements.
Unaudited pro forma earnings per share has been presented on the basis of the
number of shares of common stock and Class B common stock of PBG deemed to be
outstanding as of the date of the offering.
    
 
NOTE 3--UNUSUAL IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER CHARGES AFFECTING COMPARABILITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      1998
                                                                                                    ---------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
RUSSIA
  Asset impairment charges
    Buildings.....................................................................................  $      35
    Production equipment..........................................................................         63
    Marketing, distribution and other assets......................................................         59
    Intangible assets.............................................................................         37
                                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                                          194
  Restructuring costs
    Manufacturing contract renegotiations.........................................................          5
    Employee severance............................................................................          6
    Facility closure..............................................................................          7
                                                                                                    ---------
  Total Russia charges............................................................................        212
 
U.S. AND CANADA
  Employee related costs..........................................................................         10
                                                                                                    ---------
TOTAL UNUSUAL ITEMS...............................................................................  $     222
                                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                                    ---------
  After tax.......................................................................................  $     218
                                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The 1998 unusual impairment and other charges of $222 million are comprised
of the following:
 
   
    - A fourth quarter charge of $212 million for asset impairment of $194
      million and other charges of $18 million related to the restructuring of
      PBG's Russian bottling operations. The economic turmoil in Russia which
      accompanied the devaluation of the ruble in August 1998 had an adverse
      impact on these operations. Consequently in the fourth quarter PBG
      experienced a significant drop in demand, resulting in lower net sales and
      increased operating losses. Additionally, since net sales in Russia are
      denominated in rubles, whereas a substantial portion of costs and expenses
      are denominated in U.S. dollars, operating margins were further eroded. In
      response to these conditions, PBG has reduced its cost structure primarily
      through closing four of its 26 distribution facilities, renegotiating
      manufacturing contracts and reducing the number of employees, primarily in
      sales and operations, from approximately 4,500 to 2,000. PBG has also
      evaluated the resulting impairment of long-lived assets, triggered by the
      reduction in utilization of assets caused by the lower demand, the adverse
      change in the business climate and the expected continuation of operating
      losses and cash deficits in that market. The impairment charge reduced the
      net book value of the assets from $245 million to $51 million, their
      estimated fair market value based primarily on values recently paid for
      similar assets in that marketplace.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
      Although PBG does not believe that additional charges will be required in
      Russia based on current conditions, additional charges could be required
      if there were significant further deterioration in economic conditions.
    
 
   
      At year end 1998, $14 million remained in other accrued liabilities
      relating to these actions, of which $7 million relates to lease
      termination costs on facilities, $4 million for manufacturing contract
      renegotiation and the balance for employee severance. PBG anticipates that
      most of these accrued liabilities will be paid by the end of the first
      quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    - A fourth quarter charge of $10 million for employee related costs, mainly
      relocation and severance, resulted from the separation of Pepsi-Cola North
      America's concentrate and bottling organizations. This charge comprises $8
      million for relocation and $2 million for the severance of approximately
      60 sales, general management and other employees of which approximately 50
      ceased employment prior to year end. At year end 1998, $9 million remained
      in other accrued liabilities relating to these actions. PBG anticipates
      that substantially all of these accrued liabilities will be paid by the
      end of the first quarter 1999.
    
 
    INCOME TAX BENEFIT  PBG recognized an income tax benefit of $46 million in
the fourth quarter of 1998 upon the settlement of a disputed claim with the
Internal Revenue Service relating to the deductibility of the amortization of
acquired franchise rights. The settlement also resulted in the reduction of
goodwill and income taxes payable by $194 million.
 
NOTE 4--INVENTORIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Raw materials and supplies...............................................  $     104  $     120
Finished goods...........................................................        153        176
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $     257  $     296
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5--PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Land.....................................................................  $     141  $     151
Buildings and improvements...............................................        699        813
Production and distribution equipment....................................      1,815      1,989
Marketing equipment......................................................      1,164      1,368
Other....................................................................        102         95
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                               3,921      4,416
Accumulated depreciation.................................................     (2,003)    (2,361)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $   1,918  $   2,055
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
NOTE 6--INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Franchise rights and other identifiable intangibles......................  $   3,175  $   3,460
Goodwill.................................................................      1,580      1,539
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                               4,755      4,999
Accumulated amortization.................................................     (1,076)    (1,193)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $   3,679  $   3,806
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Identifiable intangible assets principally arise from the allocation of the
purchase price of businesses acquired and consist primarily of territorial
franchise rights. Amounts assigned to such identifiable intangibles were based
on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents
the residual purchase price after allocation to all identifiable net assets.
 
NOTE 7--ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Accounts payable.........................................................  $     313  $     328
Accrued compensation and benefits........................................        151        174
Trade incentives.........................................................        148        163
Other current liabilities................................................        199        216
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $     811  $     881
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8--SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1997       1998
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Short-term borrowings
  Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................  $      29  $      48
  Borrowings under lines of credit.........................................         11         64
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $      40  $     112
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Long-term debt due to third parties
  5.1% notes due 2003......................................................  $      --  $      39
  17.5% notes due 1999.....................................................         35         35
  6.2% notes due 2000......................................................         33         --
  Other loans due 1999-2012 with interest rates of 6%-12%..................         27         28
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                    95        102
  Capital lease obligations................................................         30          7
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                   125        109
  Less current maturities of long-term debt................................         29         48
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $      96  $      61
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt.......................................  $   3,300  $   3,300
</TABLE>
 
    Maturities of long-term debt as of December 26, 1998 are: 1999--$46 million,
2000-$1 million, 2001--$3 million, 2002--$4 million, 2003--$41 million and
thereafter, $7 million.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
    The $3.3 billion allocation of PepsiCo long-term debt has been determined by
management to be an appropriate allocation in the financial statements related
to PBG's operations. PBG's interest expense includes an allocation of PepsiCo's
weighted average interest rate of 6.2% in 1996 and 1997 and 6.4% in 1998. The
related allocated interest expense was $205 million in 1996 and 1997 and $210
million in 1998. See note 19 for refinancing subsequent to December 26, 1998.
    
 
    PBG has available short-term bank credit lines of approximately $81 million
and $95 million at December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998, respectively. These
lines are denominated in various foreign currencies to support general operating
needs in their respective countries. The weighted average interest rate of these
lines of credit outstanding at December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998 was 8.6%
and 8.7%, respectively.
 
NOTE 9--LEASES
 
    PBG has noncancelable commitments under both capital and long-term operating
leases. Capital and operating lease commitments expire at various dates through
2021. Most leases require payment of related executory costs, which include
property taxes, maintenance and insurance.
 
    Future minimum commitments under noncancelable leases are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 COMMITMENTS
                                                                           ------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>
                                                                             CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                           -----------  -----------
1999.....................................................................   $       2    $      46
2000.....................................................................           2           41
2001.....................................................................           1           37
2002.....................................................................           1           33
2003.....................................................................           1           23
Later years..............................................................           4          107
                                                                                  ---        -----
                                                                            $      11    $     287
                                                                                  ---        -----
                                                                                  ---        -----
</TABLE>
 
    At December 26, 1998, the present value of minimum payments under capital
leases was $7 million after deducting $4 million representing imputed interest.
 
    Rental expense was $42 million, $35 million and $45 million for 1996, 1997
and 1998, respectively.
 
NOTE 10--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    COMMODITY PRICES  PBG uses futures contracts and options on futures in the
normal course of business to hedge anticipated purchases of certain raw
materials used in PBG's manufacturing operations.
 
    Deferred gains and losses at year end 1997 and 1998, as well as gains and
losses recognized as part of cost of sales in 1996, 1997 and 1998 were not
significant. There were no outstanding commodity contracts at December 27, 1997.
At December 26, 1998, commodity contracts involving notional amounts of $71
million were outstanding. These notional amounts do not represent amounts
exchanged by the parties and thus are not a measure of PBG's exposure; rather,
they are used as the basis to calculate the amounts due under the agreements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
    INTEREST RATE RISK  Prior to the offering, PBG had minimal external interest
rate risk to manage. Subsequent to this offering, however, PBG intends to manage
any significant interest rate exposure by using financial derivative instruments
as part of a program to manage the overall cost of borrowing.
 
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK  As currency exchange rates change, translation of the
statements of operations of our international business into U.S. dollars affects
year-over-year comparability. PBG has not historically hedged translation risks
because cash flows from international operations have generally been reinvested
locally, nor historically have we entered into hedges to minimize the volatility
of reported earnings.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  The carrying amount of PBG's financial
instruments approximates fair value due to the short maturity of PBG's financial
instruments and since interest rates approximate fair value for long-term debt.
PBG does not use any financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
NOTE 11--PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
 
PENSION BENEFITS
 
    U.S. employees of PBG participate in PepsiCo sponsored noncontributory
defined benefit pension plans which cover substantially all full-time salaried
employees, as well as certain hourly employees. Benefits generally are based on
years of service and compensation or stated amounts for each year of service.
All plans are funded and contributions are made in amounts not less than minimum
statutory funding requirements nor more than the maximum amount that can be
deducted for U.S. income tax purposes. Net pension expense for the defined
benefit pension plans for PBG's foreign operations was not significant.
 
   
    It is intended that PBG will assume the existing defined benefit pension
plan obligations for its employees as of the offering date and trust assets from
the funded plans will be transferred based upon actuarial determinations in
accordance with regulatory requirements.
    
 
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
   
    PepsiCo has historically provided postretirement health care benefits to
eligible retired employees and their dependents, principally in the United
States. Retirees who have 10 years of service and attain age 55 are eligible to
participate in the postretirement benefit plans. The plans are not funded and
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
since 1993 have included retiree cost sharing. It is intended that PBG will
assume the related obligations from PepsiCo for PBG employees.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PENSION
                                                                                           -------------------------------
Components of net periodic benefit cost:                                                     1996       1997       1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost.............................................................................  $      17  $      22  $      24
Interest cost............................................................................         28         35         37
Expected return on plan assets...........................................................        (34)       (41)       (45)
Amortization of transition asset.........................................................         (3)        (4)        (2)
Amortization of prior service amendments.................................................          3          4          4
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
Net periodic benefit cost................................................................         11         16         18
Settlement loss..........................................................................         --         --          1
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
Net periodic benefit cost including settlements..........................................  $      11  $      16  $      19
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   POSTRETIREMENT
                                                                                           -------------------------------
Components of net periodic benefit cost:                                                     1996       1997       1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost.............................................................................  $       4  $       3  $       4
Interest cost............................................................................         15         15         12
Amortization of prior service amendments.................................................         (5)        (5)        (5)
Amortization of net loss.................................................................          2         --         --
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
Net periodic benefit cost................................................................  $      16  $      13  $      11
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average
remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PENSION            POSTRETIREMENT
                                                                            --------------------  --------------------
Change in the benefit obligation:                                             1997       1998       1997       1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Obligation at beginning of year...........................................  $     485  $     545  $     180  $     164
Service cost..............................................................         22         24          3          4
Interest cost.............................................................         35         37         15         12
Plan amendments...........................................................          5          5         --         --
Actuarial (gain)/loss.....................................................         24         78        (23)        19
Benefit payments..........................................................        (26)       (36)       (11)       (12)
Settlement gain...........................................................         --         (5)        --         --
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Obligation at end of year.................................................  $     545  $     648  $     164  $     187
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PENSION            POSTRETIREMENT
                                                                            --------------------  --------------------
Change in the fair value of assets:                                           1997       1998       1997       1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Fair value at beginning of year...........................................  $     480  $     602  $      --  $      --
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Actual return on plan assets..............................................        134        (26)        --         --
Employer contributions....................................................         14          5         11         12
Benefit payments..........................................................        (26)       (36)       (11)       (12)
Settlement gain...........................................................         --         (4)        --         --
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Fair value at end of year.................................................  $     602  $     541  $      --  $      --
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Selected information for the plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
 
                                                                 PENSION            POSTRETIREMENT
                                                           --------------------  --------------------
                                                             1997       1998       1997       1998
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation.............................  $     (23) $    (648) $    (164) $    (187)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation...........................         (7)      (575)      (164)      (187)
Fair value of plan assets................................         --        541        N/A        N/A
 
Funded status as recognized on the Combined Balance Sheets:
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                 PENSION            POSTRETIREMENT
                                                           --------------------  --------------------
                                                             1997       1998       1997       1998
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Funded status at end of year.............................  $      57  $    (107) $    (164) $    (187)
Unrecognized prior service cost..........................         34         34        (27)       (22)
Unrecognized (gain)/loss.................................        (65)        82          1         20
Unrecognized transition asset............................         (3)        (1)        --         --
                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net amounts recognized...................................  $      23  $       8  $    (190) $    (189)
                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 ---  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Weighted-average assumptions at end of year:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PENSION
                                                                            -------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                              1996       1997       1998
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Discount rate for benefit obligation......................................        7.7%       7.2%       6.8%
Expected return on plan assets............................................       10.0       10.0       10.0
Rate of compensation increase.............................................        4.8        4.8        4.8
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The discount rate assumptions used to compute the postretirement benefit
obligation at year-end were 7.4% in 1997 and 6.9% in 1998.
    
 
COMPONENTS OF PENSION ASSETS
 
    The pension plan assets are principally stocks and bonds.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
HEALTH CARE COST TREND RATES
 
    An average increase of 6.7% in the cost of covered postretirement medical
benefits is assumed for 1999 for employees who retired before cost sharing was
introduced. This average increase is then projected to decline gradually to 5.5%
in 2005 and thereafter.
 
    An average increase of 6.5% in the cost of covered postretirement medical
benefits is assumed for 1999 for employees who retired after cost sharing was
introduced. This average increase is then projected to decline gradually to zero
in 2000 and thereafter.
 
    Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the
amounts reported for postretirement medical plans. A one percentage point change
in assumed health care costs would have the following effects:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    1%             1%
                                                                                                 INCREASE       DECREASE
                                                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>            <C>
Effect on total of 1998 service and interest cost components.................................    $       1      $      (1)
Effect on the 1998 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............................            8             (7)
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 12--EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
   
    At the offering date PBG expects to offer its full-time employees below the
middle-management level a one-time founder's grant of options to purchase 100
shares of PBG stock. These options will have an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price. Approximately 3.6 million shares of common stock
have been reserved and will be issuable upon exercise of these options.
    
 
   
    In addition, PBG has adopted a long-term incentive plan for middle and
senior management employees. Middle and senior management employees will receive
an option grant that will vary according to salary and level within PBG. These
options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.
Approximately 8 million shares of common stock have been reserved and will be
issuable upon exercise of these options.
    
 
    When employed by PepsiCo, PBG employees were granted stock options under
PepsiCo's three long-term incentive plans: the SharePower Stock Option Plan; the
Long-Term Incentive Plan; and the Stock Option Incentive Plan.
 
    - Prior to 1997, SharePower options were granted annually to essentially all
      full-time employees and become exercisable ratably over 5 years from the
      grant date and must be exercised within 10 years from the grant date.
      There were no SharePower options granted in 1997. All SharePower options
      granted in 1998 become exercisable in 3 years from the grant date and must
      be exercised within 10 years from the grant date.
 
   
    - Most LTIP options were granted every other year to senior management
      employees. Most of these options become exercisable after 4 years and must
      be exercised within 10 years from the grant date. In addition, the LTIP
      allows for grants of performance share units. The maximum value of a unit
      is fixed at the value of a share of PepsiCo stock at the grant date and
      vests 4 years from the grant date. Payment of units are made in cash
      and/or stock and the payment amount is determined based on the attainment
      of prescribed performance goals. Amounts expensed for performance share
      units for PBG employees in 1996, 1997 and 1998 were not significant.
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
      In 1998 the LTIP was modified. Under the revised program, executives are
      granted stock options which vest over a three year period and must be
      exercised within 10 years from the grant date. In addition to these option
      grants, executives may receive an additional grant or cash based upon the
      achievement of PepsiCo performance objectives over three years. PBG
      accrues compensation expense for the cash portion of the LTIP grant.
 
   
    - Stock Option Incentive Plan options are granted to middle-management
      employees and, prior to 1997, were granted annually. These options are
      exercisable after one year and must be exercised within 10 years after
      their grant date. In 1998, this plan was combined with the LTIP.
    
 
   
    The amounts presented below represent options granted under PepsiCo employee
stock option plans. The pro forma amounts below are not necessarily
representative of the effects of stock-based awards on future net income because
the plans eventually adopted by PBG may differ from PepsiCo stock option plans
and accordingly (1) future grants of employee stock options to PBG management
may not be comparable to awards made to employees while PBG was a part of
PepsiCo, and (2) the assumptions used to compute the fair value of any stock
option awards will be specific to PBG and, therefore, may not be comparable to
the PepsiCo assumptions used.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996                            1997                            1998
                                      ------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE                WEIGHTED AVERAGE                WEIGHTED AVERAGE
(OPTIONS IN MILLIONS)                   OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE
                                      -----------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year....        24.1       $   16.76            26.4       $   19.87            24.5       $   19.13
  Granted...........................         5.2           32.43             0.2           33.97             7.4           36.50
  Exercised.........................        (2.1)          14.97            (3.2)          14.97            (4.4)          15.35
  Forfeited.........................        (0.8)          20.76            (0.6)          23.24            (0.6)          28.68
  PepsiCo modification (a)..........          --              --             1.7              --              --              --
                                             ---          ------             ---          ------             ---          ------
Outstanding at end of year..........        26.4       $   19.87            24.5       $   19.13            26.9       $   24.33
                                             ---          ------             ---          ------             ---          ------
                                             ---          ------             ---          ------             ---          ------
Exercisable at end of year..........        13.3       $   15.04            14.7       $   15.90            14.2       $   17.26
                                             ---          ------             ---          ------             ---          ------
                                             ---          ------             ---          ------             ---          ------
Weighted average fair value of
  options granted during the year...                   $    9.32                       $    9.64                       $    9.74
                                                          ------                          ------                          ------
                                                          ------                          ------                          ------
</TABLE>
 
(a) In 1997, PepsiCo spun off its restaurant businesses to its shareholders. In
    connection with this spin-off, the number of options for PepsiCo capital
    stock were increased and their exercise prices were decreased to preserve
    the economic value of those options that existed just prior to the spin-off
    for the holders of PepsiCo stock options.
 
    Stock options outstanding at December 26, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------       OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE                          ------------------------------
             RANGE OF                              REMAINING CONTRACTUAL    WEIGHTED AVERAGE                WEIGHTED AVERAGE
          EXERCISE PRICE              OPTIONS              LIFE              EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE
- ----------------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>                        <C>                <C>          <C>
         $ 8.17 to $16.37                  8.3                3.40              $   13.47             7.7       $   13.42
         $16.87 to $37.72                 18.6                7.48                  29.09             6.5           21.87
                                           ---                                                 -----------
                                          26.9                6.17                  24.33            14.2           17.26
                                           ---                                                 -----------
                                           ---                                                 -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
   
    PBG adopted the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," but continues to
measure stock-based compensation cost in accordance with APB Opinion 25 and its
related interpretations. If PBG had measured compensation cost for the PepsiCo
stock options granted to its employees in 1996, 1997 and 1998 under the fair
value based method prescribed by SFAS 123, net income or loss would have been
changed to the pro forma amounts set forth below:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1996         1997        1998
                                                                        -----        -----     ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Income (Loss)
  Reported.........................................................   $      49    $      59   $    (146)
  Pro forma........................................................          43           44        (164)
</TABLE>
 
    The fair value of PepsiCo stock options granted to PBG employees used to
compute pro forma net income disclosures were estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following weighted
average assumptions used by PepsiCo:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996       1997       1998
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Risk free interest rate........................................       6.0%       5.8%       4.7%
Expected life..................................................    6 years    3 years    5 years
Expected volatility............................................        20%        20%        23%
Expected dividend yield........................................       1.5%      1.32%      1.14%
</TABLE>
 
    See Note 18 for more information related to accelerated vesting of PepsiCo
stock options in connection with this offering.
 
   
NOTE 13--INCOME TAXES
    
 
    The details of the provision for income taxes are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1996       1997       1998
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>          <C>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:     Federal.................................................  $      65  $      31  $     (84)
             Foreign.................................................          6          3          4
             State...................................................         10          5        (13)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                              81         39        (93)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:    Federal.................................................          7         17         45
             Foreign.................................................         --         (2)        (5)
             State...................................................          1          2          7
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               8         17         47
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       $      89  $      56  $     (46)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1996       1997       1998
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes:
  U.S.................................................................  $     213  $     177  $     116
  Foreign.............................................................        (75)       (62)      (308)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        $     138  $     115  $    (192)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
    A reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the U.S. federal tax
statutory rate to PBG's provision for income taxes is set forth below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996       1997       1998
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate...............       35.0%      35.0%     (35.0)%
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit...........................        4.8        4.4         --
Effect of lower taxes on foreign results...............................       (0.2)      (9.5)     (12.2)
U.S. goodwill and other nondeductible expenses.........................       11.8       14.8        7.5
U.S. franchise rights..................................................       10.7         --      (24.0)
Russia impairment and other charges....................................         --         --       38.7
Other, net.............................................................        2.4        4.0        1.0
                                                                               ---        ---  ---------
Total effective income tax rate........................................       64.5%      48.7%     (24.0)%
                                                                               ---        ---  ---------
                                                                               ---        ---  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
The details of the 1997 and 1998 deferred tax liabilities (assets) are set forth
below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment......................  $   1,201  $   1,252
Other....................................................................         35        112
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Gross deferred tax liabilities...........................................      1,236      1,364
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net operating loss carryforwards.........................................        (76)      (123)
Employee benefit obligations.............................................        (85)       (85)
Bad debts................................................................        (20)       (20)
Various liabilities and other............................................       (152)      (164)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Gross deferred tax assets................................................       (333)      (392)
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance...................................         80        135
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets..................................................       (253)      (257)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax liability...............................................  $     983  $   1,107
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Included in:
Prepaid expenses, deferred income taxes and other current assets.........  $     (93) $     (95)
Deferred income taxes....................................................      1,076      1,202
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $     983  $   1,107
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Valuation allowances, which reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that
will more likely than not be realized, have increased by $47 million in 1996,
decreased by $4 million in 1997 and increased by $55 million in 1998.
 
    Net operating loss carryforwards totaling $464 million at December 26, 1998,
are available to reduce future taxes in Spain and Russia. Of these
carryforwards, $8 million expire in 1999 and $456 million expire at various
times between 2000 and 2005. A full valuation allowance has been established for
these net operating loss carryforwards based upon PBG's projection that these
losses will expire before they can be used.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
NOTE 14--GEOGRAPHIC DATA
 
    PBG operates in one industry--carbonated soft drinks and other
ready-to-drink beverages. PBG does business in 41 states and the District of
Columbia in the U.S. Outside the U.S., PBG does business in eight Canadian
provinces, Spain, Greece and Russia.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NET SALES
                                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     1996       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
U.S..............................................................  $   5,476  $   5,584  $   5,886
Other countries..................................................      1,127      1,008      1,155
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $   6,603  $   6,592  $   7,041
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          LONG-LIVED ASSETS
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                     1996       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S..............................................................  $   4,792  $   4,918  $   5,024
Other countries..................................................        982        934        980
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $   5,774  $   5,852  $   6,004
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in other assets on the Combined Balance Sheets are $32 million, $64
million and $1 million of investments in joint ventures at December 28, 1996,
December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998, respectively. PBG's equity loss in such
joint ventures was $1 million, $12 million and $5 million in 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively, which is included in selling, delivery and administrative
expenses.
 
NOTE 15--TRANSACTIONS WITH PEPSICO
 
    PBG purchases concentrate from PepsiCo to be used in the production of
carbonated soft drinks and other ready-to-drink beverages. PBG also produces or
distributes other products and purchases finished goods and concentrate through
various arrangements with PepsiCo or PepsiCo joint ventures. Such purchases are
reflected in cost of sales.
 
    PepsiCo and PBG share a business objective of increasing availability and
consumption of Pepsi-Cola beverages. Accordingly, PepsiCo provides PBG with
various forms of marketing support to promote Pepsi-Cola beverages. This support
covers a variety of initiatives, including marketplace support, marketing
programs, capital equipment investment and shared media expense. PepsiCo and PBG
each record their share of the cost of marketing programs in their financial
statements. Based on the objective of the programs and initiatives, marketing
support is recorded as an adjustment to net sales or a reduction of selling,
delivery and administrative expense.
 
    PBG manufactures and distributes fountain products and provides fountain
equipment service to PepsiCo customers in some territories in accordance with
the Pepsi beverage agreements. PBG pays a royalty fee to PepsiCo for the
AQUAFINA trademark.
 
   
    PepsiCo provides certain administrative support to PBG, including
procurement of raw materials, transaction processing such as accounts payable
and credit and collection, certain tax and treasury services and information
technology maintenance and systems development. Beginning in 1998, a PepsiCo
affiliate has provided casualty insurance to PBG. PBG also subleases its
headquarters building from PepsiCo. These services are more fully described in
the shared services agreement between the two companies.
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
    The Combined Statements of Operations include the following income (expense)
amounts as a result of transactions with PepsiCo:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1996       1997       1998
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales.....................................................  $     220  $     216  $     228
Cost of sales.................................................     (1,067)    (1,187)    (1,349)
Selling, delivery and administrative expenses.................        167        206        213
</TABLE>
 
    There are no minimum fees or payments that PBG is required to make to
PepsiCo, nor is PBG obligated to PepsiCo under any minimum purchase
requirements. There are no conditions or requirements that could result in the
repayment of any marketing support payments received by PBG from PepsiCo.
 
    The table below presents the activity in advances from PepsiCo. The amount
of net income to or loss for each period is deemed to be payable to or
receivable from PepsiCo and is included as an adjustment to the advances from
PepsiCo.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of period...................................  $   1,251  $   1,162  $   1,403
Net income (loss)................................................         49         59       (146)
Amounts received to fund bottler acquisitions and investments in
  affiliates.....................................................         26         49        546
Insurance prepayment to a PepsiCo affiliate......................         --        165         --
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt.........................        (51)        98        (30)
Cash collections less trade disbursements, transferred to
  PepsiCo........................................................       (113)      (130)      (168)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of period.........................................  $   1,162  $   1,403  $   1,605
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Average balance during period....................................  $   1,513  $   1,371  $   1,651
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 16--CONTINGENCIES
 
    PBG is subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits,
taxes, environmental and other matters arising out of the normal course of
business. Management believes that the ultimate liability, if any, in excess of
amounts already recognized arising from such claims or contingencies is not
likely to have a material adverse effect on PBG's annual results of operations,
financial condition, or liquidity.
 
NOTE 17--ACQUISITIONS
 
    During 1998, PBG acquired independent PepsiCo bottlers in the U.S., Canada
and the remaining interest in its bottling joint venture in Russia for an
aggregate cash purchase price of $546 million. The aggregate purchase price
exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired, including the resulting tax
effect, by approximately $474 million which was recorded in intangible assets.
Of this amount, $37 million related to PBG's Russian acquisition which was part
of the fourth quarter 1998 unusual impairment and other charges. See Note 3. The
following table presents the unaudited pro forma combined results of PBG and the
acquisitions noted above as if they had occurred at the beginning of fiscal year
1997 and 1998. The pro forma information does not necessarily represent what the
actual
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
combined results would have been for these periods and is not intended to be
indicative of future results.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            UNAUDITED
                                                                                       --------------------
 
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
                                                                                         1997       1998
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Net sales............................................................................  $   6,984  $   7,248
Net income (loss)....................................................................         50       (135)
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 18--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
   
    Subject to the completion of the offering, substantially all non-vested
PepsiCo stock options held by PBG employees will vest on a date determined by
PepsiCo. As a result, PBG will incur a non-cash charge equal to the difference
between the market price of PepsiCo capital stock and the exercise price of
these options at the vesting date. Based on a PepsiCo capital stock price of
$39.50, the market price on February 23, 1999, the pre-tax and after-tax
compensation charge would have been $70 million. Each $1.00 increase in the
market price of PepsiCo capital stock would increase the pre-tax and after-tax
compensation charge by $12 million.
    
 
    During 1999, PBG agreed to acquire certain U.S. and Russia territories from
Whitman Corporation for an aggregate cash purchase price of $137 million. These
acquisitions will be accounted for by the purchase method. The purchase prices
have been preliminarily allocated to the estimated fair value of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed. Franchise rights, goodwill and other
intangibles that will be recorded in connection with these acquisitions are $77
million and will be amortized over 40 years.
 
   
NOTE 19--REFINANCING
    
 
   
    PBG has obtained debt funding and will use substantially all of the proceeds
to settle certain amounts due to PepsiCo prior to the offering. On February 9,
1999, Bottling Group, LLC issued $2.3 billion of debt. The debt, which is
guaranteed by PepsiCo, is comprised of $1 billion of 5 3/8% notes due 2004 and
$1.3 billion of 5 5/8% notes due 2009. In addition, on March 8, 1999, PBG issued
$1 billion of 7% senior notes, due 2029, which are guaranteed by Bottling Group
LLC.
    
 
   
    In addition, prior to the offering, PBG issued or assumed an aggregate $3.25
billion of short-term indebtedness. This indebtedness will be repaid using the
proceeds of the long-term debt and the offering. The 1998 unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Balance Sheet reflects these debt transactions prior to the
receipt of the offering proceeds.
    
 
   
NOTE 20--SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
    
 
    Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December and generally consists
of 52 weeks, though certain of our fiscal years will consist of 53 weeks. This
last occurred in 1994 and will next occur in
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --CONTINUED
 
               TABULAR DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA
 
2000. Fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998 consisted of 52 weeks. Each of the first
three quarters of each fiscal year consists of 12 weeks and the fourth quarter
consists of 16 weeks.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        FIRST       SECOND        THIRD       FOURTH     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
1997                                   QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER    DECEMBER 27, 1997
- -----------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales..........................   $   1,306    $   1,585    $   1,786    $   1,915       $   6,592
Gross profit.......................         561          673          735          791           2,760
Operating income (loss)............          47          141          159          (12)            335
Net income (loss)..................          (3)          52           54          (44)             59
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        FIRST       SECOND        THIRD       FOURTH     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
1998                                   QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER    DECEMBER 26, 1998
- -----------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales..........................   $   1,340    $   1,686    $   1,963    $   2,052       $   7,041
Gross profit.......................         563          696          794          807           2,860
Operating income (loss)............          39          103          156         (243)(1)            55
Net income (loss)..................          (6)          22           45         (207)(2)          (146)
</TABLE>
 
   
(1) Includes $222 million for unusual impairment and other charges. See Note 3
    of the Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(2) Includes a $46 million tax benefit as a result of reaching final agreement
    to settle a disputed claim with the Internal Revenue Service. See Notes 3
    and 13 of the Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
    The unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 26,
1998 and the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for
the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998 have been prepared from the Combined
Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
    
 
    In 1998, PBG acquired Pepsi-Cola Allied Bottlers, Inc., Gray Beverage Inc.
and Pepsi International Bottlers, LLC for aggregate cash consideration of $546
million. During the first quarter of 1999 PBG has agreed to acquire certain U.S.
and Russian territories from Whitman Corporation for an aggregate purchase price
of $137 million.
 
   
    In connection with the formation of PBG and Bottling LLC, Bottling LLC
incurred $2.3 billion of indebtedness through a sale of notes, which is
unconditionally guaranteed by PepsiCo and is expected to remain outstanding
after the offering. Also, on March 8, 1999, PBG incurred $1 billion of
indebtedness through a sale of notes. Accordingly, PBG is expected to have $3.3
billion of long-term indebtedness outstanding after the offering and the
application of the net proceeds of the offering.
    
 
   
    In addition, prior to the offering, PBG issued or assumed an aggregate of
$3.25 billion of short-term indebtedness. This indebtedness will be repaid using
the proceeds of the long-term debt issued by PBG on March 8, 1999 and the
offering.
    
 
   
    PBG and its primary operating subsidiary, Bottling LLC were formed in
January 1999. In connection with the formation of PBG and Bottling LLC, PepsiCo
contributed bottling businesses and assets used in the bottling businesses to
PBG which will be held by Bottling LLC. As a result of the contribution of the
assets, PBG will own 92.9% of Bottling LLC and PepsiCo will own the remaining
7.1%. Accordingly, the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements reflect PepsiCo's 7.1% share of the combined net income (loss) and
net assets of Bottling LLC as minority interest.
    
 
    The accompanying unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
of PBG as of and for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998 give effect to the
acquisitions of certain bottlers, the indebtedness described above, and, with
respect to the Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet, gives effect to the
offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and related
transactions as described in the notes. For purposes of the Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Statement of Operations, such transactions are assumed to have occurred
on the first day of fiscal 1998. For purposes of the Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Balance Sheet, the transactions are assumed to have occurred on
December 26, 1998.
 
   
    Management believes that the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for
presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the acquisitions of
certain bottlers, the indebtedness incurred, the offering and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom. The unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements do not necessarily reflect what PBG's results of operations or
financial position would have been had such transactions been completed as of
the dates indicated nor does it give effect to any events other than those
discussed in the notes to the unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements or to project the results of operations or financial position of PBG
for any future period or date. These unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial
Statements, "Use of Proceeds," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition," included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
    
 
                                      P-1
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                 IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA, UNAUDITED
 
   
                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 26, 1998
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>                <C>
                                                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                                              PRO FORMA                      AS FURTHER
                                                      ACTUAL     FINANCING   AS ADJUSTED   ACQUISITIONS(A)    ADJUSTED
                                                     ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
NET SALES..........................................  $   7,041   $      --    $   7,041       $     282       $   7,323
Cost of sales......................................      4,181          --        4,181             160           4,341
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
GROSS PROFIT.......................................      2,860          --        2,860             122           2,982
Selling, delivery and administrative expenses......      2,583          --        2,583             103           2,686
Unusual impairment and other charges...............        222          --          222              --             222
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
OPERATING INCOME...................................         55          --           55              19              74
Interest expense, net..............................        221         (20)(b)        201            --             201
Foreign currency loss..............................         26          --           26               1              27
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY
  INTEREST.........................................       (192)         20         (172)             18            (154)
Income tax expense (benefit).......................        (46)          8(c)        (38)             7(c)          (31)
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST.........       (146)         12         (134)             11            (123)
Minority interest..................................         --           4(d)          4             (1)(d)           3
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)..................................  $    (146)  $      16    $    (130)      $      10       $    (120)
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
                                                     ---------         ---   -----------          -----      -----------
PRO FORMA BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS PER SHARE.....  $   (0.94)               $   (0.84)                      $   (0.77)
                                                     ---------               -----------                     -----------
                                                     ---------               -----------                     -----------
PRO FORMA BASIC AND DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
  OUTSTANDING......................................        155                      155                             155
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying notes to unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                      P-2
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                   PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
                             IN MILLIONS, UNAUDITED
 
                               DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PRO FORMA                       PRO FORMA
                                                             PRO FORMA                   AS FURTHER                      AS FURTHER
                                 ACTUAL     FINANCING (A)   AS ADJUSTED   OFFERING (B)    ADJUSTED    ACQUISITIONS (C)    ADJUSTED
                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                              <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>                <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents......  $      36    $      --      $      36      $      --     $      36       $       2       $      38
Trade accounts receivable......        808           --            808             --           808               9             817
Other current assets...........        474           --            474             --           474               8             482
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS...........      1,318           --          1,318             --         1,318              19           1,337
Property, plant and equipment,
  net..........................      2,055           --          2,055             --         2,055              30           2,085
Intangible assets, net.........      3,806           --          3,806             --         3,806              77           3,883
Other assets...................        143           40            183             --           183               1             184
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL ASSETS...................  $   7,322    $      40      $   7,362      $      --     $   7,362       $     127       $   7,489
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and other
  current liabilities..........  $     881    $      --      $     881      $      --     $     881       $       8       $     889
Short-term borrowings..........        112        2,388          2,500         (2,500)           --              --              --
Other..........................         32           --             32             --            32              --              32
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES......      1,025        2,388          3,413         (2,500)          913               8             921
Allocation of PepsiCo long-term
  debt.........................      3,300       (3,300)            --             --            --              --              --
Long-term debt due to third
  parties......................         61        3,239          3,300             --         3,300              --           3,300
Other liabilities..............        367           --            367             --           367               1             368
Deferred income taxes..........      1,202           --          1,202             --         1,202              --           1,202
Advances from PepsiCo..........      1,605       (2,287)          (682)           682            --              --              --
Minority interest(d)...........         --           --             --            181           181              --             181
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES..............      7,560           40          7,600         (1,637)        5,963               9           5,972
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock...................         --           --             --              2             2              --               2
Additional paid in capital.....         --           --             --          1,635         1,635             118           1,753
Accumulated other comprehensive
  loss.........................       (238)          --           (238)            --          (238)             --            (238)
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  (DEFICIT)....................       (238)          --           (238)         1,637         1,399             118           1,517
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.........  $   7,322    $      40      $   7,362      $      --     $   7,362       $     127       $   7,489
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
                                 ---------       ------         ------         ------    -----------          -----      -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying notes to unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                      P-3
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    (a) Reflects the impact of certain 1998 and expected 1999 acquisitions of
       bottlers, for aggregate cash consideration of $683 million. The
       acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method. These
       acquisitions do not reflect any adjustments for marketplace support PBG
       may receive for these territories.
    
 
   
    (b) Reflects a reduction in interest of $24 million resulting from the net
       effect of eliminating the PepsiCo interest expense allocation and
       recording interest expense based on the actual weighted average interest
       rate of 6.0% on $3.3 billion of external debt issued. Pro forma interest
       expense also includes $4.0 millon of amortization of deferred financing
       costs related to the issuance of the $3.3 billion of external debt.
    
 
   
    (c) Reflects the estimated tax impact of the pro forma adjustments using an
       effective tax rate of 38.9%.
    
 
   
    (d) In connection with the formation of PBG and Bottling LLC, PepsiCo
       contributed bottling businesses and assets used in the bottling
       businesses to PBG which will be held by Bottling LLC. As a result of the
       contribution of the assets, PBG will own 92.9% of Bottling LLC and
       PepsiCo will own the remaining 7.1%. Accordingly, the unaudited Pro Forma
       Statement of Operations reflects PepsiCo's share of the combined net loss
       of Bottling LLC as minority interest.
    
 
(2) PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
   
    (a) Reflects the $3.3 billion of combined external debt and $40 million of
       deferred financing costs PBG incurred prior to the offering to settle
       certain amounts due to PepsiCo. This debt is made up of the following:
    
 
   
        - $1 billion, 5 3/8% notes due 2004 and $1.3 billion, 5 5/8% notes due
          2009 both issued on February 9, 1999 by Bottling LLC.
    
 
   
        - $1 billion, 7% notes due 2029, issued on March 8, 1999.
    
 
   
       In addition, prior to the offering, PBG issued or assumed an aggregate of
       $3.25 billion of short-term indebtedness. This indebtedness will be
       repaid using the proceeds of the long-term debt issued by PBG on March 8,
       1999 and the offering and, if necessary, available cash.
    
 
   
    (b) Reflects the estimated net proceeds from issuance of 100 million shares
       of PBG common stock from this offering.
    
 
   
    (c) Reflects the net assets expected to be acquired including resulting
       goodwill of $77 million from an expected first quarter 1999 acquisition
       of certain U.S. and Russian territories from Whitman Corporation for cash
       consideration of $137 million. Goodwill will be amortized over 40 years.
    
 
   
    (d) In connection with the formation of PBG and Bottling LLC, PepsiCo
       contributed bottling businesses and assets used in the bottling business
       to PBG which will be held by Bottling LLC. As a result of the
       contribution of the assets, PBG will own 92.9% of Bottling LLC and
       PepsiCo will own the remaining 7.1%. Accordingly, the unaudited Pro Forma
       Combined Balance Sheet reflects PepsiCo's share of the combined net
       assets of Bottling LLC as minority interest.
    
 
                                      P-4
<PAGE>
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
(3) INCREMENTAL CORPORATE OVERHEAD COSTS
 
   
   PBG expects to change from a non-compensatory, broad-based stock option
    program to an alternative program. Since this alternative program has not
    been finalized or approved by the board of directors, this charge is not
    reflected in the Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations.
    Management anticipates that the new plan could cost up to an additional $12
    million per year.
    
 
(4) NON-CASH COMPENSATION CHARGE
 
   
   Subject to the completion of the offering, substantially all nonvested
    PepsiCo options held by PBG employees will vest on a date determined by
    PepsiCo. As a result, PBG will incur a non-cash charge equal to the
    difference between the market price of PepsiCo capital stock and the
    exercise price of these options at the vesting date. Based on a PepsiCo
    capital stock price of $39.50, the market price on February 23, 1999, the
    pre-tax and after tax compensation charge would have been $70 million. Each
    $1.00 increase in the market price of PepsiCo capital stock would increase
    the pre-tax and after-tax compensation charge by $12 million. Since this
    charge would be a one-time event, the charge is not reflected in the Pro
    Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations.
    
 
                                      P-5
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    Through and including       , 1999 (the 25(th) day after the date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
 
   
                               100,000,000 SHARES
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                               ------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               ------------------
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                   MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
 
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                     NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                        SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN & CO., INC.
                              SCHRODER & CO. INC.
 
                                        , 1999
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      AMOUNT TO BE
                                                                                                          PAID
                                                                                                      ------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Registration fee....................................................................................  $    831,220
NASD filing fee.....................................................................................        30,500
New York Stock Exchange listing fee.................................................................       700,000
Transfer agent's fees...............................................................................        50,000
Printing and engraving expenses.....................................................................       885,000
Legal fees and expenses.............................................................................       700,000
Accounting fees and expenses........................................................................     3,250,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses..........................................................................         5,000
Miscellaneous.......................................................................................     1,048,280
                                                                                                      ------------
      Total.........................................................................................  $  7,500,000
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the
NASD filing fee, is an estimate.
    
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and
individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or
proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being
or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The
Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of
other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any
bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Article Eighth of the Registrant's certificate of incorporation provides for
indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
    Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a
corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of
the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or
other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit. The Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation
provides for such limitation of liability.
 
    The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage
is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims
made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the
Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such
officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or
otherwise as a matter of law.
 
    The proposed forms of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this
Registration Statement provide for indemnification of directors and officers of
the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Since January 1, 1996, the Registrant has sold the following securities
without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:
 
    None
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER     DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1     Form of Underwriting Agreement*
       3.1   Amended Certificate of Incorporation*
       3.2   Bylaws+
       4     Form of common stock certificate
       5     Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*
      10.1   Form of Master Bottling Agreement
      10.2   Form of the Master Fountain Syrup Agreement
      10.3   Form of Non-Cola Bottling Agreement
      10.4   Form of Separation Agreement+
      10.5   Form of Shared Services Agreement*
      10.6   Form of Tax Separation Agreement+
      10.7   Form of Employee Programs Agreement+
      10.8   Form of Registration Rights Agreement+
      21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
      23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP
      23.2   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5)
      23.3   Consent of Linda G. Alvarado
      23.4   Consent of Barry H. Beracha
      23.5   Consent of Thomas H. Kean
      23.6   Consent of Thomas W. Jones
      23.7   Consent of Susan Kronick
      23.8   Consent of Robert F. Sharpe, Jr.
      23.9   Consent of Karl M. von der Heyden
      24     Power of Attorney+
      27     Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
+   Previously filed.
 
    (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this
Registration Statement:
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (CONTINUED)
    Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned hereby undertakes:
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this
Registration Statement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder,
the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
 
    (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
       1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
       of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
       in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule
       424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
       part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared
       effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
       of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
       shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the
       securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
       time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Purchase, New
York, on the 11th day of March, 1999.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
 
                                By:  /s/ PAMELA C. MCGUIRE
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Pamela C. McGuire
                                     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
                                     Secretary
</TABLE>
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURES                      TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
              *
- ------------------------------  Principal Executive           March 11, 1999
      Craig E. Weatherup          Officer and Director
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Principal Financial           March 11, 1999
        John T. Cahill            Officer and Director
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Controller and Principal      March 11, 1999
      Peter A. Bridgman           Accounting Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                        <C>                         <C>
*By:    /s/ PAMELA C. MCGUIRE
      -------------------------
          Pamela C. McGuire
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
                                  IN MILLIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ADDITIONS
                                      BALANCE      ----------------------------------------
                                        AT            CHARGED TO                                                  BALANCE
                                     BEGINNING         COSTS AND           CHARGED TO                            AT END OF
          DESCRIPTION                OF PERIOD         EXPENSES          OTHER ACCOUNTS        DEDUCTIONS         PERIOD
- --------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>                <C>                    <C>              <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED:
 
DECEMBER 28, 1996
  Allowance for losses on trade
    accounts receivable.........     $      65         $       8            $    4 (a)          $   12 (b)       $      65
 
DECEMBER 27, 1997
  Allowance for losses on trade
    accounts receivable.........     $      65         $       6            $    2 (a)          $   28 (b)       $      45
 
DECEMBER 26, 1998
  Allowance for losses on trade
    accounts receivable.........     $      45         $      13            $      --           $   12 (b)       $      46
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Represents recoveries of amounts previously written off.
 
(b) Charge off of uncollectible accounts.
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                     DESCRIPTION                                      SEQUENTIALLY NUMBERED PAGE
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                                           <C>
 
         1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*.............................................
 
       3.1   Amended Certificate of Incorporation*.......................................
 
       3.2   Bylaws+.....................................................................
 
         4   Form of common stock certificate............................................
 
         5   Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*...........................................
 
      10.1   Form of Master Bottling Agreement...........................................
 
      10.2   Form of the Master Fountain Syrup Agreement.................................
 
      10.3   Form of Non-Cola Bottling Agreement.........................................
 
      10.4   Form of Separation Agreement+...............................................
 
      10.5   Form of Shared Services Agreement*..........................................
 
      10.6   Form of Tax Separation Agreement+...........................................
 
      10.7   Form of Employee Programs Agreement+........................................
 
      10.8   Form of Registration Rights Agreement+......................................
 
        21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant*.............................................
 
      23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP.........................................................
 
      23.2   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5)....................
 
      23.3   Consent of Linda G. Alvarado................................................
 
      23.4   Consent of Barry H. Beracha.................................................
 
      23.5   Consent of Thomas H. Kean...................................................
 
      23.6   Consent of Thomas W. Jones..................................................
 
      23.7   Consent of Susan Kronick....................................................
 
      23.8   Consent of Robert F. Sharpe, Jr.............................................
 
      23.9   Consent of Karl M. von der Heyden...........................................
 
        24   Power of Attorney+..........................................................
 
        27   Financial Data Schedule.....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
+   Previously filed.

<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 4

Number  PBG  Shares

Common Stock  Common Stock

This Certificate Is Transferable In New York, New York

The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc.

Incorporated Under The Laws Of The State Of Delaware

CUSIP 713409 10 0

See Reverse For Certain Definitions

This certifies that

is the owner of

Fully Paid And Non-Assessable Shares Of The Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per
Share, Of

The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. (the "Company"), transferable on the books of the
Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this
Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented
hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments thereof to all of
which the holder by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid
unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its
duly authorized officers.

Dated

Countersigned and Registered:
The Bank of New York
Transfer Agent and Registrar

By

Authorized Signature

Senior Vice President and  Secretary

Facsimile Seal


<PAGE>

Chairman of the Board

The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests in
writing, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof of the Company, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights. Such request may be made to the Secretary of the
Company or the Transfer Agent.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this
certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian ________
                    (Cust)           (Minor)
                    under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                    Act______________
                         (State)

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants 
         in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, _______________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint _________________________________ Attorney to
transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power
of substitution in the premises.


<PAGE>

Dated 
      ----------------------

                       ---------------------------------------------------------
               NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE
                       NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
                       PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY
                       CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR
DESTROYED, THE COMPANY WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE
ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.1

                            MASTER BOTTLING AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                  PEPSICO, INC.

                                       AND

                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
<PAGE>

                            MASTER BOTTLING AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT, (this "Agreement") effective as of __________ ___,
1998, is made and entered into by and between PEPSICO, INC., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina having its
principal place of business in Purchase, New York (the "Company"), and The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware having its principal place of business in Somers, New York
(the "Bottler").

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS

A.       The Company manufactures and sells the concentrates (the
         "Concentrates") for the Beverages (as hereinafter defined). The Company
         authorizes others to manufacture the syrups prepared from the
         Concentrates for the Beverages (the "Syrups") and to manufacture from
         the Syrups and sell the soft drinks identified on Schedule A (as
         modified from time to time under paragraphs 21 and 22, the
         "Beverages"). The formulas for the Concentrates, Syrups and Beverages
         constitute trade secrets owned by the Company;

B.       The Company is the owner of the trademarks identified on Schedule B
         (together with such other trademarks as may be authorized by the
         Company from time to time for current use by the Bottler under this
         Agreement, the "Trademarks"), which, among other things, identify and
         distinguish the Concentrates, the Syrups and the Beverages;


                                       2
<PAGE>

C.       The primary business of the Bottler is to act as a Bottler of the
         Beverages, either directly pursuant to certain agreements with the
         Company, all of which are identified on Schedule C (collectively,
         together with all amendments thereto, the "Existing Bottling
         Appointments"), or indirectly through one or more persons controlling,
         controlled by or under common control with the Bottler (the "Bottler
         Affiliates");

D.       The reputation of the Beverages as being of consistently superior
         quality has been a major factor in stimulating and sustaining demand
         for the Beverages, and special technical skill and constant diligence
         on the part of the Bottler and the Company are required in order for
         the Beverages to maintain the excellence that consumers expect; and

E.       Conditions affecting the production, sale and distribution of Beverages
         have changed since the Company and the Bottler, or its
         predecessors-in-interest, entered into the Existing Bottling
         Appointments, and as a consequence, the Company and the Bottler desire
         to amend the Existing Bottling Appointments, the terms of the Existing
         Bottling Appointments, as so amended, being replaced and restated in
         the form of this Agreement;

         NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants
contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Bottler agree
as follows:


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                                THE AUTHORIZATION

1.       The Company authorizes the Bottler, and the Bottler undertakes, to
         manufacture and package the Beverages and to distribute and sell the
         Beverages only in Authorized Containers, as hereinafter defined, under
         the Trademarks in and throughout the territories described in Schedule
         D (together with any territories added under paragraph 31, and subject
         to the possible elimination of subterritories under paragraph 29, the
         "Territories").

2.       The Company will, from time to time, in its discretion, approve
         containers of certain types, sizes, shapes and other distinguishing
         characteristics (collectively, subject to any additions, deletions and
         modifications by the Company, the "Authorized Containers"). A list of
         Authorized Containers for each Beverage will be provided by the Company
         to the Bottler, which list may be amended by the Company from time to
         time by additions, deletions or modifications. The Bottler is
         authorized to use only Authorized Containers in the manufacture,
         distribution and sale of the Beverages. The Company reserves the right
         to withdraw from time to time its approval of any of the Authorized
         Containers upon six (6) months notice to the Bottler, and, in such
         event, the repurchase provisions of subparagraph 28(e) shall apply to
         containers so disapproved that are owned by the Bottler. The Company
         will exercise its right to approve, and to withdraw its approval of,
         specific Authorized Containers in good faith so as to permit the
         Bottler to continue to fully meet the demand in the Territories as a
         whole for Beverages in containers of the nature identified on Schedule
         E.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                             EXCLUSIVE AUTHORIZATION

3.       The Company appoints the Bottler as its sole and exclusive purchaser of
         the Concentrates for the purpose of manufacture, packaging and
         distribution of the Beverages under the Trademarks in Authorized
         Containers for sale in the Territories;

4.       The Company agrees not to authorize any other party whatsoever to use
         the Trademarks on Beverages in Authorized Containers, or any other
         containers of the nature identified on Schedule E, for purposes of
         resale in the Territories.

5.       The Bottler shall purchase its entire requirements of Concentrates
         exclusively from the Company and shall not use any other syrup,
         beverage base, concentrate or other ingredient in the Beverages than as
         specified by the Company.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER
                    RELATING TO TRADEMARKS AND OTHER MATTERS

6.       The Bottler acknowledges that the Company is the sole and exclusive
         owner of the Trademarks, and the Bottler agrees not to question or
         dispute the validity of the Trademarks or their exclusive ownership by
         the Company. By this Agreement, the Company extends to the Bottler
         only: (i) a nonexclusive license to use the trademark "Pepsi-Cola" as
         part of the corporate name of the Bottler; and (ii) an exclusive
         license to use the Trademarks solely in connection with the
         manufacture, packaging, 


                                       5
<PAGE>

         distribution, and sale of the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
         Territories subject to the rights reserved to the Company under this
         Agreement. Nothing herein, nor any act or failure to act by the Bottler
         or the Company, shall give the Bottler any proprietary or ownership
         interest of any kind in the Trademarks or in the goodwill associated
         therewith.

7.       The Bottler agrees during the term of this Agreement and in accordance
         with any requirements imposed upon the Bottler under applicable laws:

         (a)      Not to produce, manufacture, package, sell, deal in or
                  otherwise use or handle, directly or indirectly, any "Cola
                  Product" (herein defined to mean any soft drink beverage which
                  is generally marketed as a cola product or which is generally
                  perceived as being a cola product) other than a soft drink
                  manufactured, packaged, distributed or sold by the Bottler
                  under authority of the Company;

         (b)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any concentrate, beverage
                  base, syrup, beverage or any other product which is likely to
                  be confused with, or passed off for, any of the Concentrates,
                  Syrups or Beverages;

         (c)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any product under any trade
                  dress or in any container that is an imitation of a trade
                  dress or container in which the Company claims a proprietary
                  interest or which is likely to be confused or cause confusion
                  or be confusingly similar to or be passed off as such trade
                  dress or container;


                                       6
<PAGE>

         (d)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any product under any
                  trademark or other designation that is an imitation,
                  counterfeit, copy or infringement of, or confusingly similar
                  to, any of the Trademarks; and

         (e)      Not to acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, any ownership
                  interest in, or, directly or indirectly, enter into any
                  contract or arrangement with respect to, the management or
                  control of, any person within or without the Territories that
                  engages in any of the activities prohibited by subparagraphs
                  (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph 7.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                       OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER RELATING TO
                   MANUFACTURE AND PACKAGING OF THE BEVERAGES

8.
         (a)      The Bottler represents and warrants that the Bottler
                  possesses, or will possess, in the Territories, prior to the
                  manufacture, packaging and distribution of the Beverages, and
                  will maintain during the term of this Agreement, such plant or
                  plants, machinery and equipment, trained staff, and
                  distribution and vending facilities as are capable of
                  manufacturing, packaging and distributing the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers in accordance with this Agreement, in
                  compliance with all applicable governmental and administrative
                  requirements, and in sufficient quantities to fully meet the
                  demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
                  Territories.


                                       7
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Company and the Bottler acknowledge that each is or may
                  become a party to one or more agreements authorizing a bottler
                  or other Company-authorized entity to produce Beverages for
                  sale by another bottler. Such agreements include, but are not
                  limited to (i) agreements permitting bottlers, subject to
                  certain conditions, to commence or continue to manufacture the
                  Beverages for other bottlers, and (ii) agreements pursuant to
                  which bottlers may have the Beverages manufactured for them by
                  other Company-authorized entities. It is hereby agreed that
                  the Company shall not unreasonably withhold (i) any consents
                  required by such agreements, or (ii) approval of Bottler's
                  participation in such agreements. All such existing agreements
                  shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their
                  terms.

9.       The Bottler recognizes that increases in the demand for the Beverages,
         as well as changes in the list of Authorized Containers, may, from time
         to time, require adaptation of its existing manufacturing, packaging or
         delivery equipment or the purchase of additional manufacturing,
         packaging and delivery equipment. The Bottler agrees to make such
         modifications and adaptations as necessary and to purchase and install
         such equipment, in time to permit the introduction and manufacture,
         packaging and delivery of sufficient quantities of the Beverages in the
         Authorized Containers, to fully meet the demand for the Beverages in
         Authorized Containers in the Territories.

10.      The Bottler warrants that the handling and storage of the Concentrates;
         the manufacture, handling and storage of the Syrups; and the
         manufacture, handling, storage, and packaging of the Beverages shall be
         accomplished in accordance with the Company's quality control and
         sanitation standards, as reasonably established by the Company and


                                       8
<PAGE>

         communicated to the Bottler from time to time, and shall, in any event,
         conform with all food, labeling, health, packaging and other relevant
         laws and regulations applicable in the Territories.

11.      The Bottler, in accordance with such instructions as may be given from
         time to time by the Company, shall submit to the Company, at the
         Bottler's expense, samples of the Syrups, the Beverages and the raw
         materials used in the manufacture of the Syrups and the Beverages. The
         Bottler shall permit representatives of the Company to have access to
         the premises of the Bottler during ordinary business hours to inspect
         the plant, equipment, and methods used by the Bottler in order to
         ascertain whether the Bottler is complying with the instructions and
         standards prescribed for the manufacturing, handling, storage and
         packaging of the Beverages.

12.
         (a)      For the packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages, the
                  Bottler shall use only such Authorized Containers, closures,
                  cases, cartons and other packages and labels as shall be
                  authorized from time to time by the Company for the Bottler
                  and shall purchase such items only from manufacturers approved
                  by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably
                  withheld. Such approval by the Company does not relieve the
                  Bottler of the Bottler's independent responsibility to assure
                  that the Authorized Containers, closures, cases, cartons and
                  other packages and labels purchased by the Bottler are
                  suitable for the purpose intended, and in accordance with the
                  good reputation and image of excellence of the Trademarks and
                  Beverages.


                                       9
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Bottler shall maintain at all times a stock of Authorized
                  Containers, closures, labels, cases, cartons, and other
                  essential related materials bearing the Trademarks, sufficient
                  to fully meet the demand for Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers in the Territories, and the Bottler shall not use
                  or permit the use of Authorized Containers, or such closures,
                  labels, cases, cartons and other materials, if they bear the
                  Trademarks or contain any Beverages, for any purpose other
                  than the packaging and distribution of the Beverages. The
                  Bottler further agrees not to refill or otherwise reuse
                  nonreturnable containers.

13.      If the Company determines the existence of quality or technical
         difficulties with any Beverage, or any package used for such product,
         the Company shall have the right, immediately and at its sole option,
         to withdraw such product or any such package from the market. The
         Company shall notify the Bottler in writing of such withdrawal, and the
         Bottler shall, upon receipt of notice, immediately cease distribution
         of such product or such package therefor. If so directed by the
         Company, the Bottler shall recall and reacquire the product or package
         involved from any purchaser thereof. If any recall of any product or
         any of the packages used therefor is caused by (i) quality or technical
         defects in the Concentrate, or other materials prepared by the Company
         from which the product involved was prepared by the Bottler, or (ii)
         quality or technical defects in the Company's designs and design
         specifications of packages which it has imposed on the Bottler or the
         Bottler's third party suppliers if such designs and specifications were
         negligently established by the Company (and specifically excluding
         designs and specifications of other parties and the failure of other
         parties to manufacture packages in strict conformity with the designs
         and specifications of the Company), the Company shall reimburse the
         Bottler for the Bottler's total expenses incident to such recall.
         Conversely, if any 


                                       10
<PAGE>

         recall is caused by the Bottler's failure to comply with instructions,
         quality control procedures or specifications for the preparation,
         packaging and distribution of the product involved, the Bottler shall
         bear its total expenses of such recall and reimburse the Company for
         the Company's total expenses incident to such recall.

                                    ARTICLE V
                         CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

14.      The Company reserves the right to establish and to revise at any time,
         in its sole discretion, the price of any of the Concentrates, the terms
         of payment, and the other terms and conditions of supply, any such
         revision to be effective immediately upon notice to the Bottler. If
         Bottler rejects a change in price or the other terms and conditions
         contained in any such notice, then the Bottler shall so notify the
         Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Company's notice, and
         this Agreement will terminate ninety (90) days after the date of such
         notification by the Bottler, without further liability of the Company
         or the Bottler. The change in price or other terms and conditions so
         rejected by the Bottler shall not apply to purchases of such
         Concentrate by the Bottler during such ninety (90) day period preceding
         termination. Failure by the Bottler to notify the Company of its
         rejection of the changes in price or such other terms and conditions
         shall be deemed acceptance thereof by the Bottler.

15.      The Bottler shall purchase from the Company only such quantities of the
         Concentrates as shall be necessary and sufficient to carry out the
         Bottler's obligations under this Agreement. The Bottler shall use the
         Concentrates exclusively for its manufacture of the Syrups and shall
         use the Syrups exclusively for its manufacture of the Beverages. The
         Bottler shall not sell 


                                       11
<PAGE>

         or otherwise transfer any Concentrate or Syrup or permit the same to
         get into the hands of third parties.

16.
         (a)      The Bottler agrees not to distribute or sell any Beverage
                  outside the Territories. The Bottler shall not sell any
                  Beverage to any person (other than another Bottler pursuant to
                  subparagraph 8(b)) for ultimate sale outside the Territories.
                  If any Beverage distributed by the Bottler is found outside of
                  the Territories, Bottler shall be deemed to have transshipped
                  such Beverage and shall be deemed to be a "Transshipping
                  Bottler" for purposes hereof. For purposes of this Agreement,
                  "Offended Bottler" shall mean a Bottler in any territory into
                  which any Beverage is transshipped.

         (b)      In addition to all other remedies the Company may have against
                  any Transshipping Bottler for violation of this paragraph 16,
                  the Company may impose upon any Transshipping Bottler a charge
                  for each case of Beverage transshipped by such Bottler. The
                  per-case amount of such charge shall be determined by the
                  Company in its sole discretion. The Company and the Bottler
                  agree that the amount of such charge shall be deemed to
                  reflect the damages to the Company, the Offended Bottler and
                  the bottling system. In addition, the Company may directly
                  charge the Transshipping Bottler the full amount of all
                  investigative and other costs incurred by the Company in
                  connection with the transshipment and such Transshipping
                  Bottler shall be obligated to pay such amount. The Company
                  shall forward to the Offended Bottler, upon receipt from the
                  Transshipping Bottler, the full amount of the per case charge
                  so received (but not including investigative and other costs
                  charged to the Transshipping Bottler by the Company). If the
                  Company or its 


                                       12
<PAGE>

                  agent recalls any Beverage which has been transshipped, the
                  Transshipping Bottler shall, in addition to any other
                  obligation it may have hereunder, reimburse the Company for
                  its costs of purchasing, transporting, and/or destroying such
                  Beverage.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           OBLIGATIONS OF THE BOTTLER
                   RELATING TO THE MARKETING OF THE BEVERAGES
                         FINANCIAL CAPACITY AND PLANNING

17.      The continuing responsibility to increase and fully meet the demand for
         the Beverages in Authorized Containers within the Territories rests
         upon the Bottler. The Bottler agrees to use all approved means as may
         be reasonably necessary to meet this responsibility.

18.
         (a)      The Bottler will push vigorously the sale of the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers throughout the entire Territories.
                  Without in any way limiting the Bottler's obligation under
                  this Paragraph 18, the Bottler must fully meet and increase
                  the demand for the Beverages throughout the Territories and
                  secure full distribution up to the maximum sales potential
                  therein through all distribution channels or outlets available
                  to soft drinks, using any and all equipment reasonably
                  necessary to secure such distribution; must service all
                  accounts with frequency adequate to keep them at all times
                  fully supplied with the Beverages and must use its own
                  salesmen and trucks, (or salesmen and trucks of independent
                  distributors, of whom the Company approves), in quantity
                  adequate for all seasons.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         (b)      The parties agree that to fully meet and increase demand for
                  the Beverages in Authorized Containers advertising and other
                  forms of marketing activities are required. Therefore, the
                  Bottler will spend such funds in advertising and marketing the
                  Beverages as may be reasonably required to INCREASE, as well
                  as maintain, demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers
                  in the Territories. The Bottler shall fully cooperate in and
                  vigorously push all cooperative advertising and sales
                  promotion programs and campaigns that may be reasonably
                  established by the Company for the Territories. The Bottler
                  will use and publish only such advertising, promotional
                  materials or other items bearing the Trademarks relating to
                  the Beverages as the Company has approved and authorized. The
                  expenditures required by this Article VI shall be made by the
                  Bottler. The Company may, in its sole discretion, contribute
                  to such expenditures. The Company may also undertake, at its
                  expense, independently of the Bottler's marketing programs,
                  any advertising or promotional activity that the Company deems
                  appropriate to conduct in the Territories, but this shall in
                  no way affect the responsibility of the Bottler for increasing
                  the demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
                  Territories.

19.      The Bottler and all Bottler Affiliates shall maintain the consolidated
         financial capacity reasonably necessary to assure that the Bottler and
         all Bottler Affiliates directly or indirectly controlled by the Bottler
         will be financially able to perform their respective duties and
         obligations under this Agreement and under all other agreements between
         the Company and Bottler Affiliates regarding the manufacture,
         packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages in "authorized
         containers" (as defined in such agreements).


                                       14
<PAGE>

20.
         (a)      The Company and the Bottler have agreed upon a business plan
                  for the first three years occurring during the term of this
                  Agreement. Since periodic planning is essential for the proper
                  implementation of this Agreement, the Bottler and the Company
                  shall meet each year at such date as the parties may set (but
                  no later than ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of
                  any calendar year during the term of this Agreement beginning
                  with the commencement of the calendar year closest to the
                  anniversary date of this Agreement), to discuss the Bottler's
                  plans for the ensuing three (3) year period. At such meeting,
                  the Bottler shall present a plan that sets out in reasonable
                  detail satisfactory to the Company: (i) the marketing plans,
                  management plans and advertising plans of the Bottler with
                  respect to the Beverages for the ensuing year, including a
                  financial plan showing that the Bottler and all Bottler
                  Affiliates have the consolidated financial capacity to perform
                  their respective duties and obligations under this Agreement
                  and any other agreement with the Company regarding the
                  manufacture, packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages
                  in "authorized containers" (as defined in such agreements) and
                  (ii) the projected sales, marketing and advertising plans and
                  related capital expenditures for the two years immediately
                  following such year. Senior management of the Company and the
                  Bottler shall discuss this plan and this plan, upon approval
                  by the Company (represented by such senior management), which
                  shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall define the Bottler's
                  obligation herein to maintain such consolidated financial
                  capacity and to increase and fully meet the demand for the
                  Beverages in Authorized Containers in the Territories for the
                  period of time covered by the plan.


                                       15
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Bottler shall report to the Company periodically, but not
                  less than quarterly, as to its implementation of the approved
                  plan; it is understood, however, that the Bottler shall report
                  sales on a regular basis as requested by the Company and in
                  such format and detail, and containing such information as may
                  be reasonably requested by the Company. The failure by the
                  Bottler to carry out the plan, or if the plan is not presented
                  or is not approved, will constitute a primary consideration
                  for determining whether the Bottler has fulfilled its
                  obligation to maintain the consolidated financial capacity
                  required under paragraph 19 and to push vigorously the sale of
                  Beverages in Authorized Containers throughout the Territories
                  and to increase and fully meet the demand for the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers in the Territories. If the Bottler
                  carries out the plan in all material respects, it shall be
                  deemed to have satisfied the obligations of the Bottler under
                  paragraphs 17, 18, 19 and 20 for the period of time covered by
                  the plan.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                 REFORMULATION, NEW PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATTERS

21.      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and discretion to
         reformulate any of the Beverages. In addition, the Company has the sole
         and exclusive right and discretion to discontinue any of the Beverages
         under this Agreement, provided (i) such Beverage is discontinued on a
         national basis in Authorized Containers and in such other containers as
         may have been authorized for use by other Bottlers under their
         respective bottle contracts, and (ii) the Company does not discontinue
         all Beverages under this Agreement. In the event that the Company
         discontinues any 


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Beverage, Schedule A to this Agreement shall be deemed amended by
         deleting the discontinued Beverage from the list of Beverages set forth
         on Schedule A.

22.      In the event that the Company introduces any new beverage in the
         Territories under the trademarks "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi" or any
         modification thereof (herein defined to mean the addition of a prefix,
         suffix or other modifier used in conjunction with the trademarks
         "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi"), the Bottler shall be obligated to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell such new beverage in
         Authorized Containers in the Territories pursuant to the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement, and Schedule A to this Agreement shall be
         deemed amended by adding such new beverage to the list of beverages set
         forth on Schedule A.

23.      The Company has the unrestricted right to use the Trademarks on the
         Beverages and on all other products and merchandise other than the
         Beverages in Authorized Containers in the Territories.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      TERM AND TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

24.      The term of this Agreement shall commence on the effective date hereof
         and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions, will
         continue perpetually.

25.      The obligation to supply Concentrates to the Bottler and the Bottler's
         obligation to purchase Concentrates from the Company and to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell the Beverages under this


                                       17
<PAGE>

         Agreement shall be suspended during any period when any of the
         following conditions exist:

         (a)      There shall occur a change in the law or regulation
                  (including, without limitation, any government permission or
                  authorization regarding customs, health or manufacturing) in
                  such a manner as to render unlawful or commercially
                  impracticable:

                  (i)      the importation of Concentrate or any of its
                           essential ingredients, which cannot be produced in
                           quantities sufficient to satisfy the demand therefor
                           by existing Company facilities in the United States;
                           or

                  (ii)     the manufacture and distribution of the Concentrates
                           or Beverages; or

         (b)      There shall occur any inability or commercial impracticability
                  of either of the parties to perform resulting from an act of
                  god, or "force majeure," public enemies, boycott, quarantine,
                  riot, strike, or insurrection, or due to a declared or
                  undeclared war, belligerency or embargo, sanctions,
                  blacklisting, or other hazard or danger incident to the same,
                  or resulting from any other cause whatsoever beyond its
                  control.

         If any of the conditions described in this paragraph 25 persists so
         that either party's obligation to perform is suspended for a period of
         six (6) months or more, the other party may terminate this Agreement
         forthwith, upon notice to the party whose obligation to perform is
         suspended.


                                       18
<PAGE>

26.
         (a) The Company may terminate this Agreement in the event of the
             occurrence of any of the following events of default:

                  (i)      If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary becomes
                           insolvent; if a petition in bankruptcy is filed
                           against or on behalf of the Bottler or Bottler
                           Subsidiary which is not stayed or dismissed within
                           sixty (60) days; if the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary
                           is put in liquidation or placed under sequester; if a
                           receiver is appointed to manage the business of the
                           Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary; or if the Bottler or
                           Bottler Subsidiary enters into any judicial or
                           voluntary arrangement or composition with its
                           creditors, or concludes any similar arrangements with
                           them or makes an assignment for the benefit of
                           creditors;

         (ii)     If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary adopts a plan of
                  dissolution or liquidation;

         (iii)    If any person or any Affiliated Group (as hereinafter
                  defined), other than any person or any Affiliated Group acting
                  with the consent of the Company, acquires, or obtains any
                  contract, option, conversion privilege or other right to
                  acquire, directly or indirectly, Beneficial Ownership (as
                  hereinafter defined) of more than fifteen percent (15%) of any
                  class or series of voting securities of the Bottler or Bottler
                  Subsidiary and if such person or Affiliated Group does not
                  divest itself of Beneficial Ownership of such voting
                  securities or otherwise terminate any such contract, option,
                  conversion privilege or other right to a level equal to or
                  below fifteen percent (15%) within thirty (30) days after the
                  Company notifies the Bottler that the 


                                       19
<PAGE>

                  failure of such person or Affiliated Group to thus divest or
                  terminate may result in termination of this Agreement;

         (iv)     If any Disposition (as hereinafter defined) is made without
                  the consent of the Company by Bottler or by any Bottler
                  Subsidiary of any voting securities of any Bottler Subsidiary;

         (v)      If any agreement regarding the manufacture, packaging,
                  distribution or sale of the Beverages in "authorized
                  containers" (as defined in such agreement) between the Company
                  and any person that controls, directly or indirectly, the
                  Bottler is terminated, unless the Company agrees in writing
                  that this subparagraph 26(a)(v) will not be applied by the
                  Company to such termination;

         (vi)     If the Bottler or any person in which the Bottler has
                  Beneficial Ownership of any equity or voting securities, or in
                  which the Bottler has a right or control of management, or
                  which controls or is under common control with the Bottler,
                  should engage directly or indirectly in the manufacture,
                  distribution or marketing of any product specified in
                  subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of paragraph 7 above, or
                  should obtain a right or license to do the same, and if the
                  Company has given the Bottler notice that such condition
                  exists and that the Company will terminate this Agreement
                  within six (6) months if such condition is not eliminated, and
                  if such condition has not been eliminated within the six (6)
                  month period.

         (vii)    If all or substantially all of the Bottler's or Bottler
                  Subsidiary's bottling assets are sold, transferred or
                  otherwise disposed of (including any transfer by operation of
                  law) other than sales, transfers or other dispositions of
                  assets by the Bottler or one or 


                                       20
<PAGE>

                  more Bottler Subsidiary to one or more wholly-owned subsidiary
                  of such Bottler or such Bottler Subsidiary.

         (viii)   If the Bottler or any Bottler Subsidiary shall engage in any
                  business other than (x) the business of manufacturing, selling
                  or distributing non-alcoholic beverages or (y) any business
                  which is directly related and incidental to such beverage
                  business.

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees with the Company:

                  (i)      to notify the Company promptly in the event of or
                           upon obtaining knowledge of any third party action
                           which may or will result in any change in ownership
                           described in Section 26(a)(iii) above;

                  (ii)     to make available from time to time and at the
                           request of the Company complete records of current
                           ownership of the Bottler and full information
                           concerning any entities or parties by whom it is
                           controlled directly or indirectly or which it
                           controls; and

                  (iii)    to the extent the Bottler has any legal control over
                           changes in the ownership of the Bottler or any entity
                           having direct or indirect ownership or control of the
                           Bottler as described in Section 26(a)(iii) above, not
                           to initiate or implement, consent to or acquiesce in
                           any such change without the prior written consent of
                           the Company.

         (c)      For the purposes of this Agreement:


                                       21
<PAGE>

                  (i)      "Affiliated Group" shall mean two or more persons
                           acting as a partnership, limited partnership,
                           syndicate or other group, or who agrees to act
                           together, for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
                           voting or making any Disposition of any voting
                           securities of the Bottler; provided further that the
                           Affiliated Group formed thereby shall be deemed to
                           have acquired Beneficial Ownership of all voting
                           securities of the Bottler beneficially owned by any
                           such persons.

                  (ii)     "Beneficial Ownership" shall mean (i) voting power
                           which includes the power to vote, or to direct the
                           voting of, any securities, or (ii) investment power
                           which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the
                           Disposition of, any securities; provided further
                           Beneficial Ownership shall include any such voting
                           power or investment power which any person has or
                           shares, directly or indirectly, through any contract,
                           arrangement, understanding, relationship or
                           otherwise; provided, however, that the following
                           persons shall not be deemed to have acquired
                           Beneficial Ownership under the circumstances
                           described: (a) a person engaged in business as an
                           underwriter of securities who acquires securities
                           through his participation in good faith in a firm
                           commitment underwriting registered under the
                           Securities Act of 1933 shall not be deemed to be the
                           Beneficial Owner of such securities until such time
                           as such underwriter completes his participation in
                           the underwriting and shall not thereupon or
                           thereafter be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of
                           the securities acquired by other members of any
                           underwriting syndicate or selected dealers in
                           connection with such underwriting solely by reason of
                           customary underwriting or 


                                       22
<PAGE>

                           selected dealer arrangements; (b) a member of a
                           national securities exchange shall not be deemed to
                           be a Beneficial Owner of securities held directly or
                           indirectly by it on behalf of another person solely
                           because such member is the record holder of such
                           securities and, pursuant to the rules of such
                           exchange, may direct the vote of such securities,
                           without instruction, on other than contested matters
                           or matters that may affect substantially the rights
                           or privileges of the holders of the securities to be
                           voted, but is otherwise precluded by the rules of
                           such exchange from voting without instruction; and
                           (c) the holder of a proxy solicited by the Board of
                           Directors of the Bottler for the voting of securities
                           of such Bottler at any annual or special meeting and
                           any adjournment or adjournments thereof of the
                           stockholders of such Bottler shall not be deemed to
                           be a Beneficial Owner of the securities that are the
                           subject of the proxy solely for such reason.

                  (iii)    "Bottler Subsidiary" shall mean any person that is
                           controlled directly or indirectly by the Bottler and
                           either participates in the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of the Beverages in Authorized
                           Containers or has a direct or indirect equity
                           interest in another Bottler Subsidiary that does so
                           participate;

                  (iv)     "Disposition" shall mean any sale, merger, issuance
                           of securities, or other transaction in which, or as a
                           result of which, any person other than Bottler or a
                           wholly owned subsidiary of Bottler, acquires, or
                           obtains any contract, 


                                       23
<PAGE>

                           option, conversion privilege or other right to
                           acquire Beneficial Ownership of any securities.

         (d)      Upon the occurrence of any of the events of default specified
                  in subparagraphs 26(a) and (b), the Company may terminate this
                  Agreement by giving the Bottler notice to that effect,
                  effective immediately.

27.
         (a)      In addition to the events of a default described in paragraph
                  26, the Company may also terminate this Agreement, subject to
                  the limitations of subparagraph 27(b), in the event of the
                  occurrence of any of the following events of default:

                  (i)      If the Bottler fails to make timely payment for
                           Concentrate or of any other debt owing to the
                           Company;

                  (ii)     If the condition of the plant or equipment used by
                           the Bottler in manufacturing, packaging or
                           distributing the Beverages fails to meet the sanitary
                           standards reasonably established by the Company;

                  (iii)    If the Syrups or Beverages manufactured by the
                           Bottler fail to meet the quality control standards
                           reasonably established by the Company;

                  (iv)     If the Beverages are not manufactured in strict
                           conformity with such standards and instructions as
                           the Company may reasonably establish;


                                       24
<PAGE>

                  (v)      If the Bottler fails to present or carry out a plan
                           approved under paragraph 20 in all material respects;
                           or

                  (vi)     If the Bottler materially breaches any of the
                           Bottler's other obligations under this Agreement.

                  The standards and instructions of the Company comprise
                  privately published information concerning the manufacture,
                  handling and storage of the Beverages under good manufacturing
                  practices, as well as technical instructions, bulletins and
                  other communications issued or amended from time to time by
                  the Company.

         (b)      Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events of default,
                  the Company shall, as a condition to termination of this
                  Agreement under this paragraph 27, give the Bottler notice
                  thereof. The Bottler shall then have a period of sixty (60)
                  days within which to cure the default, including, at the
                  instruction of the Company and at the Bottler's expense, by
                  the prompt withdrawal from the market and destruction of any
                  Syrup or Beverage that fails to meet the quality control
                  standards of the Company or any Beverage that is not
                  manufactured in accordance with the instructions of the
                  Company. If such default has not been cured within such
                  period, then the Company may, by giving the Bottler further
                  notice to such effect, suspend sales to the Bottler of
                  Concentrates and require the Bottler to cease production of
                  the Syrups and the Beverages and the packaging and
                  distribution of Beverages in Authorized Containers. During
                  such second period of sixty (60) days, the Company also may
                  supply, or cause or permit others to supply, the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers under the Trademarks in the 


                                       25
<PAGE>

                  Territories. If such default has not been cured during such
                  second period of sixty (60) days, then the Company may
                  terminate this Agreement, by giving the Bottler notice to such
                  effect, effective immediately.

28.      Upon the termination of this Agreement:

         (a)      The Bottler shall forthwith take such action as necessary to
                  eliminate the trademark "Pepsi-Cola" from its corporate name;

         (b)      Any other agreement between the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the manufacture, packaging, distribution, sale or
                  promotion of soft drinks in "authorized containers" (as
                  defined in such agreement) may, at the election of the
                  Company, be automatically terminated and thereby become of no
                  further force or effect.

         (c)      The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to manufacture,
                  package, distribute or sell any of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers or to make any use of the Trademarks or Authorized
                  Containers, or any closures, cases, labels or advertising
                  material bearing the Trademarks;

         (d)      The Bottler shall forthwith remove and efface all reference to
                  the Company, the Beverages and the Trademarks from the
                  business premises and equipment of the Bottler and from all
                  business papers and advertising used or maintained by the
                  Bottler; and it shall not thereafter hold forth in any manner
                  whatsoever that it has any connection with the Company or the
                  Beverages; and,


                                       26
<PAGE>

         (e)      The Bottler shall forthwith deliver all Concentrate, Syrup,
                  Beverage, usable returnable or any nonreturnable containers,
                  cases, closures, labels, and advertising material bearing the
                  Trademarks, still in the Bottler's possession or under the
                  Bottler's control, to the Company or the Company's nominee, as
                  instructed, and, upon receipt, the Company shall pay to the
                  Bottler a sum equal to the reasonable market value of such
                  supplies or materials. The Company will accept and pay for
                  only such articles as are, in the opinion of the Company, in
                  first-class and usable condition, and all other such articles
                  shall be destroyed at the Bottler's expense. Containers,
                  closures and advertising material and all other items bearing
                  the name of the Bottler, in addition to the Trademarks, that
                  have not been purchased by the Company shall be destroyed
                  without cost to the Company, or otherwise disposed of in
                  accordance with instructions given by the Company, unless the
                  Bottler can remove or obliterate the Trademarks therefrom to
                  the satisfaction of the Company. The provisions for repurchase
                  contained in subparagraph 28(e) shall apply with regard to any
                  Authorized Container, approval of which has been withdrawn by
                  the Company under paragraph 2; upon termination by either
                  party under paragraph 25; and upon termination by the Bottler
                  under subparagraph 14. In all other cases, the Company shall
                  have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the
                  aforementioned items from the Bottler.

29.
         (a)      Subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraph 29(b), in
                  the event that the Bottler at any time fails to carry out a
                  plan approved under paragraph 20 in all material respects in
                  any segment of the Territories, whether defined geographically
                  or by type of market or 


                                       27
<PAGE>

                  outlet, which segment shall be defined by the Company
                  (hereinafter "Subterritory"), the Company may reduce the
                  Territories covered by this Agreement, and thereby restrict
                  the Bottler's authorization hereunder to the remainder of the
                  Territories, by eliminating the Subterritory from the
                  Territories covered by this Agreement.

         (b)      In the event of such failure, the Company may eliminate
                  Subterritories from the Territories covered by this Agreement
                  by giving the Bottler notice to that effect, which notice
                  shall define the Subterritory or Subterritories to which the
                  notice applies. The Bottler shall then have a period of six
                  (6) months within which to cure such failure. If the Bottler
                  has not cured such failure in such six (6) month period, the
                  Company may eliminate such Subterritory or Subterritories from
                  the Territories by giving the Bottler further notice to that
                  effect, effective immediately.

         (c)      Upon elimination of any Subterritory from the Territories:

                  (i)      Schedule D to this Agreement shall be deemed amended
                           by eliminating such Subterritory from the Territories
                           described on Schedule D;

                  (ii)     The Company may manufacture, package, distribute and
                           sell the Beverages in Authorized Containers under the
                           Trademarks in such Subterritory, or authorize others
                           to do so;

                  (iii)    Any other agreement between the Bottler and the
                           Company regarding the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of 


                                       28
<PAGE>

                           soft drinks in "authorized containers" (as defined in
                           such agreement) in such Subterritory may, at the
                           election of the Company, be automatically terminated
                           and thereby become of no further force or effect in
                           such Subterritory;

                  (iv)     The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to
                           manufacture, package, distribute or sell any of the
                           Beverages in Authorized Containers in such
                           Subterritory, or to make any use of the Trademarks,
                           Authorized Containers, closures, cases, labels or
                           advertising material bearing the Trademarks in
                           connection with the sale or distribution of the
                           Beverages in such Subterritory; and

                  (v)      The Bottler shall not thereafter hold forth in such
                           Subterritory in any manner whatsoever that it has any
                           connection with the Beverages.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                     TRANSFERABILITY/ADDITIONAL TERRITORIES

30.      The Bottler hereby acknowledges the personal nature of the Bottler's
         obligations under this Agreement with respect to the performance
         standards applicable to the Bottler, the dependence of the Trademarks
         on proper quality control, the level of marketing effort required of
         the Bottler to increase demand for the Beverages in Authorized
         Containers, and the confidentiality required for protection of the
         Company's trade secrets and confidential information. In recognition of
         the personal nature of these and other obligations of the Bottler under
         this Agreement, the Bottler may 


                                       29
<PAGE>

         not assign, transfer or pledge this Agreement or any interest therein,
         in whole or in part, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, or by
         operation of law (including, but not limited to, by merger or
         liquidation), or delegate any material element of the Bottler's
         performance thereof, or sublicense its rights hereunder, in whole or in
         part, to any third party or parties, without the prior consent of the
         Company. Any attempt to take such action without such consent shall be
         void and shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement.

31.
         (a)      The Company and the Bottler have agreed upon an area (the
                  "Specified Area") consisting of territories in which, as of
                  the date hereof, sales of approximately fourteen percent (14%)
                  of all sales of Company licensed beverages in the United
                  States occur. The Bottler hereby agrees that it will not
                  acquire or attempt to acquire, directly or indirectly, without
                  the prior written consent of the Company, the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers or any equity or economic interest in any entity
                  having such rights in any territory located outside the
                  Specified Area. Any acquisition of such rights by the Bottler
                  within the Specified Area shall be subject to the approval of
                  the Company which approval shall not be withheld if, (i) the
                  Bottler has successfully negotiated the acquisition of such
                  rights for any such territories with the holder thereof and
                  (ii) in the reasonable judgment of the Company, the Bottler
                  has satisfactorily performed its obligations under this
                  Agreement.

         (b)      In the event that the Bottler acquires the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in any container
                  that has been 


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  designated as an Authorized Container in any territory in the
                  United States outside of the Territories, such additional
                  territory shall automatically be deemed to be included within
                  the Territories covered by this Agreement for all purposes.
                  Any separate agreement that may exist concerning such
                  additional territory shall be ipso facto amended to conform to
                  the terms of this Agreement. In addition, if the Bottler
                  acquires control, directly or indirectly, of any person which
                  is a party, or which controls directly or indirectly a party,
                  to an agreement whereby such party has the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in any territory in
                  the United States in any container that has been designated as
                  an Authorized Container, the Bottler shall cause such party to
                  amend such agreement, effective as of the date of acquisition
                  of control of such party, to conform to the terms of this
                  Agreement with respect to all such territory in the United
                  States.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   LITIGATION

32.
         (a)      The Company reserves the right to institute any civil,
                  administrative or criminal proceeding or action, and generally
                  to take or seek any available legal remedy it deems desirable,
                  for the protection of its good reputation and industrial
                  property rights (including, but not limited to, the
                  Trademarks), as well as for the protection of the
                  Concentrates, the Syrups, the Beverages and the formulas
                  therefor, and to defend any action affecting these matters. At
                  the request of the Company, the Bottler will render reasonable
                  assistance in any such action. The Bottler may not claim any
                  right 


                                       31
<PAGE>

                  against the Company as a result of such action or for any
                  failure to take such action. The Bottler shall promptly notify
                  the Company of any litigation or proceeding instituted or
                  threatened affecting these matters. The Bottler shall not
                  institute any legal or administrative proceeding against any
                  third party which may affect the interests of the Company in
                  connection with this Agreement without the Company's prior
                  consent.

         (b)      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and
                  responsibility to prosecute and defend all suits relating to
                  the Trademarks. The Company may prosecute or defend any suit
                  relating to the Trademarks in the name of the Bottler whenever
                  an issue in such suit involves the Territories and therefore
                  it is appropriate to act in the Bottler's name, or may proceed
                  alone in the name of the Company, provided that the Company
                  shall take no action in the Bottler's name which the Company
                  knows or should know will materially prejudice or impair the
                  rights or interests of the Bottler under this Agreement.

         (c)      The Bottler recognizes the importance and benefit to itself
                  and all other bottlers of the Beverages of protecting the
                  interest of the Company in the Beverages, Authorized
                  Containers and the goodwill associated with the trademarks.
                  Therefore, the Bottler agrees to consult with the Company on
                  all products liability claims or lawsuits brought against the
                  Bottler in connection with the Beverages or Authorized
                  Containers and to take such action with respect to the defense
                  of any such claim or lawsuit as the Company may reasonably
                  request in order to protect the interest of the company in the
                  Beverages, Authorized Containers and goodwill associated with
                  the Trademarks. Further, the Bottler shall 


                                       32
<PAGE>

                  supervise, control and direct the defense of all such products
                  liability claims and lawsuits brought against them whether
                  individually or jointly, provided, however, that the Bottler
                  and the Company expressly reserve all rights of contribution
                  and indemnity as prescribed by law.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                               AUTOMATIC AMENDMENT

33.      In the event that bottlers, which purchased for their own account
         eighty percent (80%) or more of all of the Concentrate for Beverages
         purchased for the account of all bottlers who are parties to agreements
         with the Company containing substantially the same terms as this
         Agreement, agree with the Company to any different provisions to be
         included in this Agreement, then the Bottler hereby agrees to include
         an amendment containing such different provisions in this Agreement.
         The gallons of Concentrate purchased by such bottlers shall be
         determined based on the most recently-ended calendar year prior to the
         date such amendment was first offered to bottlers.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                     GENERAL

34.      For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
         meanings set forth below:

         (a)      "person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
                  limited partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a
                  trust, 


                                       33
<PAGE>

                  any unincorporated organization, or a government or political
                  subdivision thereof.

         (b)      "control" (including terms "controlling", "controlled by" and
                  "under common control with") means: (i) Beneficial Ownership
                  of a majority of any class or series of voting securities of a
                  person; or (ii) the power or authority, directly or
                  indirectly, to elect or designate a majority of the members of
                  the board of directors, or other governing body of a person.

35.      The Company hereby reserves for its exclusive benefit all rights of the
         Company not expressly granted to the Bottler under the terms of this
         Agreement.

36.

         (a)      Without relieving the Bottler of any of its responsibilities
                  under this Agreement, the Company, from time to time during
                  the term of this Agreement, at its option and either free of
                  charge or on such terms and conditions as the Company may
                  propose, may offer technology to the Bottler which the Company
                  possesses, develops or acquires (and is free to furnish to
                  third parties without obligation) relating to the design,
                  installation, operation and maintenance of the plant and
                  equipment appropriate for the maintenance of product quality,
                  sanitation and safety as well as for the efficient manufacture
                  and packaging of the Beverages; or relating to personnel
                  training, accounting methods, electronic data processing and
                  marketing and distribution techniques.


                                       34
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this
                  agreement is in effect the Bottler shall install and maintain
                  management information systems that are capable of interfacing
                  and sharing required data with the management information
                  systems of the Company in accordance with standards
                  established by the Company.

37.      The Bottler agrees:

         (a)      it will not disclose to any third party any nonpublic
                  information whatsoever concerning the composition of the
                  Concentrates, the Syrup or the Beverages, without the prior
                  consent of the Company, and it will use any such information
                  solely to perform its obligations hereunder;

         (b)      It will at all times treat and maintain as confidential, all
                  nonpublic information that it may receive at any time from the
                  Company, including, but not limited to:

                  (i)      Information or instructions of a technical or other
                           nature, relating to the mixing, sale, marketing and
                           distribution of the product.

                  (ii)     Information about projects or plans worked out in the
                           course of this Agreement; and

                  (iii)    Information constituting manufacturing or commercial
                           trade secrets.


                                       35
<PAGE>

         The Bottler, further agrees to disclose such information, as necessary
         to perform its obligations hereunder, only to employees of its
         enterprise: (i) who have a reasonable need to know such information;
         (ii) who have agreed to keep such information secret; and (iii) whom
         the Bottler has no reason to believe is untrustworthy; and

         (c)      Upon the termination of this Agreement, Bottler will promptly
                  surrender to the Company all original documents and all
                  photocopies or other reproductions in its possession
                  (including, but not limited to, any extracts or digests
                  thereof) containing or relating to any nonpublic information
                  described in this paragraph 37. Following such termination,
                  and the surrender of such materials, the Bottler and its
                  employees shall continue to hold any nonpublic information in
                  confidence and refrain from any further use or disclosure
                  thereof whatsoever, provided that such obligation shall expire
                  as to any nonpublic information that does not constitute trade
                  secrets ten (10) years following such termination.

38.      The Bottler agrees that it will not enter into any contract or other
         arrangement to manage or participate in the management of any other
         Pepsi-Cola bottler without the prior consent of the Company.

39.      The Bottler is an independent manufacturer and not the agent of the
         Company. The Bottler agrees that it will not represent that it is an
         agent of the Company nor hold itself out as such.

40.      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this Agreement is in
         effect the Bottler shall deliver to Company:


                                       36
<PAGE>

         (i)      Quarterly Statements. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, or if such statements are not
                  regularly made available to the public, within thirty days
                  after such fiscal quarter, an unaudited income and expense
                  statement and balance sheet for the Bottler certified as
                  correct by the chief financial officer of the Bottler; and

         (ii)     Annual Audit Statement. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, or if such statements are not
                  regularly made available to the public, within 120 days after
                  the end of each fiscal year, statements of income and retained
                  earnings of the Bottler for the just-ended fiscal year, and a
                  balance sheet of the Bottler as of the end of such year,
                  accompanied by an opinion from the independent public
                  accountants of the Bottler; and

         (iii)    Other information. With reasonable promptness such other
                  financial information as the Company may reasonably request in
                  such format as the Company may reasonably request.

41.      The Bottler shall maintain its books, accounts and records in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall
         permit any person designated in writing by the Company to visit and
         inspect any of its properties, corporate books and financial records
         (including, but not limited to, auditor's workpapers), and make copies
         thereof and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss the accounts and
         finances of the Bottler with the principal officers thereof, all at
         such times as the Company may reasonably request. The Company's rights
         of inspection under this paragraph 41 shall be exercised reasonably,
         and only for purposes of determining Bottler's compliance with its
         obligations under paragraph 19, so as not to interfere with the normal
         operation of the Bottler's business. 


                                       37
<PAGE>

         The Company will treat and maintain as confidential for a period of one
         year all nonpublic financial information received from the Bottler.

42.      The parties agree:

         (a)      The Existing Bottling Appointments identified on Schedule C
                  are hereby superseded and restated in their entirety, and all
                  rights, duties and obligations of the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the Trademarks and the manufacture, packaging,
                  distribution and sale of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers shall be determined under this Agreement, without
                  regard to the terms of any prior agreement and without regard
                  to any prior course of conduct between the parties;

         (b)      As to all matters addressed herein, this Agreement sets forth
                  the entire agreement between the Company and the Bottler, and
                  all prior understandings, commitments or agreements relating
                  to such matters between the parties or their predecessors
                  -in-interest are of no force or effect; and

         (c)      Any waiver or modification of this Agreement or any of its
                  provisions, and any notices given or consents made under this
                  Agreement shall not be binding upon the Bottler or the Company
                  unless made in writing, signed by an officer of the Company or
                  by a duly qualified and authorized representative of the
                  Bottler, and personally delivered or sent by telegram, telex
                  or certified mail to an officer of the Company (if from the
                  Bottler) or a duly qualified and authorized representative of
                  the Bottler (if from the Company) at the principal address of
                  such party.


                                       38
<PAGE>

43.      Failure of the Company to exercise promptly any option or right herein
         granted or to require strict performance of any such option or right
         shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such option or right, or of the
         right to demand subsequent performance of any and all obligations
         herein imposed upon the Bottler.

44.      The Company may delegate any of its rights, performance or obligations
         under this Agreement to any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company
         upon notice to the Bottler, but no such delegation shall relieve the
         Company of its obligations hereunder.

45.      If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any
         party or circumstance shall ever be prohibited by or held invalid under
         applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
         such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such provision
         or any other provision hereof, or the application of such provision to
         other parties or circumstances.


                                       39
<PAGE>

46.      This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted under the
         laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement in triplicate
effective as of the day and year first above written.

PEPSICO, INC.                               THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.


By:______________________________           By:______________________________ 
                                                                             
Title:___________________________           Title:___________________________ 
                                                                             
Date:____________________________           Date:____________________________ 


                                       40

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.2

                         MASTER FOUNTAIN SYRUP AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                  PEPSICO, INC.

                                       AND

                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
<PAGE>

                         MASTER FOUNTAIN SYRUP AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT, (this "Agreement") effective as of __________ __, 1999,
is made and entered into by and between PEPSICO, INC., a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina having its principal
place of business in Purchase, New York (the "Company"), and The Pepsi Bottling
Group, Inc., organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
having its principal place of business in Somers, New York (the "Bottler").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS

A.       The Company manufactures and sells the concentrates (the
         "Concentrates") for the manufacture of fountain beverage syrups (the
         "Fountain Syrups"). The Company authorizes others to manufacture the
         Fountain Syrups from the Concentrates and to distribute and sell the
         Fountain Syrups to certain customers for use in preparing the fountain
         soft drinks identified on Schedule A (as modified from time to time
         under paragraphs 18 and 19, the "Beverages"). The formulas for the
         Concentrates, Fountain Syrups and the Beverages constitute trade
         secrets owned by the Company;

B.       The Company is the owner of the trademarks identified on Schedule B
         (together with such other trademarks as may be authorized by the
         Company from time to time for current use by the Bottler under this
         Agreement, the "Trademarks"), which, among other things, identify and
         distinguish the Fountain Syrups;


                                       2
<PAGE>

C.       A significant business of the Bottler is the manufacture and
         distribution of the Fountain Syrups either pursuant to certain
         agreements with the Company, all of which are identified on Schedule C
         (collectively, together with all amendments thereto, the "Existing
         Syrup Appointments"), or indirectly through one or more persons
         controlling controlled by or under common control with the Bottler (the
         "Bottler Affiliates");

D.       The reputation of the Fountain Syrups as being of consistently superior
         quality has been a major factor in stimulating and sustaining demand
         for the Fountain Syrups, and special technical skill and constant
         diligence on the part of the Bottler and the Company are required in
         order for the Fountain Syrups to maintain the excellence that consumers
         expect; and

E.       Conditions affecting the production, sale and distribution of Fountain
         Syrups have changed since the Company and the Bottler, or its
         predecessors-in-interest, entered into the Existing Syrup Appointments,
         and as a consequence, the Company and the Bottler desire to amend the
         Existing Syrup Appointments, the terms of the Existing Syrup
         Appointments, as so amended, being replaced and restated in the form of
         this Agreement;

         NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants
contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Bottler agree
as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                THE AUTHORIZATION

1.
         (a)      The Company authorizes the Bottler, and the Bottler
                  undertakes, to: (i) manufacture and package the Fountain
                  Syrups and (ii) distribute and sell 


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  the Fountain Syrups under the Trademarks in and throughout the
                  Territories (as hereinafter defined) for Local Account
                  Customers (as hereinafter defined) only.

         (b)      The Company appoints the Bottler as its sole and exclusive
                  purchaser of the Concentrates for the purpose of manufacturing
                  and packaging the Fountain Syrups under the Trademarks for
                  distribution and sale in the Territories to Local Account
                  Customers.

         (c)      (i) "Territories" means each of the territories described
                  in Schedule D hereto subject to the possible elimination of
                  Subterritories under paragraph 26 hereof and including any
                  Territories added in accordance with paragraph 28 hereof.

                  (ii) "Local Account Customers" means a single outlet, chain or
                  multiple outlet operations and cup vending machine operators
                  that have all of their outlets located within only one of the
                  Territories.

                  (iii) "National Account Customers" means chain or multiple
                  outlet operations and cup vending machine operators that have
                  outlets in (x) more than one of the Territories or (y) in at
                  least one of the Territories and in one or more other PepsiCo
                  licensed territories.

                  (iv) "Program Customer" means any of the following: (a) any
                  National Account Customer that enters into an agreement with
                  the Company's Fountain Beverage Division or National Sales
                  Business Unit (or successors thereto) after the date hereof,
                  (b) any National Account Customer listed on Schedule E annexed
                  hereto and made a part hereof, (c) any existing National
                  Account Customer, not otherwise designated as a Program
                  Customer hereunder, if and when such National Account 


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  Customer converts from DSD (as defined below) to Commissary
                  (as defined below) delivery, or (d) any National Account
                  Customer, not otherwise designated as a Program Customer
                  hereunder, that Bottler and Company agree should be deemed to
                  be a Program Customer.

                  (v) "Commissary" means a distributor of food or beverage or
                  related items to restaurants, hotels, theatres, stadiums or
                  any other entity serving food or beverages that do not receive
                  beverage shipments to their outlets through DSD.

                                   ARTICLE II
              RESERVATION OF COMPANY'S RIGHTS; AGENCY ARRANGEMENTS

2.
         (a)      The Company reserves the right to (i) manufacture and package
                  the Fountain Syrups and (ii) distribute and sell the Fountain
                  Syrups under the Trademarks in and throughout the Territories
                  for all National Account Customers. Notwithstanding the
                  foregoing, if a National Account Customer elects to receive
                  shipments of Fountain Syrup through direct store door delivery
                  ("DSD") in one or more of the Territories, the Company shall
                  appoint the Bottler, and upon appointment the Bottler hereby
                  undertakes to serve, as the Company's exclusive agent in such
                  Territories for the (i) manufacture and packaging of the
                  Fountain Syrups and (ii) distribution of the Fountain Syrup
                  under the Trademarks to such National Account Customer. The
                  Company will pay a fee to the Bottler for such services in an
                  amount as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Bottler.
                  In the event the National Account Customer elects to
                  discontinue DSD of the Fountain Syrups at any time, or if the
                  bottler refuses to serve as the Company's exclusive agent, the
                  exclusive agency granted to the 


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  Bottler pursuant to this paragraph shall immediately terminate
                  without any liability whatsoever to the Company in connection
                  therewith. If a National Account Customer does not elect DSD,
                  the Company may in its sole discretion appoint the Bottler as
                  its non-exclusive agent for manufacturing and packaging
                  Fountain Syrups for the Company's sale to National Account
                  Customers. The Company will pay a fee to the Bottler for such
                  services in an amount as shall be agreed upon by the Company
                  and the Bottler.

         (b)      The Company authorizes the Bottler, and the Bottler
                  undertakes, to maintain and service the equipment used to
                  dispense the Beverages located at the premises of all National
                  Account Customers (unless the National Account Customer elects
                  to handle its service requirements independently) in and
                  throughout the Territories provided that the Bottler complies
                  with all of the Company's requirements and service performance
                  standards as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the
                  Bottler. The Bottler shall be entitled to receive payments for
                  such services in an amount as shall be agreed upon by the
                  Company and the Bottler and shall be eligible to receive the
                  service incentive payment in an amount as shall be agreed upon
                  by the Company and the Bottler. The fountain equipment used by
                  Program Customers in the Territories shall be subject to the
                  equipment program as shall be agreed upon by the Company and
                  the Bottler.

         (c)      The Company and the Bottler agree that the rights and
                  authorizations set forth in Article I paragraphs 2(a) and (b)
                  hereof are necessary to effectively promote the development
                  and growth of the Fountain Syrup business in the Territories.
                  The Bottler hereby acknowledges that it shall not be entitled
                  to receive a Brand Development Fee (as such term is used in
                  fountain syrup agreements between the Company and other
                  bottlers) in 


                                       6
<PAGE>

                  respect of Fountain Syrup delivered to National Account
                  Customers in the Territories, except for the payment of Brand
                  Development Fees to the Bottler in accordance with paragraph
                  28(b) hereof.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER
                    RELATING TO TRADEMARKS AND OTHER MATTERS

3.       The Bottler acknowledges that the Company is the sole and exclusive
         owner of the Trademarks, and the Bottler agrees not to question or
         dispute the validity of the Trademarks or their exclusive ownership by
         the Company. By this Agreement, the Company extends to the Bottler
         only: (i) an exclusive license to use the Trademarks solely in
         connection with the manufacture, packaging and sale of the Fountain
         Syrups for distribution and sale to Local Account Customers in the
         Territories as set forth in Article I hereof; (ii) an exclusive license
         to use the Trademarks solely in connection with the manufacture,
         packaging and sale of the Fountain Syrups for distribution and sale to
         National Account Customers in the Territories who elect DSD, as set
         forth in paragraph 2(a) hereof; and (iii) a non-exclusive license to
         use the Trademarks solely in connection with the manufacture and
         packaging of the Fountain Syrups for distribution to National Account
         Customers in the Territories, who do not elect DSD, as set forth in
         subparagraph 2(a) hereof. Nothing herein, nor any act or failure to act
         by the Bottler or the Company, shall give the Bottler any proprietary
         or ownership interest of any kind in the Trademarks or in the goodwill
         associated therewith.

4.       The Bottler agrees during the term of this Agreement and in accordance
         with any requirements imposed upon the Bottler under applicable laws:


                                       7
<PAGE>

         (a)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any "Cola Product" (herein
                  defined to mean any soft drink beverage or syrup which is
                  generally marketed as a cola product or which is generally
                  perceived as being a cola product) other than a soft drink or
                  syrup manufactured, packaged, distributed or sold by the
                  Bottler under authority of the Company;

         (b)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any concentrate, beverage
                  base, syrup, beverage or any other product which is likely to
                  be confused with, or passed off for, any of the Concentrates,
                  Fountain Syrups or Beverages;

         (c)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any product or syrup under any
                  trademark or other designation that is an imitation,
                  counterfeit, copy or infringement of, or confusingly similar
                  to, any of the Trademarks; and

         (d)      Not to acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, any ownership
                  interest in, or, directly or indirectly, enter into any
                  contract or arrangement with respect to, the management or
                  control of, any person within or without the Territories that
                  engages in any of the activities prohibited by subparagraphs
                  (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph 4.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                       OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER RELATING TO
                MANUFACTURE AND PACKAGING OF THE FOUNTAIN SYRUPS


                                       8
<PAGE>

5.
         (a)      The Bottler represents and warrants that the Bottler
                  possesses, or will possess, in the Territories, prior to the
                  manufacture, packaging and distribution of the Fountain
                  Syrups, and will maintain during the term of this Agreement,
                  such plant or plants, machinery and equipment, trained staff,
                  and distribution and fountain vending facilities as are
                  capable of manufacturing, packaging and distributing the
                  Fountain Syrups in accordance with this Agreement, in
                  compliance with all applicable governmental and administrative
                  requirements, and in sufficient quantities to fully meet the
                  demand for the Fountain Syrups in the Territories.

         (b)      The Company and the Bottler acknowledge that each is or may
                  become a party to one or more agreements authorizing a bottler
                  or other Company-authorized entity to produce Fountain Syrups
                  for sale by another bottler. Such agreements include, but are
                  not limited to (i) agreements permitting bottlers, subject to
                  certain conditions, to commence or continue to manufacture the
                  Fountain Syrups for other bottlers, and (ii) agreements
                  pursuant to which bottlers may have the Fountain Syrups
                  manufactured for them by other Company-authorized entities. It
                  is hereby agreed that the Company shall not unreasonably
                  withhold (i) any consents required by such agreements, or (ii)
                  approval of Bottler's participation in such agreements. All
                  such existing agreements shall remain in full force and effect
                  in accordance with their terms.

6.       The Bottler recognizes that increases in the demand for the Fountain
         Syrups, as well as changes in the packaging used for the Fountain
         Syrups, may, from time to time, require adaptation of its existing
         manufacturing, packaging or delivery equipment or the purchase of
         additional manufacturing, packaging and delivery equipment. The Bottler
         agrees to make such modifications and adaptations as necessary and to
         purchase and install such equipment, in time to permit the 


                                       9
<PAGE>

         introduction and manufacture, packaging and delivery of sufficient
         quantities of the Fountain Syrups, to fully meet the demand for the
         Fountain Syrups in the Territories.

7.       The Bottler warrants that the handling and storage of the Concentrates
         and the manufacture, handling, storage, and packaging of the Fountain
         Syrups shall be accomplished in accordance with the Company's quality
         control and sanitation standards, as reasonably established by the
         Company and communicated to the Bottler from time to time, and shall,
         in any event, conform with all food, labeling, health, packaging and
         other relevant laws and regulations applicable in the Territories.

8.       The Bottler, in accordance with such instructions as may be given from
         time to time by the Company, shall submit to the Company, at the
         Bottler's expense, samples of the Fountain Syrups and the raw materials
         used in the manufacture of the Fountain Syrups. The Bottler shall
         permit representatives of the Company to have access to the premises of
         the Bottler during ordinary business hours to inspect the plant,
         equipment, and methods used by the Bottler in order to ascertain
         whether the Bottler is complying with the instructions and standards
         prescribed for the manufacturing, handling, storage and packaging of
         the Fountain Syrups.

9.
         (a)      For the packaging, distribution and sale of the Fountain
                  Syrups, the Bottler shall use only such packaging and labels
                  as shall be authorized from time to time by the Company for
                  the Bottler and shall purchase such items only from
                  manufacturers approved by the Company, which approval shall
                  not be unreasonably withheld. Such approval by the Company
                  does not relieve the Bottler of the bottler's independent
                  responsibility to assure that the packaging and labels
                  purchased by the Bottler are suitable for the 


                                       10
<PAGE>

                  purpose intended, and in accordance with the good reputation
                  and image of excellence of the Trademarks and Beverages.

         (b)      The Bottler shall maintain at all times a stock of packages,
                  labels, and other essential related materials bearing the
                  Trademarks, sufficient to fully meet the demand for Fountain
                  Syrups in the Territories, and the Bottler shall not use or
                  permit the use of any packages, labels or other materials, if
                  they bear the Trademarks or contain any Fountain Syrups, for
                  any purpose other than the packaging and distribution of the
                  Fountain Syrups. The Bottler further agrees not to refill or
                  otherwise reuse nonreturnable containers.

10.      If the Company determines the existence of quality or technical
         difficulties with any Fountain Syrup, or any package used for the
         Fountain Syrup, the Company shall have the right, immediately and at
         its sole option, to withdraw the Fountain Syrup or any such package
         from the market. The Company shall notify the Bottler in writing of
         such withdrawal, and the Bottler shall, upon receipt of notice,
         immediately cease distribution of the Fountain Syrup or such package
         therefor. If so directed by the Company, the Bottler shall recall and
         reacquire the Fountain Syrup or package involved from any purchaser
         thereof. If any recall of any product or any of the packages used
         therefor is caused by (i) quality or technical defects in the
         Concentrate, or other materials prepared by the Company from which the
         Fountain Syrup involved was prepared by the Bottler, or (ii) quality or
         technical defects in the Company's designs and design specifications of
         packages which it has imposed on the Bottler or the Bottler's third
         party suppliers if such designs and specifications were negligently
         established by the Company (and specifically excluding designs and
         specifications of other parties and the failure of other parties to
         manufacture packages in strict conformity with the designs and
         specifications of the Company), the Company shall reimburse the Bottler
         for the Bottler's total expenses incident to such recall. Conversely,
         if any 


                                       11
<PAGE>

         recall is caused by the Bottler's failure to comply with instructions,
         quality control procedures or specifications for the preparation,
         packaging and distribution of the Fountain Syrup involved, the Bottler
         shall bear its total expenses of such recall and reimburse the Company
         for the Company's total expenses incident to such recall.

                                    ARTICLE V
                         CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

11.      The Company reserves the right to establish and to revise at any time,
         in its sole discretion, the price of any of the Concentrates, the terms
         of payment, and the other terms and conditions of supply, any such
         revision to be effective immediately upon notice to the Bottler. If
         Bottler rejects a change in price or the other terms and conditions
         contained in any such notice, then the Bottler shall so notify the
         Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Company's notice, and
         this Agreement will terminate ninety (90) days after the date of such
         notification by the Bottler, without further liability of the Company
         or the Bottler. The change in price or other terms and conditions so
         rejected by the Bottler shall not apply to purchases of such
         Concentrate by the Bottler during such ninety (90) day period preceding
         termination. Failure by the Bottler to notify the Company of its
         rejection of the changes in price or such other terms and conditions
         shall be deemed acceptance thereof by the Bottler.

12.      The Bottler shall purchase from the Company only such quantities of the
         Concentrates as shall be necessary and sufficient to carry out the
         Bottler's obligations under this Agreement. The Bottler shall use the
         Concentrates exclusively for its manufacture of the Fountain Syrups.
         The Bottler shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Concentrate or
         permit the same to get into the hands of third parties.


                                       12
<PAGE>

13.
         (a)      The Bottler agrees not to distribute or sell any Fountain
                  Syrups outside the Territories unless authorized by the
                  Company. The Bottler shall not distribute or sell any Fountain
                  Syrups to any person (other than another Bottler pursuant to
                  subparagraph 5(b) and other than as a delivery agent for the
                  Company to National Account Customers outside of the
                  Territories which elect to receive Fountain Syrup through
                  distribution methods other than direct store delivery as
                  provided in subparagraph 2(a) hereof) for ultimate sale
                  outside the Territories. If any Fountain Syrup distributed by
                  the Bottler is found outside of the Territories in violation
                  of this paragraph 13, Bottler shall be deemed to have
                  transshipped such Fountain Syrup and shall be deemed to be a
                  "Transshipping Bottler" for purposes hereof. For purposes of
                  this Agreement, "Offended Bottler" shall mean a Bottler in any
                  Territories into which any Fountain Syrup is transshipped.

         (b)      In addition to all other remedies the Company may have against
                  any Transshipping Bottler for violation of this paragraph 13,
                  the Company may impose upon any Transshipping Bottler a charge
                  for each gallon of Fountain Syrup transshipped by such
                  Bottler. The per-gallon amount of such charge shall be
                  determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company
                  and the Bottler agree that the amount of such charge shall be
                  deemed to reflect the damages to the Company, the Offended
                  Bottler and the bottling system. In addition, the Company may
                  directly charge the Transshipping Bottler the full amount of
                  all investigative and other costs incurred by the Company in
                  connection with the transshipment and such Transshipping
                  Bottler shall be obligated to pay such amount. The Company
                  shall forward to the Offended Bottler, upon receipt from the
                  Transshipping Bottler, the full amount of the per gallon
                  charge so received (but not including investigative and other
                  costs charged to the 


                                       13
<PAGE>

                  Transshipping Bottler by the Company). If the Company or its
                  agent recalls any Beverage which has been transshipped, the
                  Transshipping Bottler shall, in addition to any other
                  obligation it may have hereunder, reimburse the Company for
                  its costs of purchasing, transporting, and/or destroying such
                  Beverage.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           OBLIGATIONS OF THE BOTTLER
                   RELATING TO THE MARKETING OF THE BEVERAGES
                         FINANCIAL CAPACITY AND PLANNING

14.      The continuing responsibility to increase and fully meet the demand for
         the Fountain Syrups within the Territories rests upon the Bottler. The
         Bottler agrees to use all approved means as may be reasonably necessary
         to meet this responsibility.

15.
         (a)      The Bottler will push vigorously the sale of the Fountain
                  Syrups throughout all of the Territories. Without in any way
                  limiting the Bottler's obligation under this Paragraph 15, the
                  Bottler must (i) fully meet and increase the demand for the
                  Fountain Syrups throughout the Territories and secure full
                  distribution up to the maximum sales potential therein through
                  all channels or outlets available to fountain beverages, using
                  any and all equipment reasonably necessary to secure such
                  distribution; (ii) service all accounts with frequency
                  adequate to keep them at all times fully supplied with the
                  Fountain Syrups and (iii) keep the fountain dispensing
                  equipment located at such channels and outlets in good working
                  order in accordance with requirements and performance
                  standards established by the Company.


                                       14
<PAGE>

         (b)      The parties agree that to fully meet and increase demand for
                  the Fountain Syrups advertising and other forms of marketing
                  activities are required. Therefore, the Bottler will spend
                  such funds in advertising and marketing the Fountain Syrups as
                  may be reasonably required to increase, as well as maintain,
                  demand for the Fountain Syrups in the Territories. The Bottler
                  shall fully cooperate in and vigorously push all cooperative
                  advertising and sales promotion programs and campaigns that
                  may be reasonably established by the Company for the
                  Territories. The Bottler will use and publish only such
                  advertising, promotional materials or other items bearing the
                  Trademarks relating to the Fountain Syrups as the Company has
                  approved and authorized. The expenditures required by this
                  Article VI shall be made by the Bottler. The Company may, in
                  its sole discretion, contribute to such expenditures. The
                  Company may also undertake, at its expense, independently of
                  the Bottler's marketing programs, any advertising or
                  promotional activity that the Company deems appropriate to
                  conduct in the Territories, but this shall in no way affect
                  the responsibility of the Bottler for increasing the demand
                  for the Fountain Syrups.

         (c)      The obligations set forth in Paragraphs 14, 15(a)(i) and 15(b)
                  above shall be modified as follows. In the case of Program
                  Customers only, the Bottler and the Company agree that such
                  obligations shall be joint obligations of both the Bottler and
                  the Company.

16.      The Bottler and all Bottler Affiliates shall maintain the consolidated
         financial capacity reasonably necessary to assure that the Bottler and
         all Bottler Affiliates directly or indirectly controlled by the Bottler
         will be financially able to perform their respective duties and
         obligations under this Agreement and under all other 


                                       15
<PAGE>

         agreements between the Company and Bottler Affiliates regarding the
         manufacture, packaging, distribution and sale of the Fountain Syrups.

17.
         (a)      The Company and the Bottler have agreed upon a business plan
                  for the first three years of the term of this Agreement. Since
                  periodic planning is essential for the proper implementation
                  of this Agreement, the Bottler and the Company shall meet each
                  year at such date as the parties may set (but no later than
                  ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of any calendar
                  year) during the term of this Agreement beginning with the
                  commencement of the calendar year closest to the anniversary
                  date of this Agreement, to discuss the Bottler's plans for the
                  ensuing three (3) year period. At such meeting, the Bottler
                  shall present a plan that sets out in reasonable detail
                  satisfactory to the Company: (i) the marketing plans
                  (including plans relating to (x) marketing equipment and (y)
                  any change in the geographic area in which existing Fountain
                  Syrups are distributed), management and advertising plans of
                  the Bottler with respect to the Fountain Syrups and any plan
                  for the Bottler's introduction of any new fountain syrup for
                  the ensuing year, including a financial plan showing that the
                  Bottler and all Bottler Affiliates have the consolidated
                  financial capacity to perform their respective duties and
                  obligations under this Agreement and specifically setting
                  forth the projected cash flows, income statement and balance
                  sheet (including any capitalization plans) of the Bottler and
                  Bottler Affiliates for such ensuing year and (ii) the
                  projected sales and capital expenditures for the two years
                  immediately following such year. The Company and the Bottler
                  shall discuss this plan and this plan, upon approval by the
                  Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall
                  define the Bottler's obligation herein to maintain such
                  consolidated financial capacity and to increase and fully meet
                  the demand 


                                       16
<PAGE>

                  for the Fountain Syrups in the Territories for the period of
                  time covered by the plan.

         (b)      The Bottler shall report to the Company periodically, but not
                  less than quarterly, as to its implementation of the approved
                  plan; it is understood, however, that the Bottler shall report
                  sales on a regular basis as requested by the Company and in
                  such format and detail, and containing such information as may
                  be reasonably requested by the Company. The failure by the
                  Bottler to carry out the plan, or if the plan is not presented
                  or is not approved, will constitute a primary consideration
                  for determining whether the Bottler has fulfilled its
                  obligation to maintain the consolidated financial capacity
                  required under paragraph 16 to push vigorously the sale of the
                  Fountain Syrups throughout the Territories and to increase and
                  fully meet the demand for the Fountain Syrups in the
                  Territories as set forth in Paragraphs 14 and 15 hereof. If
                  the Bottler carries out the plan in all material respects, it
                  shall be deemed to have satisfied the obligations of the
                  Bottler under paragraphs 14, 15 and 16 for the period of time
                  covered by the plan.

         (c)      The Bottler shall not make any significant change in the
                  capitalization, debt level or methods of financing the
                  operations of the Bottler and Bottler Affiliates set forth in
                  any projected balance sheet of the Bottler and Bottler
                  Affiliates approved under Paragraph 17(a) hereof, without the
                  consent of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                 REFORMULATION, NEW PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATTERS


                                       17
<PAGE>

18.      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and discretion to
         reformulate any of the Fountain Syrups. In addition, the Company has
         the sole and exclusive right and discretion to discontinue any of the
         Fountain Syrups under this Agreement, provided such Fountain Syrups are
         discontinued on a national basis. In the event that the Company
         discontinues any Fountain Syrup, Schedule A to this Agreement shall be
         deemed amended by deleting the discontinued Fountain Syrups from the
         list of Fountain Syrups set forth on Schedule A.

19.      In the event that the Company introduces any new Fountain Syrup in the
         Territories under the trademarks "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi" or any
         modification thereof (herein defined to mean the addition of a prefix,
         suffix or other modifier used in conjunction with the trademarks
         "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi"), the Bottler shall be obligated to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell such new Fountain Syrup in
         the Territories pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
         and Schedule A to this Agreement shall be deemed amended by adding such
         new Fountain Syrup to the list of beverages set forth on Schedule A.

20.      The Company has the unrestricted right to use the Trademarks on the
         Fountain Syrups and on all other products and merchandise other than
         the Fountain Syrups in the Territories.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      TERM AND TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

21.
         (a)      The term of this Agreement shall commence on the effective
                  date hereof and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with
                  its provisions, will end on the fifth anniversary of the
                  effective date hereof (the "Initial Term"). The Initial Term
                  thereafter shall be extended automatically for additional


                                       18
<PAGE>

                  periods of five (5) years (each a "Renewal Term").
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may terminate this
                  Agreement without cause at any time during any Renewal Term
                  upon twenty-four (24) months notice.

         (b)      Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with
                  subparagraph 21(a) hereof and completion of the valuation
                  process referred to in subparagraph 21(c) below, the Company
                  shall make a payment to the Bottler in an amount equal to the
                  fair market value of the business conducted by the Bottler
                  pursuant to the rights and authorizations set forth in
                  Articles I and II hereof and determined in accordance with the
                  Valuation Methodology (as described below) referred to
                  collectively as the "Bottler's Fountain Business".

         (c)      Within sixty days of giving a termination notice in accordance
                  with subparagraph 21(a) hereof, the Company and the Bottler
                  shall appoint a mutually satisfactory Appraiser to determine
                  the fair market value of the Bottler's Fountain Business. All
                  appraisals determined in accordance with this subparagraph
                  21(c) shall comply with the Valuation Methodology. If the
                  Company and the Bottler fail to agree upon a satisfactory
                  Appraiser then each shall promptly appoint a separate
                  Appraiser and such Appraisers shall jointly determine such
                  amount. If either the Company or the Bottler fails to so
                  appoint an Appraiser, the determination of the single
                  Appraiser appointed shall be final. If two Appraisers are
                  appointed and within sixty (60) days after the appointment of
                  the latter of such two Appraisers, they cannot agree upon such
                  amount, such two Appraisers shall, within five (5) days after
                  the expiration of the sixty (60) day period, appoint a third
                  Appraiser and such amount shall be determined by such three
                  Appraisers, who shall make their separate appraisals within
                  thirty (30) days following the appointment of the third
                  Appraiser, and any determination so made shall be conclusive
                  and binding upon the 


                                       19
<PAGE>

                  Company and the Bottler. If no such third Appraiser is
                  appointed within such five (5)-day period, either the Company
                  or the Bottler may apply to the American Arbitration
                  Association to make such appointment, and both parties shall
                  be bound by such appointment. If three Appraisers are
                  appointed and the difference between (x) the determination
                  which is farther from the middle determination and (y) the
                  middle determination is more than 125% of the difference
                  between the middle determination and the third determination,
                  then such farther determination shall be excluded, the
                  remaining two determinations shall be averaged and such
                  average shall be final and binding upon the Company or the
                  Bottler. Otherwise, the average of all three determinations
                  shall be final and binding upon the Company or the Bottler.
                  The fees and expenses of all such Appraisers and such
                  appraisal procedure shall be borne by the Company.

                  In order to properly establish the fair market value of the
                  Bottler's Fountain Business, the "Valuation Methodology" shall
                  include consideration of the rights and authorizations granted
                  to Bottler in Articles I and II hereof as if such rights and
                  authorizations were perpetual in nature. In addition, the
                  Valuation Methodology shall take into account the current
                  volume of Fountain Syrup (in gallons) manufactured, sold
                  and/or distributed by the Bottler in the Territories and
                  recent sales volume trends for each segment of the Bottler's
                  Fountain Business.

22.      The obligation to supply Concentrates to the Bottler and the Bottler's
         obligation to purchase Concentrates from the Company and to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell the Fountain Syrups under
         this Agreement shall be suspended during any period when any of the
         following conditions exist:

         (a)      There shall occur a change in the law or regulation
                  (including, without limitation, any government permission or
                  authorization regarding customs, 


                                       20
<PAGE>

                  health or manufacturing) in such a manner as to render
                  unlawful or commercially impracticable:

                  (i)      the importation of Concentrate or any of its
                           essential ingredients, which cannot be produced in
                           quantities sufficient to satisfy the demand therefor
                           by existing Company facilities in the United States;
                           or

                  (ii)     the manufacture and distribution of the Concentrates
                           or Fountain Syrups; or

         (b)      There shall occur any inability or commercial impracticability
                  of either of the parties to perform resulting from an act of
                  God, or "force majeure," public enemies, boycott, quarantine,
                  riot, strike, or insurrection, or due to a declared or
                  undeclared war, belligerency or embargo, sanctions,
                  blacklisting, or other hazard or danger incident to the same,
                  or resulting from any other cause whatsoever beyond its
                  control.

         If any of the conditions described in this paragraph 22 persists so
         that either party's obligation to perform is suspended in any
         substantial respect for a period of six (6) months or more, the other
         party may terminate this Agreement forthwith, upon notice to the party
         whose obligation to perform is suspended.

23.
         (a)      The Company may terminate this Agreement in the event of the
                  occurrence of any of the following events of default:

                  (i)      If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary becomes
                           insolvent; if a petition in bankruptcy is filed
                           against or on behalf of the Bottler or Bottler
                           Subsidiary which is not stayed or dismissed within
                           sixty (60) days; if 


                                       21
<PAGE>

                           the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary is put in
                           liquidation or placed under sequester; if a receiver
                           is appointed to manage the business of the Bottler or
                           Bottler Subsidiary; or if the Bottler or Bottler
                           Subsidiary enters into any judicial or voluntary
                           arrangement or composition with its creditors, or
                           concludes any similar arrangements with them or makes
                           an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

                  (ii)     If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary adopts a plan of
                           dissolution or liquidation;

                  (iii)    If any person or any Affiliated Group, other than any
                           person or any Affiliated Group acting with the
                           consent of the Company, acquires, or obtains any
                           contract, option, conversion privilege or other right
                           to acquire, directly or indirectly, Beneficial
                           Ownership of more than fifteen percent (15%) of any
                           class or series of voting securities of the Bottler
                           and if such person or Affiliated Group does not
                           divest itself of Beneficial Ownership of such voting
                           securities or otherwise terminate any such contract,
                           option, conversion privilege or other right to a
                           level equal to or below fifteen percent (15%) within
                           thirty (30) days after the Company notifies the
                           Bottler that the failure of such person or Affiliated
                           Group to thus divest or terminate may result in
                           termination of this Agreement;

                  (iv)     If any Disposition is made without the consent of the
                           Company by Bottler or by any Bottler Subsidiary of
                           any voting securities of any Bottler Subsidiary;

                  (v)      If the Master Bottling Agreement between the Company
                           and the Bottler or any person that controls, directly
                           or indirectly, the Bottler is terminated, unless the
                           Company agrees in writing that this 


                                       22
<PAGE>

                           subparagraph 23(a)(v) will not be applied by the
                           Company to such termination;

                  (vi)     If the Bottler or any person in which the Bottler has
                           Beneficial Ownership of any equity or voting
                           securities, or in which the Bottler has a right or
                           control of management, or which controls or is under
                           common control with the Bottler, should engage
                           directly or indirectly in the manufacture,
                           distribution or marketing of any product specified in
                           subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of paragraph 4
                           above, or should obtain a right or license to do the
                           same, and if the Company has given the Bottler notice
                           that such condition exists and that the Company will
                           terminate this Agreement within six (6) months if
                           such condition is not eliminated, and if such
                           condition has not been eliminated within the six (6)
                           month period.

                  (vii)    If all or substantially all of the Bottler's or
                           Bottler Subsidiary's bottling assets are sold,
                           transferred or otherwise disposed of (including any
                           transfer by operation of law) other than sales,
                           transfers or other dispositions of Assets by the
                           Bottler or one or more Bottler Subsidiary to one or
                           more wholly owned Bottler Subsidiary.

                  (viii)   If the Bottler or any Bottler Subsidiary shall engage
                           in any business other than (x) the business of
                           manufacturing, selling or distributing non-alcoholic
                           beverages or (y) any business which is directly
                           related and incidental to such beverage business.

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees with the Company:


                                       23
<PAGE>

                  (i)      to notify the Company promptly in the event of or
                           upon obtaining knowledge of any third party action
                           which may or will result in any change in ownership
                           described in Section 23(a)(iii) above;

                  (ii)     to make available from time to time and at the
                           request of the Company complete records of current
                           ownership of the Bottler and full information
                           concerning any entities or parties by whom it is
                           controlled directly or indirectly or which it
                           controls; and

                  (iii)    to the extent the Bottler has any legal control over
                           changes in the ownership of the Bottler or any entity
                           having direct or indirect ownership or control of the
                           Bottler as described in Section 23(a)(iii) above, not
                           to initiate or implement, consent to or acquiesce in
                           any such change without the prior written consent of
                           the Company.

         (c)      For the purposes of this Agreement:

                  (i)      "Affiliated Group" shall mean two or more persons
                           acting as a partnership, limited partnership,
                           syndicate or other group, or who agrees to act
                           together, for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
                           voting or making any Disposition of any voting
                           securities of the Bottler; provided further that the
                           Affiliated Group formed thereby shall be deemed to
                           have acquired Beneficial Ownership of all voting
                           securities of the Bottler beneficially owned by any
                           such persons.

                  (ii)     "Beneficial Ownership" shall mean (i) voting power
                           which includes the power to vote, or to direct the
                           voting of, any securities, or (ii) investment power
                           which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the
                           Disposition of, any securities; provided further
                           Beneficial Ownership shall include any such voting
                           power or investment 


                                       24
<PAGE>

                           power which any person has or shares, directly or
                           indirectly, through any contract, arrangement,
                           understanding, relationship or otherwise; provided,
                           however, that the following persons shall not be
                           deemed to have acquired Beneficial Ownership under
                           the circumstances described: (a) a person engaged in
                           business as an underwriter of securities who acquires
                           securities through his participation in good faith in
                           a firm commitment underwriting registered under the
                           Securities Act of 1933 shall not be deemed to be the
                           Beneficial Owner of such securities until such time
                           as such underwriter completes his participation in
                           the underwriting and shall not thereupon or
                           thereafter be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of
                           the securities acquired by other members of any
                           underwriting syndicate or selected dealers in
                           connection with such underwriting solely by reason of
                           customary underwriting or selected dealer
                           arrangements; (b) a member of a national securities
                           exchange shall not be deemed to be a Beneficial Owner
                           of securities held directly or indirectly by it on
                           behalf of another person solely because such member
                           is the record holder of such securities and, pursuant
                           to the rules of such exchange, may direct the vote of
                           such securities, without instruction, on other than
                           contested matters or matters that may affect
                           substantially the rights or privileges of the holders
                           of the securities to be voted, but is otherwise
                           precluded by the rules of such exchange from voting
                           without instruction; and (c) the holder of a proxy
                           solicited by the Board of Directors of the Bottler
                           for the voting of securities of the Bottler at any
                           annual or special meeting and any adjournment or
                           adjournments thereof of the stockholders of the
                           Bottler shall not be deemed to be a Beneficial Owner
                           of the securities that are the subject of the proxy
                           solely for such reason.


                                       25
<PAGE>

                  (iii)    "Bottler Subsidiary" shall mean any person that is
                           controlled directly or indirectly by the Bottler, and
                           either participates in the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of the Beverages in "authorized
                           containers" or has a direct or indirect equity
                           interest in another Bottler Subsidiary that does so
                           participate;

                  (iv)     "Disposition" shall mean any sale, merger, issuance
                           of securities, or other transaction in which, or as a
                           result of which, any person other than Bottler or a
                           wholly owned subsidiary of Bottler, acquires, or
                           obtains any contract, option, conversion privilege or
                           other right to acquire Beneficial Ownership of any
                           securities.

         (d)      Upon the occurrence of any of the events of default specified
                  in subparagraph 23(a), the Company may terminate this
                  Agreement by giving the Bottler notice to that effect,
                  effective immediately.

24.
         (a)      In addition to the events of a default described in paragraph
                  23, the Company may also terminate this Agreement, subject to
                  the limitations of subparagraph 24(b), in the event of the
                  occurrence of any of the following events of default:

                  (i)      If the Bottler fails to make timely payment for
                           Concentrate or of any other debt owing to the
                           Company;

                  (ii)     If the condition of the plant or equipment used by
                           the Bottler in manufacturing, packaging or
                           distributing the Fountain Syrups fails to meet the
                           sanitary standards reasonably established by the
                           Company;


                                       26
<PAGE>

                  (iii)    If the Fountain Syrups manufactured by the Bottler
                           fail to meet the quality control standards reasonably
                           established by the Company;

                  (iv)     If the Fountain Syrups are not manufactured in strict
                           conformity with such standards and instructions as
                           the Company may reasonably establish;

                  (v)      If the Bottler fails to present or carry out a plan
                           approved under paragraph 17 in all material respects;
                           or

                  (vi)     If the Bottler materially breaches any of the
                           Bottler's other obligations under this Agreement.

                  The standards and instructions of the Company comprise
                  privately published information concerning the manufacture,
                  handling and storage of the Fountain Syrups under good
                  manufacturing practices, as well as technical instructions,
                  bulletins and other communications issued or amended from time
                  to time by the Company.

         (b)      Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events of default,
                  the Company shall, as a condition to termination of this
                  Agreement under this paragraph 24, give the Bottler notice
                  thereof. The Bottler shall then have a period of sixty (60)
                  days within which to cure the default, including, at the
                  instruction of the Company and at the Bottler's expense, by
                  the prompt withdrawal from the market and destruction of any
                  Fountain Syrup that fails to meet the quality control
                  standards of the Company or any Beverage that is not
                  manufactured in accordance with the instructions of the
                  Company. If such default has not been cured within such
                  period, then the Company may, by giving the Bottler further
                  notice to such effect, suspend sales to the Bottler of
                  Concentrates and require the Bottler to 


                                       27
<PAGE>

                  cease production of the Fountain Syrups and the packaging and
                  distribution of Beverages in Authorized Containers. During
                  such second period of sixty (60) days, the Company also may
                  supply, or cause or permit others to supply, the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers under the Trademarks in the Territories.
                  If such default has not been cured during such second period
                  of sixty (60) days, then the Company may terminate this
                  Agreement, by giving the Bottler notice to such effect,
                  effective immediately.

25.      Upon the termination of this Agreement:

         (a)      The Bottler shall forthwith take such action as necessary to
                  eliminate the trademark "Pepsi-Cola" from its corporate name;

         (b)      Any other agreement between the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the manufacture, packaging, distribution, sale or
                  promotion of Fountain Syrups may, at the election of the
                  Company, be automatically terminated and thereby become of no
                  further force or effect.

         (c)      The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to manufacture,
                  package, distribute or sell any of the Fountain Syrups or to
                  make any use of the Trademarks or any packaging, labels or
                  advertising material bearing the Trademarks;

         (d)      The Bottler shall forthwith remove and efface all reference to
                  the Company, the Fountain Syrups and the Trademarks from the
                  business premises and equipment of the Bottler and from all
                  business papers and advertising used or maintained by the
                  Bottler; and it shall not thereafter hold forth in any manner
                  whatsoever that it has any connection with the Company or the
                  Beverages; and,


                                       28
<PAGE>

         (e)      The Bottler shall forthwith deliver all Concentrate, Fountain
                  Syrup, usable returnable or any nonreturnable containers,
                  packaging, labels, and advertising material bearing the
                  Trademarks, still in the Bottler's possession or under the
                  Bottler's control, to the Company or the Company's nominee, as
                  instructed, and, upon receipt, the Company shall pay to the
                  Bottler a sum equal to the reasonable market value of such
                  supplies or materials. The Company will accept and pay for
                  only such articles as are, in the opinion of the Company, in
                  first-class and usable condition, and all other such articles
                  shall be destroyed at the Bottler's expense. Containers and
                  advertising material and all other items bearing the name of
                  the Bottler, in addition to the Trademarks, that have not been
                  purchased by the Company shall be destroyed without cost to
                  the Company, or otherwise disposed of in accordance with
                  instructions given by the Company, unless the Bottler can
                  remove or obliterate the Trademarks therefrom to the
                  satisfaction of the Company. The provisions for repurchase
                  contained in subparagraph 25(e) shall apply upon termination
                  by either party under paragraph 22; and upon termination by
                  the Bottler under subparagraph 11. In all other cases, the
                  Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
                  purchase the aforementioned items from the Bottler.

26.
         (a)      Subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraph 26(b), in
                  the event that the Bottler at any time fails to carry out a
                  plan approved under paragraph 17 in all material respects in
                  any segment of the Territories, whether defined geographically
                  or by type of market or outlet, which segment shall be defined
                  by the Company (hereinafter a "Subterritory"), the Company 


                                       29
<PAGE>

                  may reduce the Territories covered by this Agreement, and
                  thereby restrict the Bottler's authorization hereunder to the
                  remainder of the Territories, by eliminating the Subterritory
                  from the Territories covered by this Agreement.

         (b)      In the event of such failure, the Company may eliminate the
                  Subterritory from the Territories covered by this Agreement by
                  giving the Bottler notice to that effect, which notice shall
                  define the Subterritory or Subterritories to which the notice
                  applies. The Bottler shall then have a period of six (6)
                  months within which to cure such failure. If the Bottler has
                  not cured such failure in such six (6) month period, the
                  Company may eliminate such Subterritory or Subterritories from
                  the Territories by giving the Bottler further notice to that
                  effect, effective immediately.

         (c)      Upon elimination of any Subterritory from the Territories:

                  (i)      Schedule D to this Agreement shall be deemed amended
                           by eliminating such Subterritory from the
                           Territories;

                  (ii)     The Company may manufacture, package, distribute and
                           sell the Fountain Syrups under the Trademarks in such
                           Subterritory, or authorize others to do so;

                  (iii)    Any other agreement between the Bottler and the
                           Company regarding the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of Fountain Syrups in such
                           Subterritory may, at the election of the Company, be
                           automatically terminated and thereby become of no
                           further force or effect in such Subterritory;


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to
                           manufacture, package, distribute or sell any of the
                           Fountain Syrups in such Subterritory, or to make any
                           use of the Trademarks, packaging, labels or
                           advertising material bearing the Trademarks in
                           connection with the sale or distribution of the
                           Fountain Syrups in such Subterritory; and

                  (v)      The Bottler shall not thereafter hold forth in such
                           Subterritory in any manner whatsoever that it has any
                           connection with the Fountain Syrups.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                     TRANSFERABILITY/ADDITIONAL TERRITORIES

27.      The Bottler hereby acknowledges the personal nature of the Bottler's
         obligations under this Agreement with respect to the performance
         standards applicable to the Bottler, the dependence of the Trademarks
         on proper quality control, the level of marketing effort required of
         the Bottler to increase demand for the Fountain Syrups, and the
         confidentiality required for protection of the Company's trade secrets
         and confidential information. In recognition of the personal nature of
         these and other obligations of the Bottler under this Agreement, the
         Bottler may not assign, transfer or pledge this Agreement or any
         interest therein, in whole or in part, whether voluntarily,
         involuntarily, or by operation of law (including, but not limited to,
         by merger or liquidation), or delegate any material element of the
         Bottler's performance thereof, or sublicense its rights hereunder, in
         whole or in part, to any third party or parties, without the prior
         consent of the Company. Any attempt to take such action without such
         consent shall be void and shall be deemed to be a material breach of
         this Agreement.

28.


                                       31
<PAGE>

         (a)      The Bottler hereby agrees that it will not acquire or attempt
                  to acquire, directly or indirectly, without the prior written
                  consent of the Company, the right to manufacture and sell any
                  of the Fountain Syrups or any equity or economic interest in
                  any entity having such rights in any territory located outside
                  the Specified Area (the term "Specified Area" shall have the
                  meaning as set forth in the Master Bottling Agreement between
                  the parties hereto). Any acquisition of such rights by the
                  Bottler within the Specified Area shall be subject to the
                  approval of the Company, which approval shall not be withheld
                  if (i) the Bottler has successfully negotiated the acquisition
                  of such rights for any such territories with the holder
                  thereof and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of the Company,
                  the Bottler has satisfactorily performed its obligations under
                  this Agreement.

         (b)      In the event that the Bottler acquires the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Fountain Syrups in any
                  territories in the United States outside of the Territories,
                  such additional territories shall automatically be deemed to
                  be included within the Territories covered by this Agreement
                  for all purposes, except as set forth below. Any separate
                  agreement that may exist concerning such additional
                  territories shall be ipso facto amended to conform to the
                  terms of this Agreement, except as set forth below. In
                  addition, if the Bottler acquires control, directly or
                  indirectly, of any person which is a party, or which controls
                  directly or indirectly a party, to an agreement whereby such
                  party has the right to manufacture and sell any of the
                  Fountain Syrups in any territory in the United States, the
                  Bottler shall cause such party to amend such agreement,
                  effective as of the date of acquisition of control of such
                  party, to conform to the terms of this Agreement with respect
                  to all such territory in the United States, except as set
                  forth below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the
                  Bottler makes any such acquisition after the date hereof, the
                  Bottler's right to receive the Brand Development Fee and the
                  Bottler Delivery Remittance 


                                       32
<PAGE>

                  applicable to such acquired territories shall continue to be
                  governed by the agreement that existed between the Company and
                  the acquired bottler on the date of its acquisition by the
                  Bottler (the "Pre-Acquisition Agreement"); PROVIDED, however,
                  that (i) the Pre-Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed to
                  expire five years from the date such territory was acquired
                  after which date this Agreement shall become applicable and
                  (ii) the Pre-Acquisition Agreement shall only be applicable to
                  those National Account Customers that were under contract with
                  the acquired bottler or the Company on the date of the
                  acquisition.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   LITIGATION
29.
         (a)      The Company reserves the right to institute any civil,
                  administrative or criminal proceeding or action, and generally
                  to take or seek any available legal remedy it deems desirable,
                  for the protection of its good reputation and industrial
                  property rights (including, but not limited to, the
                  Trademarks), as well as for the protection of the Concentrates
                  and the Fountain Syrups, and the formulas therefor, and to
                  defend any action affecting these matters. At the request of
                  the Company, the Bottler will render reasonable assistance in
                  any such action. The Bottler may not claim any right against
                  the Company as a result of such action or for any failure to
                  take such action. The Bottler shall promptly notify the
                  Company of any litigation or proceeding instituted or
                  threatened affecting these matters. The Bottler shall not
                  institute any legal or administrative proceeding against any
                  third party which may affect the interests of the Company in
                  connection with this Agreement without the Company's prior
                  consent.


                                       33
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and
                  responsibility to prosecute and defend all suits relating to
                  the Trademarks. The Company may prosecute or defend any suit
                  relating to the Trademarks in the name of the Bottler whenever
                  an issue in such suit involves the Territories and therefore
                  it is appropriate to act in the Bottler's name, or may proceed
                  alone in the name of the Company, provided that the Company
                  shall take no action in the Bottler's name which the Company
                  knows or should know will materially prejudice or impair the
                  rights or interests of the Bottler under this Agreement.

         (c)      The Bottler recognizes the importance and benefit to itself
                  and all other licensed manufacturers and distributors of the
                  Fountain Syrups of protecting the interest of the Company in
                  the Fountain Syrups and the goodwill associated with the
                  trademarks. Therefore, the Bottler agrees to consult with the
                  Company on all products liability claims or lawsuits brought
                  against the Bottler in connection with the Fountain Syrups and
                  to take such action with respect to the defense of any such
                  claim or lawsuit as the Company may reasonably request in
                  order to protect the interest of the company in the Fountain
                  Syrups and goodwill associated with the Trademarks. Further,
                  the Bottler shall supervise, control and direct the defense of
                  all such products liability claims and lawsuits brought
                  against them whether individually or jointly, provided,
                  however, that the Bottler and the Company expressly reserve
                  all rights of contribution and indemnity as prescribed by law.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                               AUTOMATIC AMENDMENT


                                       34
<PAGE>

30.      In the event that bottlers which purchased for their own account eighty
         percent (80%) or more of all of the Concentrate for Fountain Syrups
         purchased for the account of all bottlers who are parties to agreements
         with the Company containing substantially the same terms as this
         Agreement, agree with the Company to any different provisions to be
         included in this Agreement, then the Bottler hereby agrees to include
         an amendment containing such different provisions in this Agreement.
         The gallons of Concentrate purchased by such bottlers shall be
         determined based on the most recently-ended calendar year prior to the
         date such amendment was first offered to bottlers. Such gallons of
         Concentrate purchased shall include purchases which were concluded in
         any bottler's territory through Commissary delivery or otherwise to
         National Account Customers.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                     GENERAL

31. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

         (a)      "person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
                  limited partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a
                  trust, any unincorporated organization, or a government or
                  political subdivision thereof.

         (b)      "control" (including terms "controlling", "controlled by" and
                  "under common control with") means: (i) Beneficial Ownership
                  of a majority of any class or series of voting securities of a
                  person; or (ii) the power or authority, directly or
                  indirectly, to elect or designate a majority of the members of
                  the board of directors, or other governing body of a person.


                                       35
<PAGE>

32.      The Company hereby reserves for its exclusive benefit all rights of the
         Company not expressly granted to the Bottler under the terms of this
         Agreement.

33.
         (a)      Without relieving the Bottler of any of its responsibilities
                  under this Agreement, the Company, from time to time during
                  the term of this Agreement, at its option and either free of
                  charge or on such terms and conditions as the Company may
                  propose, may offer technology to the Bottler which the Company
                  possesses, develops or acquires (and is free to furnish to
                  third parties without obligation) relating to the design,
                  installation, operation and maintenance of the plant and
                  equipment appropriate for the maintenance of product quality,
                  sanitation and safety as well as for the efficient manufacture
                  and packaging of the Fountain Syrups; or relating to personnel
                  training, accounting methods, electronic data processing and
                  marketing and distribution techniques.

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this
                  agreement is in effect the Bottler shall install and maintain
                  management information systems that are capable of interfacing
                  and sharing required data with the management information
                  systems of the Company in accordance with standards
                  established by the Company.

34.      The Bottler agrees:

         (a)      it will not disclose to any third party any nonpublic
                  information whatsoever concerning the composition of the
                  Concentrates or the Fountain Syrups, without the prior consent
                  of the Company, and it will use any such information solely to
                  perform its obligations hereunder;


                                       36
<PAGE>

         (b)      It will at all times treat and maintain as confidential, all
                  nonpublic information that it may receive at any time from the
                  Company, including, but not limited to:

                  (i)      Information or instructions of a technical or other
                           nature, relating to the mixing, sale, marketing and
                           distribution of the product.

                  (ii)     Information about projects or plans worked out in the
                           course of this Agreement; and

                  (iii)    Information constituting manufacturing or commercial
                           trade secrets.

         The Bottler, further agrees to disclose such information, as necessary
         to perform its obligations hereunder, only to employees of its
         enterprise: (i) who have a reasonable need to know such information;
         (ii) who have agreed to keep such information secret; and (iii) whom
         the Bottler has no reason to believe is untrustworthy; and

         (c)      Upon the termination of this Agreement, Bottler will promptly
                  surrender to the Company all original documents and all
                  photocopies or other reproductions in its possession
                  (including, but not limited to, any extracts or digests
                  thereof) containing or relating to any nonpublic information
                  described in this paragraph 34. Following such termination,
                  and the surrender of such materials, the Bottler and its
                  employees shall continue to hold any nonpublic information in
                  confidence and refrain from any further use or disclosure
                  thereof whatsoever, provided that such obligation shall expire
                  as to any nonpublic information that does not constitute trade
                  secrets ten (10) years following such termination.


                                       37
<PAGE>

35.      The Bottler agrees that it will not enter into any contract or other
         arrangement to manage or participate in the management of any other
         Pepsi-Cola bottler without the prior consent of the Company.

36.      The Bottler is an independent manufacturer and not the agent of the
         Company except with regard to its provision of certain services to
         National Account Customers.

37.      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this Agreement is in
         effect the Bottler shall deliver to Company:

         (i)      Quarterly Statements. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, or if such statements are not
                  regularly made available to the public, an unaudited income
                  and expense statement and balance sheet for the Bottler
                  certified as correct by the chief financial officer of the
                  Bottler; and

         (ii)     Annual Audit Statement. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, statements of income and retained
                  earnings of the Bottler for the just-ended fiscal year, and a
                  balance sheet of the Bottler as of the end of such year,
                  accompanied by an opinion from the independent public
                  accountants of the Bottler; and

         (iii)    Other information. With reasonable promptness such other
                  financial information as the Company may reasonably request in
                  such format as the Company may reasonably request.

38.      The Bottler shall maintain its books, accounts and records in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall
         permit any person designated in writing by the Company to visit and
         inspect any of its properties, corporate 


                                       38
<PAGE>

         books and financial records (including, but not limited to, auditor's
         workpapers), and make copies thereof and take extracts therefrom, and
         to discuss the accounts and finances of the Bottler with the principal
         officers thereof, all at such times as the Company may reasonably
         request. The Company's rights of inspection under this paragraph 38
         shall be exercised reasonably, and only for purposes of determining
         Bottler's compliance with its obligations under paragraph 16, so as not
         to interfere with the normal operation of the Bottler's business. The
         Company will treat and maintain as confidential for a period of one
         year all nonpublic financial information received from the Bottler.

39.      The parties agree:

         (a)      The Existing Syrup Appointments identified on Schedule C are
                  hereby superseded and restated in their entirety, and all
                  rights, duties and obligations of the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the Trademarks and the manufacture, packaging,
                  distribution and sale of the Fountain Syrups shall be
                  determined under this Agreement, without regard to the terms
                  of any prior agreement and without regard to any prior course
                  of conduct between the parties;

         (b)      As to all matters addressed herein, this Agreement sets forth
                  the entire agreement between the Company and the Bottler, and
                  all prior understandings, commitments or agreements relating
                  to such matters between the parties or their
                  predecessors-in-interest are of no force or effect; and

         (c)      Any waiver or modification of this Agreement or any of its
                  provisions, and any notices given or consents made under this
                  Agreement shall not be binding upon the Bottler or the Company
                  unless made in writing, signed by an officer of the Company or
                  by a duly qualified and authorized 


                                       39
<PAGE>

                  representative of the Bottler, and personally delivered or
                  sent by telegram, telex or certified mail to an officer of the
                  Company (if from the Bottler) or a duly qualified and
                  authorized representative of the Bottler (if from the Company)
                  at the principal address of such party.

40.      Failure of the Company to exercise promptly any option or right herein
         granted or to require strict performance of any such option or right
         shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such option or right, or of the
         right to demand subsequent performance of any and all obligations
         herein imposed upon the Bottler.

41.      The Company may delegate any of its rights, performance or obligations
         under this Agreement to any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company
         upon notice to the Bottler, but no such delegation shall relieve the
         Company of its obligations hereunder.

42.      If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any
         party or circumstance shall ever be prohibited by or held invalid under
         applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
         such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such provision
         or any other provision hereof, or the application of such provision to
         other parties or circumstances.

43.      This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted under the
         laws of the State of New York.


                                       40
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement in triplicate
effective as of the day and year first above written.


         PEPSICO, INC.                      THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.


         By:_________________________       By:____________________________
                                                                           
         Title:______________________       Title:_________________________
                                                                           
         Date:_______________________       Date:__________________________
                                                                       

                                       41

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

                           NON-COLA BOTTLING AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                  PEPSICO, INC.

                                       AND

                         THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.
<PAGE>

                            MASTER BOTTLING AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT, (this "Agreement") effective as of __________ ___,
1998, is made and entered into by and between PEPSICO, INC., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina having its
principal place of business in Purchase, New York (the "Company"), and The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware having its principal place of business in Somers, New York
(the "Bottler").

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS

A.       The Company manufactures and sells the concentrates (the
         "Concentrates") for the Beverages (as hereinafter defined). The Company
         authorizes others to manufacture the syrups prepared from the
         Concentrates for the Beverages (the "Syrups") and to manufacture from
         the Syrups and sell the soft drinks identified on Schedule A (as
         modified from time to time under paragraphs 21 and 22, the
         "Beverages"). The formulas for the Concentrates, Syrups and Beverages
         constitute trade secrets owned by the Company;

B.       The Company is the owner of the trademarks identified on Schedule B
         (together with such other trademarks as may be authorized by the
         Company from time to time for current use by the Bottler under this
         Agreement, the "Trademarks"), which, among other things, identify and
         distinguish the Concentrates, the Syrups and the Beverages;


                                       2
<PAGE>

C.       The primary business of the Bottler is to act as a Bottler of the
         Beverages, either directly pursuant to certain agreements with the
         Company, all of which are identified on Schedule C (collectively,
         together with all amendments thereto, the "Existing Bottling
         Appointments"), or indirectly through one or more persons controlling,
         controlled by or under common control with the Bottler (the "Bottler
         Affiliates");

D.       The reputation of the Beverages as being of consistently superior
         quality has been a major factor in stimulating and sustaining demand
         for the Beverages, and special technical skill and constant diligence
         on the part of the Bottler and the Company are required in order for
         the Beverages to maintain the excellence that consumers expect; and

E.       Conditions affecting the production, sale and distribution of Beverages
         have changed since the Company and the Bottler, or its
         predecessors-in-interest, entered into the Existing Bottling
         Appointments, and as a consequence, the Company and the Bottler desire
         to amend the Existing Bottling Appointments, the terms of the Existing
         Bottling Appointments, as so amended, being replaced and restated in
         the form of this Agreement;

         NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants
contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Bottler agree
as follows:


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                                THE AUTHORIZATION

1.       The Company authorizes the Bottler, and the Bottler undertakes, to
         manufacture and package the Beverages and to distribute and sell the
         Beverages only in Authorized Containers, as hereinafter defined, under
         the Trademarks in and throughout the territories described in Schedule
         D (together with any territories added under paragraph 31, and subject
         to the possible elimination of subterritories under paragraph 29, the
         "Territories").

2.       The Company will, from time to time, in its discretion, approve
         containers of certain types, sizes, shapes and other distinguishing
         characteristics (collectively, subject to any additions, deletions and
         modifications by the Company, the "Authorized Containers"). A list of
         Authorized Containers for each Beverage will be provided by the Company
         to the Bottler, which list may be amended by the Company from time to
         time by additions, deletions or modifications. The Bottler is
         authorized to use only Authorized Containers in the manufacture,
         distribution and sale of the Beverages. The Company reserves the right
         to withdraw from time to time its approval of any of the Authorized
         Containers upon six (6) months notice to the Bottler, and, in such
         event, the repurchase provisions of subparagraph 28(e) shall apply to
         containers so disapproved that are owned by the Bottler. The Company
         will exercise its right to approve, and to withdraw its approval of,
         specific Authorized Containers in good faith so as to permit the
         Bottler to continue to fully meet the demand in the Territories as a
         whole for Beverages in containers of the nature identified on Schedule
         E.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                             EXCLUSIVE AUTHORIZATION

3.       The Company appoints the Bottler as its sole and exclusive purchaser of
         the Concentrates for the purpose of manufacture, packaging and
         distribution of the Beverages under the Trademarks in Authorized
         Containers for sale in the Territories;

4.       The Company agrees not to authorize any other party whatsoever to use
         the Trademarks on Beverages in Authorized Containers, or any other
         containers of the nature identified on Schedule E, for purposes of
         resale in the Territories.

5.       The Bottler shall purchase its entire requirements of Concentrates
         exclusively from the Company and shall not use any other syrup,
         beverage base, concentrate or other ingredient in the Beverages than as
         specified by the Company.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER
                    RELATING TO TRADEMARKS AND OTHER MATTERS

6.       The Bottler acknowledges that the Company is the sole and exclusive
         owner of the Trademarks, and the Bottler agrees not to question or
         dispute the validity of the Trademarks or their exclusive ownership by
         the Company. By this Agreement, the Company extends to the Bottler
         only: (i) a nonexclusive license to use the trademark "Pepsi-Cola" as
         part of the corporate name of the Bottler; and (ii) an exclusive
         license to use the Trademarks solely in connection with the
         manufacture, packaging, 


                                       5
<PAGE>

         distribution, and sale of the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
         Territories subject to the rights reserved to the Company under this
         Agreement. Nothing herein, nor any act or failure to act by the Bottler
         or the Company, shall give the Bottler any proprietary or ownership
         interest of any kind in the Trademarks or in the goodwill associated
         therewith.

7.       The Bottler agrees during the term of this Agreement and in accordance
         with any requirements imposed upon the Bottler under applicable laws:

         (a)      Not to produce, manufacture, package, sell, deal in or
                  otherwise use or handle, directly or indirectly, any
                  ["competing product/exclusivity" definition will vary
                  depending on non-cola brand applicable] other than a soft
                  drink manufactured, packaged, distributed or sold by the
                  Bottler under authority of the Company;

         (b)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any concentrate, beverage
                  base, syrup, beverage or any other product which is likely to
                  be confused with, or passed off for, any of the Concentrates,
                  Syrups or Beverages;

         (c)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any product under any trade
                  dress or in any container that is an imitation of a trade
                  dress or container in which the Company claims a proprietary
                  interest or which is likely to be confused or cause confusion
                  or be confusingly similar to or be passed off as such trade
                  dress or container;

         (d)      Not to manufacture, package, sell, deal in or otherwise use or
                  handle, directly or indirectly, any product under any
                  trademark or 


                                       6
<PAGE>

                  other designation that is an imitation, counterfeit, copy or
                  infringement of, or confusingly similar to, any of the
                  Trademarks; and

         (e)      Not to acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, any ownership
                  interest in, or, directly or indirectly, enter into any
                  contract or arrangement with respect to, the management or
                  control of, any person within or without the Territories that
                  engages in any of the activities prohibited by subparagraphs
                  (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph 7.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                       OBLIGATIONS OF BOTTLER RELATING TO
                   MANUFACTURE AND PACKAGING OF THE BEVERAGES

8.
         (a)      The Bottler represents and warrants that the Bottler
                  possesses, or will possess, in the Territories, prior to the
                  manufacture, packaging and distribution of the Beverages, and
                  will maintain during the term of this Agreement, such plant or
                  plants, machinery and equipment, trained staff, and
                  distribution and vending facilities as are capable of
                  manufacturing, packaging and distributing the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers in accordance with this Agreement, in
                  compliance with all applicable governmental and administrative
                  requirements, and in sufficient quantities to fully meet the
                  demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
                  Territories.

         (b)      The Company and the Bottler acknowledge that each is or may
                  become a party to one or more agreements authorizing a bottler
                  or other Company-authorized entity to produce Beverages for
                  sale by 


                                       7
<PAGE>

                  another bottler. Such agreements include, but are not limited
                  to (i) agreements permitting bottlers, subject to certain
                  conditions, to commence or continue to manufacture the
                  Beverages for other bottlers, and (ii) agreements pursuant to
                  which bottlers may have the Beverages manufactured for them by
                  other Company-authorized entities. It is hereby agreed that
                  the Company shall not unreasonably withhold (i) any consents
                  required by such agreements, or (ii) approval of Bottler's
                  participation in such agreements. All such existing agreements
                  shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their
                  terms.

9.       The Bottler recognizes that increases in the demand for the Beverages,
         as well as changes in the list of Authorized Containers, may, from time
         to time, require adaptation of its existing manufacturing, packaging or
         delivery equipment or the purchase of additional manufacturing,
         packaging and delivery equipment. The Bottler agrees to make such
         modifications and adaptations as necessary and to purchase and install
         such equipment, in time to permit the introduction and manufacture,
         packaging and delivery of sufficient quantities of the Beverages in the
         Authorized Containers, to fully meet the demand for the Beverages in
         Authorized Containers in the Territories.

10.      The Bottler warrants that the handling and storage of the Concentrates;
         the manufacture, handling and storage of the Syrups; and the
         manufacture, handling, storage, and packaging of the Beverages shall be
         accomplished in accordance with the Company's quality control and
         sanitation standards, as reasonably established by the Company and
         communicated to the Bottler from time to time, and shall, in any event,
         conform with all food, labeling, health, packaging and other relevant
         laws and regulations applicable in the Territories.


                                       8
<PAGE>

11.      The Bottler, in accordance with such instructions as may be given from
         time to time by the Company, shall submit to the Company, at the
         Bottler's expense, samples of the Syrups, the Beverages and the raw
         materials used in the manufacture of the Syrups and the Beverages. The
         Bottler shall permit representatives of the Company to have access to
         the premises of the Bottler during ordinary business hours to inspect
         the plant, equipment, and methods used by the Bottler in order to
         ascertain whether the Bottler is complying with the instructions and
         standards prescribed for the manufacturing, handling, storage and
         packaging of the Beverages.

12.
         (a)      For the packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages, the
                  Bottler shall use only such Authorized Containers, closures,
                  cases, cartons and other packages and labels as shall be
                  authorized from time to time by the Company for the Bottler
                  and shall purchase such items only from manufacturers approved
                  by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably
                  withheld. Such approval by the Company does not relieve the
                  Bottler of the Bottler's independent responsibility to assure
                  that the Authorized Containers, closures, cases, cartons and
                  other packages and labels purchased by the Bottler are
                  suitable for the purpose intended, and in accordance with the
                  good reputation and image of excellence of the Trademarks and
                  Beverages.

         (b)      The Bottler shall maintain at all times a stock of Authorized
                  Containers, closures, labels, cases, cartons, and other
                  essential related materials bearing the Trademarks, sufficient
                  to fully meet the demand for Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers in the 


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  Territories, and the Bottler shall not use or permit the use
                  of Authorized Containers, or such closures, labels, cases,
                  cartons and other materials, if they bear the Trademarks or
                  contain any Beverages, for any purpose other than the
                  packaging and distribution of the Beverages. The Bottler
                  further agrees not to refill or otherwise reuse nonreturnable
                  containers.

13.      If the Company determines the existence of quality or technical
         difficulties with any Beverage, or any package used for such product,
         the Company shall have the right, immediately and at its sole option,
         to withdraw such product or any such package from the market. The
         Company shall notify the Bottler in writing of such withdrawal, and the
         Bottler shall, upon receipt of notice, immediately cease distribution
         of such product or such package therefor. If so directed by the
         Company, the Bottler shall recall and reacquire the product or package
         involved from any purchaser thereof. If any recall of any product or
         any of the packages used therefor is caused by (i) quality or technical
         defects in the Concentrate, or other materials prepared by the Company
         from which the product involved was prepared by the Bottler, or (ii)
         quality or technical defects in the Company's designs and design
         specifications of packages which it has imposed on the Bottler or the
         Bottler's third party suppliers if such designs and specifications were
         negligently established by the Company (and specifically excluding
         designs and specifications of other parties and the failure of other
         parties to manufacture packages in strict conformity with the designs
         and specifications of the Company), the Company shall reimburse the
         Bottler for the Bottler's total expenses incident to such recall.
         Conversely, if any recall is caused by the Bottler's failure to comply
         with instructions, quality control procedures or specifications for the
         preparation, packaging and distribution of the product involved, the
         Bottler shall bear its total 


                                       10
<PAGE>

         expenses of such recall and reimburse the Company for the Company's
         total expenses incident to such recall.

                                    ARTICLE V
                         CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

14.      The Company reserves the right to establish and to revise at any time,
         in its sole discretion, the price of any of the Concentrates, the terms
         of payment, and the other terms and conditions of supply, any such
         revision to be effective immediately upon notice to the Bottler. If
         Bottler rejects a change in price or the other terms and conditions
         contained in any such notice, then the Bottler shall so notify the
         Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Company's notice, and
         this Agreement will terminate ninety (90) days after the date of such
         notification by the Bottler, without further liability of the Company
         or the Bottler. The change in price or other terms and conditions so
         rejected by the Bottler shall not apply to purchases of such
         Concentrate by the Bottler during such ninety (90) day period preceding
         termination. Failure by the Bottler to notify the Company of its
         rejection of the changes in price or such other terms and conditions
         shall be deemed acceptance thereof by the Bottler.

15.      The Bottler shall purchase from the Company only such quantities of the
         Concentrates as shall be necessary and sufficient to carry out the
         Bottler's obligations under this Agreement. The Bottler shall use the
         Concentrates exclusively for its manufacture of the Syrups and shall
         use the Syrups exclusively for its manufacture of the Beverages. The
         Bottler shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Concentrate or Syrup
         or permit the same to get into the hands of third parties.


                                       11
<PAGE>

16.
         (a)      The Bottler agrees not to distribute or sell any Beverage
                  outside the Territories. The Bottler shall not sell any
                  Beverage to any person (other than another Bottler pursuant to
                  subparagraph 8(b)) for ultimate sale outside the Territories.
                  If any Beverage distributed by the Bottler is found outside of
                  the Territories, Bottler shall be deemed to have transshipped
                  such Beverage and shall be deemed to be a "Transshipping
                  Bottler" for purposes hereof. For purposes of this Agreement,
                  "Offended Bottler" shall mean a Bottler in any territory into
                  which any Beverage is transshipped.

         (b)      In addition to all other remedies the Company may have against
                  any Transshipping Bottler for violation of this paragraph 16,
                  the Company may impose upon any Transshipping Bottler a charge
                  for each case of Beverage transshipped by such Bottler. The
                  per-case amount of such charge shall be determined by the
                  Company in its sole discretion. The Company and the Bottler
                  agree that the amount of such charge shall be deemed to
                  reflect the damages to the Company, the Offended Bottler and
                  the bottling system. In addition, the Company may directly
                  charge the Transshipping Bottler the full amount of all
                  investigative and other costs incurred by the Company in
                  connection with the transshipment and such Transshipping
                  Bottler shall be obligated to pay such amount. The Company
                  shall forward to the Offended Bottler, upon receipt from the
                  Transshipping Bottler, the full amount of the per case charge
                  so received (but not including investigative and other costs
                  charged to the Transshipping Bottler by the Company). If the
                  Company or its agent recalls any Beverage which has been
                  transshipped, the Transshipping Bottler shall, in addition to
                  any other obligation it 


                                       12
<PAGE>

                  may have hereunder, reimburse the Company for its costs of
                  purchasing, transporting, and/or destroying such Beverage.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           OBLIGATIONS OF THE BOTTLER
                   RELATING TO THE MARKETING OF THE BEVERAGES
                         FINANCIAL CAPACITY AND PLANNING

17.      The continuing responsibility to increase and fully meet the demand for
         the Beverages in Authorized Containers within the Territories rests
         upon the Bottler. The Bottler agrees to use all approved means as may
         be reasonably necessary to meet this responsibility.

18.
         (a)      The Bottler will push vigorously the sale of the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers throughout the entire Territories.
                  Without in any way limiting the Bottler's obligation under
                  this Paragraph 18, the Bottler must fully meet and increase
                  the demand for the Beverages throughout the Territories and
                  secure full distribution up to the maximum sales potential
                  therein through all distribution channels or outlets available
                  to soft drinks, using any and all equipment reasonably
                  necessary to secure such distribution; must service all
                  accounts with frequency adequate to keep them at all times
                  fully supplied with the Beverages and must use its own
                  salesmen and trucks, (or salesmen and trucks of independent
                  distributors, of whom the Company approves), in quantity
                  adequate for all seasons.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         (b)      The parties agree that to fully meet and increase demand for
                  the Beverages in Authorized Containers advertising and other
                  forms of marketing activities are required. Therefore, the
                  Bottler will spend such funds in advertising and marketing the
                  Beverages as may be reasonably required to INCREASE, as well
                  as maintain, demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers
                  in the Territories. The Bottler shall fully cooperate in and
                  vigorously push all cooperative advertising and sales
                  promotion programs and campaigns that may be reasonably
                  established by the Company for the Territories. The Bottler
                  will use and publish only such advertising, promotional
                  materials or other items bearing the Trademarks relating to
                  the Beverages as the Company has approved and authorized. The
                  expenditures required by this Article VI shall be made by the
                  Bottler. The Company may, in its sole discretion, contribute
                  to such expenditures. The Company may also undertake, at its
                  expense, independently of the Bottler's marketing programs,
                  any advertising or promotional activity that the Company deems
                  appropriate to conduct in the Territories, but this shall in
                  no way affect the responsibility of the Bottler for increasing
                  the demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers in the
                  Territories.

19.      The Bottler and all Bottler Affiliates shall maintain the consolidated
         financial capacity reasonably necessary to assure that the Bottler and
         all Bottler Affiliates directly or indirectly controlled by the Bottler
         will be financially able to perform their respective duties and
         obligations under this Agreement and under all other agreements between
         the Company and Bottler Affiliates regarding the manufacture,
         packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages in "authorized
         containers" (as defined in such agreements).


                                       14
<PAGE>

20.
         (a)      The Company and the Bottler have agreed upon a business plan
                  for the first three years occurring during the term of this
                  Agreement. Since periodic planning is essential for the proper
                  implementation of this Agreement, the Bottler and the Company
                  shall meet each year at such date as the parties may set (but
                  no later than ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of
                  any calendar year during the term of this Agreement beginning
                  with the commencement of the calendar year closest to the
                  anniversary date of this Agreement), to discuss the Bottler's
                  plans for the ensuing three (3) year period. At such meeting,
                  the Bottler shall present a plan that sets out in reasonable
                  detail satisfactory to the Company: (i) the marketing plans,
                  management plans and advertising plans of the Bottler with
                  respect to the Beverages for the ensuing year, including a
                  financial plan showing that the Bottler and all Bottler
                  Affiliates have the consolidated financial capacity to perform
                  their respective duties and obligations under this Agreement
                  and any other agreement with the Company regarding the
                  manufacture, packaging, distribution and sale of the Beverages
                  in "authorized containers" (as defined in such agreements) and
                  (ii) the projected sales, marketing and advertising plans and
                  related capital expenditures for the two years immediately
                  following such year. Senior management of the Company and the
                  Bottler shall discuss this plan and this plan, upon approval
                  by the Company (represented by such senior management), which
                  shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall define the Bottler's
                  obligation herein to maintain such consolidated financial
                  capacity and to increase and fully meet the demand for the
                  Beverages in Authorized Containers in the Territories for the
                  period of time covered by the plan.


                                       15
<PAGE>

         (b)      The Bottler shall report to the Company periodically, but not
                  less than quarterly, as to its implementation of the approved
                  plan; it is understood, however, that the Bottler shall report
                  sales on a regular basis as requested by the Company and in
                  such format and detail, and containing such information as may
                  be reasonably requested by the Company. The failure by the
                  Bottler to carry out the plan, or if the plan is not presented
                  or is not approved, will constitute a primary consideration
                  for determining whether the Bottler has fulfilled its
                  obligation to maintain the consolidated financial capacity
                  required under paragraph 19 and to push vigorously the sale of
                  Beverages in Authorized Containers throughout the Territories
                  and to increase and fully meet the demand for the Beverages in
                  Authorized Containers in the Territories. If the Bottler
                  carries out the plan in all material respects, it shall be
                  deemed to have satisfied the obligations of the Bottler under
                  paragraphs 17, 18, 19 and 20 for the period of time covered by
                  the plan.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                 REFORMULATION, NEW PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATTERS

21.      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and discretion to
         reformulate any of the Beverages. If the Company, in its absolute and
         unqualified discretion, should decide to discontinue the manufacture,
         sale and distribution of the Beverages, the Company may, upon six
         months' written notice to the Bottler, terminate this Agreement. In the
         event that the Company discontinues any Beverage, Schedule A to this
         Agreement shall be deemed amended by deleting the discontinued Beverage
         from the list of Beverages set forth on Schedule A.


                                       16
<PAGE>

22.      In the event that the Company introduces any new beverage in the
         Territories under the trademarks "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi" or any
         modification thereof (herein defined to mean the addition of a prefix,
         suffix or other modifier used in conjunction with the trademarks
         "Pepsi-Cola" or "Pepsi"), the Bottler shall be obligated to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell such new beverage in
         Authorized Containers in the Territories pursuant to the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement, and Schedule A to this Agreement shall be
         deemed amended by adding such new beverage to the list of beverages set
         forth on Schedule A.

23.      The Company has the unrestricted right to use the Trademarks on the
         Beverages and on all other products and merchandise other than the
         Beverages in Authorized Containers in the Territories.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      TERM AND TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

24.      The term of this Agreement shall commence on the effective date hereof
         and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions, will
         continue perpetually.

25.      The obligation to supply Concentrates to the Bottler and the Bottler's
         obligation to purchase Concentrates from the Company and to
         manufacture, package, distribute and sell the Beverages under this
         Agreement shall be suspended during any period when any of the
         following conditions exist:

         (a)      There shall occur a change in the law or regulation
                  (including, without limitation, any government permission or
                  authorization 


                                       17
<PAGE>

                  regarding customs, health or manufacturing) in such a manner
                  as to render unlawful or commercially impracticable:

                  (i)      the importation of Concentrate or any of its
                           essential ingredients, which cannot be produced in
                           quantities sufficient to satisfy the demand therefor
                           by existing Company facilities in the United States;
                           or

                  (ii)     the manufacture and distribution of the Concentrates
                           or Beverages; or

         (b)      There shall occur any inability or commercial impracticability
                  of either of the parties to perform resulting from an act of
                  god, or "force majeure," public enemies, boycott, quarantine,
                  riot, strike, or insurrection, or due to a declared or
                  undeclared war, belligerency or embargo, sanctions,
                  blacklisting, or other hazard or danger incident to the same,
                  or resulting from any other cause whatsoever beyond its
                  control.

         If any of the conditions described in this paragraph 25 persists so
         that either party's obligation to perform is suspended for a period of
         six (6) months or more, the other party may terminate this Agreement
         forthwith, upon notice to the party whose obligation to perform is
         suspended.

26.
         (a)      The Company may terminate this Agreement in the event of the
                  occurrence of any of the following events of default:


                                       18
<PAGE>

                  (i)      If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary becomes
                           insolvent; if a petition in bankruptcy is filed
                           against or on behalf of the Bottler or Bottler
                           Subsidiary which is not stayed or dismissed within
                           sixty (60) days; if the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary
                           is put in liquidation or placed under sequester; if a
                           receiver is appointed to manage the business of the
                           Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary; or if the Bottler or
                           Bottler Subsidiary enters into any judicial or
                           voluntary arrangement or composition with its
                           creditors, or concludes any similar arrangements with
                           them or makes an assignment for the benefit of
                           creditors;

         (ii)     If the Bottler or Bottler Subsidiary adopts a plan of
                  dissolution or liquidation;

         (iii)    If any person or any Affiliated Group (as hereinafter
                  defined), other than any person or any Affiliated Group acting
                  with the consent of the Company, acquires, or obtains any
                  contract, option, conversion privilege or other right to
                  acquire, directly or indirectly, Beneficial Ownership (as
                  hereinafter defined) of more than fifteen percent (15%) of any
                  class or series of voting securities of the Bottler or Bottler
                  Subsidiary and if such person or Affiliated Group does not
                  divest itself of Beneficial Ownership of such voting
                  securities or otherwise terminate any such contract, option,
                  conversion privilege or other right to a level equal to or
                  below fifteen percent (15%) within thirty (30) days after the
                  Company notifies the Bottler that the failure of such person
                  or Affiliated Group to thus divest or terminate may result in
                  termination of this Agreement;


                                       19
<PAGE>

         (iv)     If any Disposition (as hereinafter defined) is made without
                  the consent of the Company by Bottler or by any Bottler
                  Subsidiary of any voting securities of any Bottler Subsidiary;

         (v)      If any agreement regarding the manufacture, packaging,
                  distribution or sale of the Beverages in "authorized
                  containers" (as defined in such agreement) between the Company
                  and any person that controls, directly or indirectly, the
                  Bottler is terminated, unless the Company agrees in writing
                  that this subparagraph 26(a)(v) will not be applied by the
                  Company to such termination;

         (vi)     If the Master Bottling Agreement between the Company and the
                  Bottler or any person that controls, directly or indirectly,
                  the Bottler is terminated, unless the Company agrees in
                  writing that this subparagraph 26(a)(vi) will not be applied
                  by the Company to such termination;

         (vii)    If the Bottler or any person in which the Bottler has
                  Beneficial Ownership of any equity or voting securities, or in
                  which the Bottler has a right or control of management, or
                  which controls or is under common control with the Bottler,
                  should engage directly or indirectly in the manufacture,
                  distribution or marketing of any product specified in
                  subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of paragraph 7 above, or
                  should obtain a right or license to do the same, and if the
                  Company has given the Bottler notice that such condition
                  exists and that the Company will terminate this Agreement
                  within six (6) months if such condition is not eliminated, and
                  if such condition has not been eliminated within the six (6)
                  month period.


                                       20
<PAGE>

         (viii)   If all or substantially all of the Bottler's or Bottler
                  Subsidiary's bottling assets are sold, transferred or
                  otherwise disposed of (including any transfer by operation of
                  law) other than sales, transfers or other dispositions of
                  assets by the Bottler or one or more Bottler Subsidiary to one
                  or more wholly-owned subsidiary of such Bottler or such
                  Bottler Subsidiary.

         (ix)     If the Bottler or any Bottler Subsidiary shall engage in any
                  business other than (x) the business of manufacturing, selling
                  or distributing non-alcoholic beverages or (y) any business
                  which is directly related and incidental to such beverage
                  business.

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees with the Company:

                  (i)      to notify the Company promptly in the event of or
                           upon obtaining knowledge of any third party action
                           which may or will result in any change in ownership
                           described in Section 26(a)(iii) above;

                  (ii)     to make available from time to time and at the
                           request of the Company complete records of current
                           ownership of the Bottler and full information
                           concerning any entities or parties by whom it is
                           controlled directly or indirectly or which it
                           controls; and

                  (iii)    to the extent the Bottler has any legal control over
                           changes in the ownership of the Bottler or any entity
                           having direct or indirect ownership or control of the
                           Bottler as described in Section 26(a)(iii) above, not
                           to initiate or implement, consent 


                                       21
<PAGE>

                           to or acquiesce in any such change without the prior
                           written consent of the Company.

         (c)      For the purposes of this Agreement:

                  (i)      "Affiliated Group" shall mean two or more persons
                           acting as a partnership, limited partnership,
                           syndicate or other group, or who agrees to act
                           together, for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
                           voting or making any Disposition of any voting
                           securities of the Bottler; provided further that the
                           Affiliated Group formed thereby shall be deemed to
                           have acquired Beneficial Ownership of all voting
                           securities of the Bottler beneficially owned by any
                           such persons.

                  (ii)     "Beneficial Ownership" shall mean (i) voting power
                           which includes the power to vote, or to direct the
                           voting of, any securities, or (ii) investment power
                           which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the
                           Disposition of, any securities; provided further
                           Beneficial Ownership shall include any such voting
                           power or investment power which any person has or
                           shares, directly or indirectly, through any contract,
                           arrangement, understanding, relationship or
                           otherwise; provided, however, that the following
                           persons shall not be deemed to have acquired
                           Beneficial Ownership under the circumstances
                           described: (a) a person engaged in business as an
                           underwriter of securities who acquires securities
                           through his participation in good faith in a firm
                           commitment underwriting registered under the
                           Securities Act of 1933 shall not be deemed to be the
                           Beneficial Owner of such securities until such time
                           as such underwriter completes his 


                                       22
<PAGE>

                           participation in the underwriting and shall not
                           thereupon or thereafter be deemed to be the
                           Beneficial Owner of the securities acquired by other
                           members of any underwriting syndicate or selected
                           dealers in connection with such underwriting solely
                           by reason of customary underwriting or selected
                           dealer arrangements; (b) a member of a national
                           securities exchange shall not be deemed to be a
                           Beneficial Owner of securities held directly or
                           indirectly by it on behalf of another person solely
                           because such member is the record holder of such
                           securities and, pursuant to the rules of such
                           exchange, may direct the vote of such securities,
                           without instruction, on other than contested matters
                           or matters that may affect substantially the rights
                           or privileges of the holders of the securities to be
                           voted, but is otherwise precluded by the rules of
                           such exchange from voting without instruction; and
                           (c) the holder of a proxy solicited by the Board of
                           Directors of the Bottler for the voting of securities
                           of such Bottler at any annual or special meeting and
                           any adjournment or adjournments thereof of the
                           stockholders of such Bottler shall not be deemed to
                           be a Beneficial Owner of the securities that are the
                           subject of the proxy solely for such reason.

                  (iii)    "Bottler Subsidiary" shall mean any person that is
                           controlled directly or indirectly by the Bottler and
                           either participates in the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of the Beverages in Authorized
                           Containers or has a direct or indirect equity
                           interest in another Bottler Subsidiary that does so
                           participate;


                                       23
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     "Disposition" shall mean any sale, merger, issuance
                           of securities, or other transaction in which, or as a
                           result of which, any person other than Bottler or a
                           wholly owned subsidiary of Bottler, acquires, or
                           obtains any contract, option, conversion privilege or
                           other right to acquire Beneficial Ownership of any
                           securities.

         (d)      Upon the occurrence of any of the events of default specified
                  in subparagraphs 26(a) and (b), the Company may terminate this
                  Agreement by giving the Bottler notice to that effect,
                  effective immediately.

27.
         (a)      In addition to the events of a default described in paragraph
                  26, the Company may also terminate this Agreement, subject to
                  the limitations of subparagraph 27(b), in the event of the
                  occurrence of any of the following events of default:

                  (i)      If the Bottler fails to make timely payment for
                           Concentrate or of any other debt owing to the
                           Company;

                  (ii)     If the condition of the plant or equipment used by
                           the Bottler in manufacturing, packaging or
                           distributing the Beverages fails to meet the sanitary
                           standards reasonably established by the Company;

                  (iii)    If the Syrups or Beverages manufactured by the
                           Bottler fail to meet the quality control standards
                           reasonably established by the Company;


                                       24
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     If the Beverages are not manufactured in strict
                           conformity with such standards and instructions as
                           the Company may reasonably establish;

                  (v)      If the Bottler fails to present or carry out a plan
                           approved under paragraph 20 in all material respects;
                           or

                  (vi)     If the Bottler materially breaches any of the
                           Bottler's other obligations under this Agreement.

                  The standards and instructions of the Company comprise
                  privately published information concerning the manufacture,
                  handling and storage of the Beverages under good manufacturing
                  practices, as well as technical instructions, bulletins and
                  other communications issued or amended from time to time by
                  the Company.

         (b)      Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events of default,
                  the Company shall, as a condition to termination of this
                  Agreement under this paragraph 27, give the Bottler notice
                  thereof. The Bottler shall then have a period of sixty (60)
                  days within which to cure the default, including, at the
                  instruction of the Company and at the Bottler's expense, by
                  the prompt withdrawal from the market and destruction of any
                  Syrup or Beverage that fails to meet the quality control
                  standards of the Company or any Beverage that is not
                  manufactured in accordance with the instructions of the
                  Company. If such default has not been cured within such
                  period, then the Company may, by giving the Bottler further
                  notice to such effect, suspend sales to the Bottler of
                  Concentrates and require the Bottler to cease production of
                  the Syrups and the Beverages and 


                                       25
<PAGE>

                  the packaging and distribution of Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers. During such second period of sixty (60) days, the
                  Company also may supply, or cause or permit others to supply,
                  the Beverages in Authorized Containers under the Trademarks in
                  the Territories. If such default has not been cured during
                  such second period of sixty (60) days, then the Company may
                  terminate this Agreement, by giving the Bottler notice to such
                  effect, effective immediately.

28.      Upon the termination of this Agreement:

         (a)      The Bottler shall forthwith take such action as necessary to
                  eliminate the trademark "Pepsi-Cola" from its corporate name;

         (b)      Any other agreement between the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the manufacture, packaging, distribution, sale or
                  promotion of soft drinks in "authorized containers" (as
                  defined in such agreement) may, at the election of the
                  Company, be automatically terminated and thereby become of no
                  further force or effect.

         (c)      The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to manufacture,
                  package, distribute or sell any of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers or to make any use of the Trademarks or Authorized
                  Containers, or any closures, cases, labels or advertising
                  material bearing the Trademarks;

         (d)      The Bottler shall forthwith remove and efface all reference to
                  the Company, the Beverages and the Trademarks from the
                  business premises and equipment of the Bottler and from all
                  business 


                                       26
<PAGE>

                  papers and advertising used or maintained by the Bottler; and
                  it shall not thereafter hold forth in any manner whatsoever
                  that it has any connection with the Company or the Beverages;
                  and,

         (e)      The Bottler shall forthwith deliver all Concentrate, Syrup,
                  Beverage, usable returnable or any nonreturnable containers,
                  cases, closures, labels, and advertising material bearing the
                  Trademarks, still in the Bottler's possession or under the
                  Bottler's control, to the Company or the Company's nominee, as
                  instructed, and, upon receipt, the Company shall pay to the
                  Bottler a sum equal to the reasonable market value of such
                  supplies or materials. The Company will accept and pay for
                  only such articles as are, in the opinion of the Company, in
                  first-class and usable condition, and all other such articles
                  shall be destroyed at the Bottler's expense. Containers,
                  closures and advertising material and all other items bearing
                  the name of the Bottler, in addition to the Trademarks, that
                  have not been purchased by the Company shall be destroyed
                  without cost to the Company, or otherwise disposed of in
                  accordance with instructions given by the Company, unless the
                  Bottler can remove or obliterate the Trademarks therefrom to
                  the satisfaction of the Company. The provisions for repurchase
                  contained in subparagraph 28(e) shall apply with regard to any
                  Authorized Container, approval of which has been withdrawn by
                  the Company under paragraph 2; upon termination by either
                  party under paragraph 25; and upon termination by the Bottler
                  under subparagraph 14. In all other cases, the Company shall
                  have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the
                  aforementioned items from the Bottler.

29.


                                       27
<PAGE>

         (a)      Subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraph 29(b), in
                  the event that the Bottler at any time fails to carry out a
                  plan approved under paragraph 20 in all material respects in
                  any segment of the Territories, whether defined geographically
                  or by type of market or outlet, which segment shall be defined
                  by the Company (hereinafter "Subterritory"), the Company may
                  reduce the Territories covered by this Agreement, and thereby
                  restrict the Bottler's authorization hereunder to the
                  remainder of the Territories, by eliminating the Subterritory
                  from the Territories covered by this Agreement.

         (b)      In the event of such failure, the Company may eliminate
                  Subterritories from the Territories covered by this Agreement
                  by giving the Bottler notice to that effect, which notice
                  shall define the Subterritory or Subterritories to which the
                  notice applies. The Bottler shall then have a period of six
                  (6) months within which to cure such failure. If the Bottler
                  has not cured such failure in such six (6) month period, the
                  Company may eliminate such Subterritory or Subterritories from
                  the Territories by giving the Bottler further notice to that
                  effect, effective immediately.

         (c)      Upon elimination of any Subterritory from the Territories:

                  (i)      Schedule D to this Agreement shall be deemed amended
                           by eliminating such Subterritory from the Territories
                           described on Schedule D;

                  (ii)     The Company may manufacture, package, distribute and
                           sell the Beverages in Authorized Containers under the


                                       28
<PAGE>

                           Trademarks in such Subterritory, or authorize others
                           to do so;

                  (iii)    Any other agreement between the Bottler and the
                           Company regarding the manufacture, packaging,
                           distribution or sale of soft drinks in "authorized
                           containers" (as defined in such agreement) in such
                           Subterritory may, at the election of the Company, be
                           automatically terminated and thereby become of no
                           further force or effect in such Subterritory;

                  (iv)     The Bottler shall not thereafter continue to
                           manufacture, package, distribute or sell any of the
                           Beverages in Authorized Containers in such
                           Subterritory, or to make any use of the Trademarks,
                           Authorized Containers, closures, cases, labels or
                           advertising material bearing the Trademarks in
                           connection with the sale or distribution of the
                           Beverages in such Subterritory; and

                  (v)      The Bottler shall not thereafter hold forth in such
                           Subterritory in any manner whatsoever that it has any
                           connection with the Beverages.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                     TRANSFERABILITY/ADDITIONAL TERRITORIES

30.      The Bottler hereby acknowledges the personal nature of the Bottler's
         obligations under this Agreement with respect to the performance
         standards applicable to the Bottler, the dependence of the Trademarks
         on 


                                       29
<PAGE>

         proper quality control, the level of marketing effort required of the
         Bottler to increase demand for the Beverages in Authorized Containers,
         and the confidentiality required for protection of the Company's trade
         secrets and confidential information. In recognition of the personal
         nature of these and other obligations of the Bottler under this
         Agreement, the Bottler may not assign, transfer or pledge this
         Agreement or any interest therein, in whole or in part, whether
         voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law (including, but not
         limited to, by merger or liquidation), or delegate any material element
         of the Bottler's performance thereof, or sublicense its rights
         hereunder, in whole or in part, to any third party or parties, without
         the prior consent of the Company. Any attempt to take such action
         without such consent shall be void and shall be deemed to be a material
         breach of this Agreement.

31.
         (a)      The Company and the Bottler have agreed upon an area (the
                  "Specified Area") consisting of territories in which, as of
                  the date hereof, sales of approximately fourteen percent (14%)
                  of all sales of Company licensed beverages in the United
                  States occur. The Bottler hereby agrees that it will not
                  acquire or attempt to acquire, directly or indirectly, without
                  the prior written consent of the Company, the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers or any equity or economic interest in any entity
                  having such rights in any territory located outside the
                  Specified Area. Any acquisition of such rights by the Bottler
                  within the Specified Area shall be subject to the approval of
                  the Company which approval shall not be withheld if, (i) the
                  Bottler has successfully negotiated the acquisition of such
                  rights for any such territories with the holder thereof and
                  (ii) in the reasonable 


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  judgment of the Company, the Bottler has satisfactorily
                  performed its obligations under this Agreement.

         (b)      In the event that the Bottler acquires the right to
                  manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in any container
                  that has been designated as an Authorized Container in any
                  territory in the United States outside of the Territories,
                  such additional territory shall automatically be deemed to be
                  included within the Territories covered by this Agreement for
                  all purposes. Any separate agreement that may exist concerning
                  such additional territory shall be ipso facto amended to
                  conform to the terms of this Agreement. In addition, if the
                  Bottler acquires control, directly or indirectly, of any
                  person which is a party, or which controls directly or
                  indirectly a party, to an agreement whereby such party has the
                  right to manufacture and sell any of the Beverages in any
                  territory in the United States in any container that has been
                  designated as an Authorized Container, the Bottler shall cause
                  such party to amend such agreement, effective as of the date
                  of acquisition of control of such party, to conform to the
                  terms of this Agreement with respect to all such territory in
                  the United States.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   LITIGATION

32.
         (a)      The Company reserves the right to institute any civil,
                  administrative or criminal proceeding or action, and generally
                  to take or seek any available legal remedy it deems desirable,
                  for the protection of its good reputation and industrial
                  property rights (including, but not 


                                       31
<PAGE>

                  limited to, the Trademarks), as well as for the protection of
                  the Concentrates, the Syrups, the Beverages and the formulas
                  therefor, and to defend any action affecting these matters. At
                  the request of the Company, the Bottler will render reasonable
                  assistance in any such action. The Bottler may not claim any
                  right against the Company as a result of such action or for
                  any failure to take such action. The Bottler shall promptly
                  notify the Company of any litigation or proceeding instituted
                  or threatened affecting these matters. The Bottler shall not
                  institute any legal or administrative proceeding against any
                  third party which may affect the interests of the Company in
                  connection with this Agreement without the Company's prior
                  consent.

         (b)      The Company has the sole and exclusive right and
                  responsibility to prosecute and defend all suits relating to
                  the Trademarks. The Company may prosecute or defend any suit
                  relating to the Trademarks in the name of the Bottler whenever
                  an issue in such suit involves the Territories and therefore
                  it is appropriate to act in the Bottler's name, or may proceed
                  alone in the name of the Company, provided that the Company
                  shall take no action in the Bottler's name which the Company
                  knows or should know will materially prejudice or impair the
                  rights or interests of the Bottler under this Agreement.

         (c)      The Bottler recognizes the importance and benefit to itself
                  and all other bottlers of the Beverages of protecting the
                  interest of the Company in the Beverages, Authorized
                  Containers and the goodwill associated with the trademarks.
                  Therefore, the Bottler agrees to consult with the Company on
                  all products liability claims or lawsuits brought against the
                  Bottler in connection with the 


                                       32
<PAGE>

                  Beverages or Authorized Containers and to take such action
                  with respect to the defense of any such claim or lawsuit as
                  the Company may reasonably request in order to protect the
                  interest of the company in the Beverages, Authorized
                  Containers and goodwill associated with the Trademarks.
                  Further, the Bottler shall supervise, control and direct the
                  defense of all such products liability claims and lawsuits
                  brought against them whether individually or jointly,
                  provided, however, that the Bottler and the Company expressly
                  reserve all rights of contribution and indemnity as prescribed
                  by law.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                               AUTOMATIC AMENDMENT

33.      In the event that bottlers, which purchased for their own account
         eighty percent (80%) or more of all of the Concentrate for Beverages
         purchased for the account of all bottlers who are parties to agreements
         with the Company containing substantially the same terms as this
         Agreement, agree with the Company to any different provisions to be
         included in this Agreement, then the Bottler hereby agrees to include
         an amendment containing such different provisions in this Agreement.
         The gallons of Concentrate purchased by such bottlers shall be
         determined based on the most recently-ended calendar year prior to the
         date such amendment was first offered to bottlers.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                     GENERAL


                                       33
<PAGE>

34.      For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
         meanings set forth below:

         (a)      "person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
                  limited partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a
                  trust, any unincorporated organization, or a government or
                  political subdivision thereof.

         (b)      "control" (including terms "controlling", "controlled by" and
                  "under common control with") means: (i) Beneficial Ownership
                  of a majority of any class or series of voting securities of a
                  person; or (ii) the power or authority, directly or
                  indirectly, to elect or designate a majority of the members of
                  the board of directors, or other governing body of a person.

35.      The Company hereby reserves for its exclusive benefit all rights of the
         Company not expressly granted to the Bottler under the terms of this
         Agreement.

36.

         (a)      Without relieving the Bottler of any of its responsibilities
                  under this Agreement, the Company, from time to time during
                  the term of this Agreement, at its option and either free of
                  charge or on such terms and conditions as the Company may
                  propose, may offer technology to the Bottler which the Company
                  possesses, develops or acquires (and is free to furnish to
                  third parties without obligation) relating to the design,
                  installation, operation and maintenance of 


                                       34
<PAGE>

                  the plant and equipment appropriate for the maintenance of
                  product quality, sanitation and safety as well as for the
                  efficient manufacture and packaging of the Beverages; or
                  relating to personnel training, accounting methods, electronic
                  data processing and marketing and distribution techniques.

         (b)      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this
                  agreement is in effect the Bottler shall install and maintain
                  management information systems that are capable of interfacing
                  and sharing required data with the management information
                  systems of the Company in accordance with standards
                  established by the Company.

37.      The Bottler agrees:

         (a)      it will not disclose to any third party any nonpublic
                  information whatsoever concerning the composition of the
                  Concentrates, the Syrup or the Beverages, without the prior
                  consent of the Company, and it will use any such information
                  solely to perform its obligations hereunder;

         (b)      It will at all times treat and maintain as confidential, all
                  nonpublic information that it may receive at any time from the
                  Company, including, but not limited to:

                  (i)      Information or instructions of a technical or other
                           nature, relating to the mixing, sale, marketing and
                           distribution of the product.


                                       35
<PAGE>

                  (ii)     Information about projects or plans worked out in the
                           course of this Agreement; and

                  (iii)    Information constituting manufacturing or commercial
                           trade secrets.

         The Bottler, further agrees to disclose such information, as necessary
         to perform its obligations hereunder, only to employees of its
         enterprise: (i) who have a reasonable need to know such information;
         (ii) who have agreed to keep such information secret; and (iii) whom
         the Bottler has no reason to believe is untrustworthy; and

         (c)      Upon the termination of this Agreement, Bottler will promptly
                  surrender to the Company all original documents and all
                  photocopies or other reproductions in its possession
                  (including, but not limited to, any extracts or digests
                  thereof) containing or relating to any nonpublic information
                  described in this paragraph 37. Following such termination,
                  and the surrender of such materials, the Bottler and its
                  employees shall continue to hold any nonpublic information in
                  confidence and refrain from any further use or disclosure
                  thereof whatsoever, provided that such obligation shall expire
                  as to any nonpublic information that does not constitute trade
                  secrets ten (10) years following such termination.

38.      The Bottler agrees that it will not enter into any contract or other
         arrangement to manage or participate in the management of any other
         Pepsi-Cola bottler without the prior consent of the Company.


                                       36
<PAGE>

39.      The Bottler is an independent manufacturer and not the agent of the
         Company. The Bottler agrees that it will not represent that it is an
         agent of the Company nor hold itself out as such.

40.      The Bottler covenants and agrees that, so long as this Agreement is in
         effect the Bottler shall deliver to Company:

         (i)      Quarterly Statements. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, or if such statements are not
                  regularly made available to the public, within thirty days
                  after such fiscal quarter, an unaudited income and expense
                  statement and balance sheet for the Bottler certified as
                  correct by the chief financial officer of the Bottler; and

         (ii)     Annual Audit Statement. As soon as such statements are made
                  available to the public, or if such statements are not
                  regularly made available to the public, within 120 days after
                  the end of each fiscal year, statements of income and retained
                  earnings of the Bottler for the just-ended fiscal year, and a
                  balance sheet of the Bottler as of the end of such year,
                  accompanied by an opinion from the independent public
                  accountants of the Bottler; and

         (iii)    Other information. With reasonable promptness such other
                  financial information as the Company may reasonably request in
                  such format as the Company may reasonably request.

41.      The Bottler shall maintain its books, accounts and records in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall
         permit any person designated in writing by the Company to visit and
         inspect any of its properties, corporate books and financial records
         (including, but not 


                                       37
<PAGE>

         limited to, auditor's workpapers), and make copies thereof and take
         extracts therefrom, and to discuss the accounts and finances of the
         Bottler with the principal officers thereof, all at such times as the
         Company may reasonably request. The Company's rights of inspection
         under this paragraph 41 shall be exercised reasonably, and only for
         purposes of determining Bottler's compliance with its obligations under
         paragraph 19, so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the
         Bottler's business. The Company will treat and maintain as confidential
         for a period of one year all nonpublic financial information received
         from the Bottler.

42.      The parties agree:

         (a)      The Existing Bottling Appointments identified on Schedule C
                  are hereby superseded and restated in their entirety, and all
                  rights, duties and obligations of the Company and the Bottler
                  regarding the Trademarks and the manufacture, packaging,
                  distribution and sale of the Beverages in Authorized
                  Containers shall be determined under this Agreement, without
                  regard to the terms of any prior agreement and without regard
                  to any prior course of conduct between the parties;

         (b)      As to all matters addressed herein, this Agreement sets forth
                  the entire agreement between the Company and the Bottler, and
                  all prior understandings, commitments or agreements relating
                  to such matters between the parties or their predecessors
                  -in-interest are of no force or effect; and

         (c)      Any waiver or modification of this Agreement or any of its
                  provisions, and any notices given or consents made under this
                  Agreement shall not be binding upon the Bottler or the Company


                                       38
<PAGE>

                  unless made in writing, signed by an officer of the Company or
                  by a duly qualified and authorized representative of the
                  Bottler, and personally delivered or sent by telegram, telex
                  or certified mail to an officer of the Company (if from the
                  Bottler) or a duly qualified and authorized representative of
                  the Bottler (if from the Company) at the principal address of
                  such party.

43.      Failure of the Company to exercise promptly any option or right herein
         granted or to require strict performance of any such option or right
         shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such option or right, or of the
         right to demand subsequent performance of any and all obligations
         herein imposed upon the Bottler.

44.      The Company may delegate any of its rights, performance or obligations
         under this Agreement to any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company
         upon notice to the Bottler, but no such delegation shall relieve the
         Company of its obligations hereunder.

45.      If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any
         party or circumstance shall ever be prohibited by or held invalid under
         applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
         such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such provision
         or any other provision hereof, or the application of such provision to
         other parties or circumstances.


                                       39
<PAGE>

46.      This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted under the
         laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement in triplicate
effective as of the day and year first above written.

PEPSICO, INC.                              THE PEPSI BOTTLING GROUP, INC.


By:_______________________________         By:_______________________________ 
                                                                              
Title:____________________________         Title:____________________________ 
                                                                              
Date:_____________________________         Date:_____________________________ 


                                       40

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc.:
 
   
    The audits referred to in our report on the Combined Financial Statements of
The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., included the related financial statement
schedule as of December 26, 1998, and for each of the fiscal years in the
three-year period ended December 26, 1998, included in the registration
statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc.'s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on this financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic combined
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects
the information set forth therein.
    
 
    We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
 
KPMG LLP
 
   
New York, New York
March 11, 1999
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.3


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Linda G. Alvarado
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Linda G. Alvarado
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  March 5, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.4


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Barry H. Beracha
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Barry H. Beracha
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  March 5, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.5


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Thomas H. Kean
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Thomas H. Kean
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  March 5, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.6


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Thomas W. Jones
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Thomas W. Jones
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  February 17, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.7


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Susan Kronick
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Susan Kronick
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  February 16, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.8


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Robert F. Sharpe, Jr.
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Robert F. Sharpe, Jr.
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  March 10, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.9


          FORM OF CONSENT FOR PERSONS NAMED AS ABOUT TO BE DIRECTORS


           I hereby consent to the reference of my name under "Management" in 
the registration statement of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. on Form S-1 
(Registration No. 333-70291) as a person named as about to become a director 
of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., and to the filing of this consent as an 
exhibit to such Registration Statement.

                                   Signed: /s/ Karl M. von der Heyden
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Name:  Karl M. von der Heyden
                                          ------------------------------------

                                   Date:  March 10, 1999
                                          ------------------------------------



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from The Pepsi
Bottling Group, Inc. combined financial statements for the 52 week period ended
December 26, 1998 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0001076405
<NAME> The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-26-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-26-1998
<CASH>                                              36
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      854
<ALLOWANCES>                                        46
<INVENTORY>                                        296
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 1,318
<PP&E>                                           4,416
<DEPRECIATION>                                   2,361
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   7,322
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,025
<BONDS>                                             61
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                       1,367
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     7,322
<SALES>                                          7,041
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 7,041
<CGS>                                            4,181
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    4,181
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    13
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 221
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (192)
<INCOME-TAX>                                      (46)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              (146)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     (146)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission